At the end of part 2 of this series, I related the sequence of events in regard to the Supreme Court’s decision upholding the right for “gay people to marry.” I stated that there is much more to be said on the subject of how the influence of people like those St. Paul discussed in Romans Chapter One plays out into society and ultimately consigns millions of people, especially children in the foster care program, to hell.

Today’s foster care program continually expands with more and more children being placed in various homes, some of which are anathema to nurturing youngsters in the moral and spiritual living contained in God’s Word. Many of these children have come from parents with addictions or parents who have been sent to prison or parents who have died.  With the legalization of gay marriage, these youngsters can be placed in homes that are foreign to the Word of God.  For it is a shame even to speak of those things done of them in secret, Ephesians 5:12.

It is almost impossible for those of us who endeavor to live right and abide in God’s word to even contemplate, much less to meditate at length on an event where a child is forced into an environment which could cripple them for life.  These children can be emotionally, mentally, morally and spiritually twisted into a mode of existence which is the complete antithesis of what is right in God’s eyes.

I am describing a mode of existence which is a complete abomination to the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. Contemplating this is enough to cause one who has been brought-up in a normal life-style to become physically ill.

Supreme Court Decisions

Yet, the majority of our despicable Supreme Court Justices see nothing wrong with subjecting a child to such circumstances.  These Justices damn themselves.

I am not being profane here by resorting to the word damned – I’m only stating facts.  For anyone to think as they do…the Lord had to have turned them over to a reprobate mind.  Each of us risks this happening to us when we continue to reject God and his son, Jesus Christ.  According to my understanding of God’s Word, I firmly believe that a person who has been turned over to a reprobate mind will naturally begin thinking in ways the devil would approve of. This only confirms their damnation.

The decision by the Supreme Court, to allow gay people to marry, opens the gates for many children to be placed in homes of gay couples where they will be brought up in an environment of perversion along with every amoral and immoral anti-God position.

This is only one example of what is being presented and put into action by those like the ones the apostle Paul speaks of in Romans 1:30-32, haters of God, despiteful, proud, boasters, and inventors of evil things…

Trannie Rest Rooms

There is also this despicable rule which now allows transgenders to use the restrooms of their chosen sex rather than their biological sex. Gender neutral bathrooms have resulted in rapes, one of even a 10-year-old girl.  Today, black is white, white is black, up is down, down is up, good is bad and bad is good.  But Isaiah 5:20 says something quite different, “Woe unto them that call evil good, and good evil, that put darkness for light, and light for darkness, that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter.”

Isaiah is speaking of those whose thoughts and opinions are completely reversed from reason; which indicates their delusion. God has turned them over to a reprobate mind which makes them completely unable and incapable to rightfully discern the truth about anything related to right or wrong regarding sin as described in God’s Word.

Isaiah 5:21 says, “Woe unto them that are wise in their own eyes, and prudent in their own sight!”  And Verse 24 clarifies even further and gives us a “woe be unto” when Isaiah says, “Therefore as the fire devoureth the stubble, and the flame consumeth the chaff, so their root shall be as rottenness, and their blossom shall go up as dust: because they have cast away the law of the Lord of hosts, and despised the word of the Holy One of Israel.”

End Results

An interesting question arises, how does all this play-out about the fire devouring the stubble, and the flame consuming the chaff and so on? And what’s the reason for all of it? Really, it’s quite simple… “Because they had cast away the law of the Lord of hosts, and despised the word of the Holy One of Israel.”

These people had made a choice; they had, in effect and in their minds, decided to completely reject God’s law and all of his ways and principles.

They are reaping the consequences of their choices. As I said in part 2 of this series, “All choices result in consequences.” This is an immutable principle that God set into action at the very start of creation.  When we make a choice and follow-up with action the appropriate results follow. Let me give you a simple example, had I chosen to study English and spelling while I was in school, I would not be struggling to write this article.

God was not finished and in Isaiah 5:25, he says, “Therefore is the anger of the Lord kindled against his people, and he hath stretched forth his hand against them, and hath smitten them: and the hills did tremble, and their carcasses were torn in the midst of the streets. For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand is stretched out still.

What a rude awakening! I am assuming here that all this terrible negative action…all this pouring-out of God’s wrath would result in some of the people waking-up. Even more terrible is that God is not yet finished, his hand is still stretched out against them.

Today’s World

What is currently playing out in our world today, along with the very possible catastrophic events we are faced with needs to be examined closely with regard to scripture.  I will discuss this in more detail in part 4, but let’s look again at Isaiah.

In reference to Isaiah 5: 20, where he is saying, “Woe to those who are calling good things evil, and evil things good,” we have seen this all over our country.

When Congresswoman Pelosi, demonized President Trump for referring to the MS13 gangs as animals, (they have a long way to go to be as good as animals) she perceived them to have value, so to her they were viewed as good.  Pelosi and her ilk view anything our President does to protect American citizens as evil.  Have they been turned over to a reprobate mind, incapable of discerning right from wrong?  It certainly seems that way.

For those who have patterned their lives according to the precepts and principles set forth in God’s Word, what we see as good will be rejected as bad.  And all the things we hold to be bad…indeed, all which we are admonished by Gods word to have nothing to do with, those things are perceived to be good. Many of our leaders, both in government and society as a whole glory in what God says is evil, some even wallow in it.  Even those who don’t go to that extent in participation support those who do, which makes them all guilty.

They do not see, or have any cognitive awareness of goodness and righteousness.  This plays into the dialectic that Satan incrementally applies on the individual so as to gradually change them over to his ways.  Ultimately, the person being changed by such small increments isn’t aware of the change.  A turnaround is almost impossible.

When Jesus was contending with the scribes and Pharisees…trying to convince them as to who he was in John 8:38 he said, “I speak that which I have seen with my Father: and ye do that which ye have seen with your father.”

In John 8:39, “They answered and said unto him, Abraham is our father. Jesus saith unto them, if ye were Abraham’s children, ye would do the works of Abraham.”

The truth becomes clear in John 8:44 where Jesus says, “Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.”

© 2019 JW Bryan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail J.W. Bryan: semper87plus@yahoo.com

Part 3:  Congress needs to implement solutions, not squabble

In Part 3 of this series, let’s deal with the nitty-gritty problems causing our society environmental, governmental and financial breakdown.  Let’s move with common sense to solve our problems.   Let’s work toward a viable and vibrant future.

Solutions for Survival of the United States in the 21^st Century

In 1970, American women began averaging 2.03 children per family. That created a stable and sustainable population that lived within the carrying capacity of a finite land mass.

Unfortunately, the 1965 Immigration Reform Act, by the late Teddy Kennedy, opened the flood gates to the third world. And, they poured into our country.  Why? Because they jumped from 3.5 billion to 7.6 billion people in the past 50 years.  Thus, they starve and live in misery.  They want to migrate to Western countries to alleviate their misery.

They add 83,000,000 (million) of themselves, net gain annually, so there’s no end to the line.  What’s the solution?

Stop all immigration into the USA. Help them with food, water, growing food and birth control in their own countries.

Why? Here’s why:   Share these videos all over America:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself.

Sanctuary Cities Across the USA

We must enforce the laws and statutes of America by prosecuting mayors and governors of states who harbor, defend and create “sanctuary cities” that give immunity and protection to all illegal aliens.

If you break America’s laws as to Section 8; 1324, of the Federal Code, you remain liable for prosecution. We either maintain law and order in this country, or we end up with anarchy and lawlessness.  I would start with my own Governor Polis of Colorado and Mayor Hancock of Denver, Colorado.  Both stand in violation of Federal laws as they both support sanctuary cities and sanctuary state.  Both prove themselves criminals in the eyes of the law.

Rescind 1965 Immigration Reform Act That Floods America with Legal Immigrants

We must rescind the 1965 Immigration Reform Act. It’s destroying the continuity and viability of our country, in fact, of our entire civilization.  We don’t need 1.2 million legal immigrants annually. We don’t need to grow our population from 300 million in 2006 to 440 million in 2050.

If you think it’s okay, here’s a 10-minute video to show you why it’s an impending nightmare to future generations:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

Plastics and Recycling for the 21^st Century in America

We must create an economic incentive to recycle our plastics, glass, tins, metals and all other containers sold on the open market.    We need a 25-cent deposit-return law for everything made of plastic, glass, tin, metal, aluminum and other materials.  That would guarantee a 99 percent return on all waste products.

We need to recycle all plastics to be used in road construction. It’s being done in Europe today. It’s cleaner, more efficient and healthier for the environment to re-use plastics.  Also, it would stop the desecration of the oceans such as the 100 million ton “Great Pacific Garbage Patch” that kills millions of marine and avian lives annually.

Also, we need to lead the world in such a deposit system internationally.  We’ve proven that only one-third of American recycle much of anything.  A 25-cent deposit law would make sure that 99 percent of Americans would recycle. If they didn’t, kids would be picking up all that waste to line their own pockets. It’s a win-win.

700 Military Bases in 80 Countries Around the World

Right now, because of the power of the “Military Industrial Complex”, you and I pay billions of our tax dollars to operate 700 military bases in over 80 countries around the world with 450,000 military personnel running them.  Why?  Congress thinks we need to influence those countries, when, in fact, we are an invading military force.

We need to withdraw from those countries. After 18 years and $6,000,000,000,000.00 (trillion) in Afghanistan and Iraq—and absolutely accomplishing nothing—we need to withdraw from those war-torn countries and leave them to their own devices.  It’s a lie and it’s baloney that those terrorist countries could or would attack us.  By leaving their countries, they have no reason to attack. Besides, they prove themselves backward goat-herder and poppy-seed growing countries and nothing more. Leave them alone so they leave us alone.

We cannot and must not use our military and our money to police the world. It’s a waste of time, money and lives.  And, in the end, it does nothing and accomplishes nothing.  Except it’s killed a lot of our finest men and women in the armed forces.

We Face Financial Collapse with a $21 Trillion National Debt

All of our meddling and wars in foreign countries has given us a $21 trillion debt.  President John Adams said, “There are two ways to conquer a country: by the sword and by debt.”

We’re well on our way to destroying ourselves and watching this financial deck of cards drop down around our ears.  This debt paralyzes our country.  It makes us all poorer, and it will ultimately destroy any chance of balancing our accounts.  The American people pay billions for interest with no benefit.

Congress created this massive debt and they need to stop it, and begin repaying it.

Part 3: We will examine our failing schools, infrastructure and laws.  We need to create an entirely new educational system for all citizens.  We need to work in the inner cities with new educational concepts. If not, millions of illiterate kids will not participate in America, and will become a nightmare of poverty, illiteracy and welfare.  Hint: it already is happening.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

“In three states, the proximity of the road to the border allowed investigators to cross undetected, successfully simulating the cross-border movement of radioactive materials or other contraband into the United States from Canada.” – Chief of Police National Covert Operations Report

Following President Donald Trump’s Tuesday night address to the American people, the Democratic Party and their feckless, spineless and mendacious cohorts in the news media pulled out all the stops to destroy Trump and his supporters.

Their favorite talking point is: Donald Trump’s manufactured crisis at the U.S.-Mexico border. However, the truth of the matter is that both houses of the United States Congress already possess reports that spell out one danger no one seems to mention: Besides the invasion by crime gangs, drug traffickers, human traffickers, child-sex predators and other dangerous malefactors.

These dangerous migrants include Islamic terrorists and those who provide weapons and explosives to them, especially weapons of mass destruction

In the past, officials from the Government Accountability Office (GAO) testified before members of the U,S. Congress on at least three separate occasions in order to describe security vulnerabilities that terrorists could exploit to enter the country. Yet, even with reports of border security deficiencies, President Barack Obama played political games with the issue of Homeland Security.

According to a report by the Terrorism Committee of the National Association of Chiefs of Police (of which Conservative Base’s Jim Kouri chaired), the GAO focused on covert testing at ports of entry — the air, sea, and land locations –where international travelers can legally enter the United States.

In its testimony, the GAO focused on limited security assessments of unmanned and unmonitored border areas between land ports of entry.

GAO officials were asked to summarize the results of covert testing and assessment work for testimonies. This report discusses the results of testing at land, sea, and air ports of entry; however, the majority of GAO’s work was focused on land ports of entry. The unmanned and unmonitored border areas GAO assessed were defined as locations where the government does not maintain a manned presence 24 hours per day, where there was no apparent monitoring equipment in place, and there is no solid barriers (walls, fences, gates, etc.).

“The government has conducted numerous vulnerability tests and they all appear to highlight the fact that our borders are porous not only to illegal aliens but also to terrorists, weapons of mass destruction and other contraband. Maybe the Democrats and the already compromised news media should worry more about that than about finding something… anything with which to impeach the Commander in Chief ,” said political strategist Mike Baker.

GAO investigators identified numerous border security vulnerabilities, both at ports of entry and at unmanned and unmonitored land border locations between the ports of entry. In testing ports of entry, undercover investigators carried counterfeit drivers’ licenses, birth certificates, employee identification cards, and other documents, presented themselves at ports of entry and sought admittance to the United States dozens of times.

They arrived in rental cars, on foot, by boat, and by airplane. They attempted to enter in four states on the northern border (Washington, New York, Michigan, and Idaho), three states on the southern border (California, Arizona, and Texas), and two other states requiring international air travel (Florida and Virginia).

In nearly every case, government inspectors accepted oral assertions and counterfeit identification provided by GAO undercover investigators as proof of U.S. citizenship and allowed them to enter the country. In total, undercover investigators made 42 crossings with a 93 percent success rate.

On several occasions, while entering by foot from Mexico and by boat from Canada, covert investigators were not even asked to show identification.

For example, at one border crossing in Texas, an undercover investigator attempted to show a Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officer his counterfeit driver’s license, but the officer said, “That’s fine, you can go” without looking at it.

As a result of these tests, GAO concluded that terrorists could use counterfeit identification to pass through most of the tested ports of entry with little chance of being detected.

In its most recent work, GAO shifted its focus from ports of entry and primarily performed limited security assessments of unmanned and unmonitored areas between ports of entry. The names of the states GAO visited for this limited security assessment have been withheld at the request of Customs and Border Protection officials.

In four states along the U.S.-Canada border, GAO covert investigators found state roads that were very close to the border that CBP did not appear to monitor. In three states, the proximity of the road to the border allowed investigators to cross undetected, successfully simulating the cross-border movement of radioactive materials or other contraband into the United States from Canada.

For example, in one apparently unmanned, unmonitored area on the northern border, the U.S. Border Patrol was alerted to GAO’s activities through the tip of an alert citizen. However, the responding U.S. Border Patrol agents were not able to locate the investigators and their simulated contraband.

Also on the northern border, GAO investigators located several ports of entry in one state on the northern border that had posted daytime hours and were unmanned overnight. Investigators observed that surveillance equipment was in operation, but that the only preventive measure to stop an individual from crossing the border into the United States was a barrier across the road that could be driven around. GAO officials also identified potential security vulnerabilities on federally managed lands adjacent to the U.S.-Mexico border.

GAO concluded that CBP faces significant challenges on the northern border, and that a determined cross-border violator would likely be able to bring radioactive materials or other contraband undetected into the United States by crossing the U.S.-Canada border at any of the assessed locations.

“Does this report sound like a manufactured crisis?” asks Sheriff George Meecham of the Sommerset County Sheriff’s Office.

© 2019 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

I do not believe in coincidence.  Neither am I a conspiracy nut.  I read, observe, and catalog information on the cranial hard drive.  When I start to see patterns, it arouses my curiosity.  I’m told recognizing patterns is an indicator of obsessive-compulsive disorder.  I spent much of my life in the Army.  From the first day you learn there is order.  Always order.  Everything is kept a certain way and in its proper place.  People do what they’re supposed to do, when they’re supposed to, and to a prescribed standard.  After decades of such an existence, one might become slightly OCD.  Anything less than order and purpose is chaos.  When a pattern breaks, I notice.  When out of the blue a pattern develops, I notice.

Take President Trump.  He broke the pattern of one establishment globalist pre-selected Presidential candidate after another.  Hillary was the pre-selected one.  All the Republican possibilities were losers.  Trump is the outsider who defeated the world establishment, globalist, political world.  Against all odds, he won the Presidential election.  Heads exploded, news anchors choked back tears, and traditional politicians ran away from him like cock roaches when the light switch is flipped on.  They ran away because he’s the bull that ran in to the globalist china shop and immediately began breaking stuff.  He’s also a lifelong international businessman who dealt out of necessity with crooked politicians.  At the top of the list is probably New Yorkers like Chuck Schumer.  President Trump knows who the political contributions (legal bribes) went to in order to conduct business.  It could be they really don’t want his tax returns released.  He’s the biggest threat ever to the established political world.  On top of that, he’s been able to do what none them could or sincerely wanted to do.  He’s connected with the country’s backbone, it’s forgotten middle class.  He could probably topple that corrupt house of cards.  They know it.  That’s why he must go.  That’s why the Russian collusion hoax was concocted and a special counsel investigation started.  It’s a coup d’état.  Now if you take your news from CNN, MSNBC or the major networks you believe all of the collusion stories and negativity you hear 24 hours a day.  Not to worry, you will not be spared from their tyranny if they succeed.

Following the news, I’ve noticed another pattern.  I doubt I’m the only one.  Each time there is a major event or breaking news that that puts President Trump in a positive light and the Democrats in the dark, there is a leak or made up revelation from the Mueller coup d’état operation.  It always seems perfectly timed to change the media narrative.  Media lackeys are more than eager to run with anything negative and bury anything positive concerning the Trump administration.

Just as the border battle heats up and the President makes the Democrat leadership look bad there’s an announcement directly impacting Mueller and his operation that’s pulling attention away from the border crisis.  Assistant AG Rod Rosenstein is leaving the Department of Justice.  Rosenstein and Mueller have connections going way back.  They were primary actors in covering up the Uranium One scandal that gave the Russians 20 percent of our uranium reserve.  Mueller was the FBI director and US Attorney Rosenstein signed the order to seal the records.

Rosenstein had but one function during his short tenure.  Cover and run interference for Mueller and help to cover up the criminal activity at the top of the Department of Justice, by the FBI leadership, the Democratic National Committee, and the Hillary Clinton for Presidential Campaign.  Now in a few weeks he’s leaving.

If Rosenstein is leaving the DOJ it signals a couple of things.  Evidence is destroyed, cover up is complete, Democrats in the House can now effectively block further inquiry and can use the Mueller report to step off into endless investigations, and Mueller is ready to submit his report which will be illegally leaked to the press before the President and counsel have had the opportunity to review, respond and rebut.  Because it’s a hit job, a coup d’état.

Understand something you probably didn’t catch on the news.  The Democratic National Committee and the Hillary Clinton Presidential campaign through Marc Elias, Clinton’s campaign lawyer, of Perkins Coie law firm, hired Fusion GPS who then hired British spy Christopher Steele who then put together a false dossier on Trump with information provided by Kremlin associated Russians.  Senator John McCain leaked it to the press.  This is now common knowledge easily found with minimum research.  This is the beginning and end of Russian Collusion, but it was never about that.  This is what started the Mueller investigation.  An investigation in search of anything that can harm the President.  If you’re okay with this, then good luck to you in the tyrannical state where we the people, including you, do not have anything to say about anything.  The state where anyone who gives up their life to buck the establishment and anyone who supports them will be destroyed.  This is an operation any communist dictator would be proud of.

Why is Rosenstein leaving?  The real reason? Mission complete.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JD Pendry: jd@jdpendry.com

© 2018 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

“Pit race against race, religion against religion, prejudice against prejudice. Divide and conquer! We must not let that happen here.” -Eleanor Roosevelt

The media, corrupt politicians, modern revisionists, indoctrinated teachers and professors to intentionally or unintentionally, advertently or inadvertently, relentlessly try to divide America so they can assume all power over the people (Mark 3:25). It would be wise on the behalf of the American people to pull the curtain back on what the United States Constitution says and what it is that the founding documents have within in their pages.

For example, look at the over 100 different party affiliations.  There is the Constitution party, the Socialist party, the Republican party, the Democratic party, the Independent party, the Libertarian party, the Green party, the Progressive party etc. There is even a Legal Marijuana Party. Hmmmm.

It’s as if to suggest that anyone that would like to recreate our Constitution by tearing it down and reinventing or redefining our American form of government can do so at will. Ridiculous. Why is there so much division?

We are a Constitutional Republic.  We are a country ruled by Law, not the opinions of men and their distorted interpretations (Article 4, Section 4, US Constitution).

Do you not remember that John Adams, the second president of the United States of America, warned of this type of division as the greatest political evil under our Constitution?

“There is nothing which I dread so much as a division of the republic into two great parties, each arranged under its leader, and concerting measures in opposition to each other. This, in my humble apprehension, is to be dreaded as the greatest political evil under our Constitution.” – John Adams

Do remember what President James Buchanan said concerning stability and from where it comes.

“There is nothing stable but Heaven and the Constitution.”

James Wilson, United States Founding Father, Signer of the Declaration of Independence, Signer of the Constitution, and the Original Justice of the United States Supreme Court appointed by George Washington said:

“Human law must rest its authority ultimately upon the authority of that law which is divine. Far from being rivals or enemies, religion and law are twin sisters, friends, and mutual assistants. Indeed, these two sciences run into each other.”

Now, crossing over into the Church, it is interesting to note the hundreds of denominations in the American Church today. You have the Lutherans, the Catholics, the Wesleyans, the Presbyterians, the Baptists, the Anglicans, the Episcopalians, the Methodists, the United Church of Christ and the list goes on and on.

Why so much division? We are to follow the Christ (1 Corinthians 11:1) and are to keep His Commandments (John 14:21), not the commandments of men which make the Lord’s commandments void (Matthew 7:13).

The Church is doing the same thing when it comes to all of its denominations as the government is with all of its different parties and affiliations. All these denominations are man’s different interpretations of what God clearly said (Exodus 20).  They simply want to remove the cross (1 Corinthians 1:18) and create a Jesus that looks just like them rather than conforming to Jesus as He is and not how they want to make Him out to be (1 John 2:6).

I have one answer to both of these issues (Colossians 2:8).  We have one God in whom we serve though our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ and one Constitution in which we follow.  Our job is to conform ourselves to both the Law of God and His Word and to the one Constitution, which was established in our nation to make and keep us free.  The Bible says in Ephesians 4:14:

“That we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive…”

What has happened? Man has created, to his own demise (Psalm 5:10), something called deconstructionism.

What is deconstructionism?

Deconstructionism is a philosophical and critical movement that started in the 1960s that questions all traditional assumptions about the ability of language to represent reality and emphasizes that a text has no stable reference or identification because words essentially only refer to other words and therefore a reader must approach a text by eliminating any metaphysical or ethnocentric assumptions through an active role of defining meaning, sometimes by a reliance on new words, and other word play.

In other words, create and define words at will, whatever you say it says, and declare whatever you think it means.

[YouTube Video]

You hear this in political talk on a 24-7 basis, but let’s go into the Church where you may go to a Bible study and hear some biblical illiterate ask, “What is your interpretation of that Scripture?”

Keep in mind there is a difference between those that are born of the Spirit and of those that are born of the flesh (John 3:6; 2 Corinthians 3:4-6; Galatians 4:29).

Those that are just immature and uneducated in the things of the Lord, Peter wrote:

“In which are some things hard to be understood, which they that are unlearned and unstable wrest, as they do also the other scriptures, unto their own destruction.” (2 Peter 3:16)

It is almost as if to suggest that the Holy Ghost has not given us the clear interpretation, which He has!

The bottom line is:

“He who has not felt what sin is in the Old Testament knows little what grace is in the New. He who has not trembled in Moses, and wept in David, and wondered in Isaiah will rejoice little in Matthew, and rest little in John. He who has not suffered under the law will scarcely hear the glad sound of the Gospel.” –R.W. Barbour – 1900

This also explains the watering down, revision and the redefinitions of words, as well as the softening down of the countenance and character of our Founding Forefathers and of the scriptural Christ and His disciples.

First, if you were to put anyone of our Forefathers up to any of the modern day politicians, you will see the sharp contrast in their character.

Roger Sherman, signer of the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution said, “Sad will be the day when the American people forget their traditions and their history, and so longer remember that the country they love, the institutions they cherish, and the freedom they hope to preserve, were born from the throes of armed resistance to tyranny, and nursed in the rugged arms of fearless men.”

Instead of betraying their own people, they were fighting to empower them, to give them a hope and a future (Jeremiah 29:11).

Historian Alice Baldwin said in 1918, “The Constitutional Convention and the written Constitution were the children of the pulpit.”

The preachers of the founding era were feared by the tyrant King George across the pond, as he named them the Black Robed Regiment, which they wore as a badge of honor.

“The ministers of the Revolution were, like their Puritan predecessors, bold and fearless in the cause of their country. No class of men contributed more to carry forward the Revolution and to achieve our independence than did the ministers. … [B]y their prayers, patriotic sermons, and services [they] rendered the highest assistance to the civil government, the army, and the country.” – Historian B. F. Morris, 1864

“Mighty men they were, of iron nerve and strong hand and unblanched cheek and heart of flame. God needed not reeds shaken by the wind, not men clothed in soft raiment [Matthew 11:7-8], but heroes of hardihood and lofty courage. … And such were the sons of the mighty who responded to the Divine call.” –Bishop Charles Galloway, 1898

{YouTube Video]

And now to the Christ (John 14:6).

In the minds of most Americans, and thanks to the modern day hirelings who have no business occupying any pulpit in any capacity (John 10:12), they have somehow pictured Jesus wearing pink booties, patting sheep on the back and telling them that everything will be okay when nothing could be further from the truth.

It’s shameful how people today do not even know the difference.

Leonard Ravenhill said:

“The early church was married to poverty, prisons, and persecutions. Today the Church is married to prosperity, personality, and popularity.”

When the Lord asked His disciples, “Who do men say that I am?” they said, “Some say that thou art John the Baptist: some, Elias; and others, Jeremiah, or one of the prophets.” (Matthew 16:14)

Keep in mind that Scripture identifies the Christ.

“For He taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes.” (Matthew 7:29)

Furthermore, He is described as the Lion of the Tribe of Judah.(Revelation 5:5) and His message was Repent (Matthew 3:2).

For the most part, the image of Jesus Christ that people have in their minds is backwards and clearly unscriptural.

It is like that of John Wesley, the great English field prophet, who preached 90% law and 10% grace (Galatians 3:24).

John was kicked out of the Church for confronting the heretical teaching of the day, which God used to push him to the masses (John 16:2).

It was said that after John Wesley’s death, the painted pictures of him were too rough in countenance.  So, instead of painting John Wesley for who he was and what he looked like, they simply accommodated the self-professed religious hypocrites of the day by painting an effeminate and softened down version of John Wesley which you see today (Matthew 11:8).

To further prove the point of this softening down of men who spoke the truth and were real leaders, let’s turn to Hip Hop Artist Chuck-D who said of Martin Luther King Jr.:

“I don’t like the fact that when people look at Dr. King and the millennium, there’s a year by year softening of his image like he wasn’t radical, you had to have a radical view point just to be able to stand in the face of oppression and take it to a physical level if need be.”

Remember, Martin Luther King Jr. said, “I must admit that I was initially disappointed in being so categorized (as an extremist). But as I continued to think about the matter, I gradually gained a bit of satisfaction from being considered an extremist. … [Was not] Abraham Lincoln [an extremist]: ‘This nation cannot survive half slave half free.’ [Was not] Thomas Jefferson [an extremist]: ‘We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal.’ So the question is not whether we will be extremists, but what kind of extremists will we be. … Will we be extremists for the preservation of injustice or [will we be extremists] for the extension of justice?”

I say this to those who have eyes to see and ears to hear (Matthew 13:15).

We must continue in “endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; One Lord, one faith, one baptism, One God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in you all.” (Ephesians 4:3-6)

Never let us be guilty of sacrificing any portion of truth that will unite us on the altar of a false peace which will, at length, divide us!

© 2018 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

“Life is a fight, a fight to stay alive and a fight to keep others from taking your life or your liberty from you!” — Ron Ewart

Many of our readers are aware of our difficulties with the IRS and the articles we have written describing those difficulties, along with just how corrupt the IRS has become.  We will cover more on that issue, later in the article.  Hopefully, President Trump’s Tax Cut and Reform Act of 2017 will cut the IRS off at the knees, or at least slow it down.  We’ll see.

Prior to the passage of the 16th Amendment, the federal government managed to exist on revenues from “Duties, Imposts and Excises to pay the Debts and provide for the common Defense and general Welfare of the United States but all Duties, Imposts and Excises shall be uniform throughout the United States.”  (Article I, Section 8, Clause 1 of the U. S. Constitution.)

But alas, the taxes collected in accordance with the Constitution were not enough and the bankers that loaned vast sums of money to the United States government, were uneasy about their investments.  Congress, pressured by the bankers, capitulated to their lobby and the 16th Amendment was born in 1913 that created the Federal Reserve and the Internal Revenue Service under a progressive tax rate system, where higher earners pay a significantly higher tax rate, a direct violation of the equal protection clause of the U. S. Constitution.

We are told that the Federal Reserve was created to smooth out the peaks and valleys of our economic system, as prior to the 16th Amendment bank runs and failures were common.  Perhaps there may be an element of truth to this argument.  However, the real reason for the 16th Amendment was that the bankers needed a steady, determinable source of re-payment to secure their loans and what better way to do it than to tax the income of all Americans and to create an agency that puts the fear of God into those Americans to insure compliance of a so-called voluntary law, even if it violated the Constitution.  This could be called, “security for a loan at the point of a gun where the government holds the gun and your head is where it is pointed.”    That is how the Cosa Nostra does it.   Pay up, or we’ll break your leg.

Since 1913, the government and the IRS have grown exponentially in both enforcement power and manpower.  They have become arbitrary, capricious, arrogant and hopelessly corrupt.  Americans no longer are the master but have reversed the role with government and have become the servant.  To give you a rough idea of government growth, take a look at the following statistics in just the last twenty years.

In 2016, the IRS raised $3.333 Trillion in taxes, spending $11.7 Billion, using 78,000 employees.  The taxes raised in that year equaled $10,288 for every man, woman and child in America.  In contrast, in 1987, (just 20 years before) the taxes raised per person was $3,627, on total taxes of approximately $886.3 Billion.  In just 20 years, taxes to run the government, collected by the IRS, have increased 376 percent.  Taxes per capita have increased 284%.  (Source: IRS)  In the same period the Gross Domestic Product only increased by 100 percent.  Even allowing for inflation, the questions raised by these statistics are numerous.  There can be no doubt.  Government is exploding and the “tax man cometh.”  (This massive increase in spending, in just 20 years, can be laid directly at the feet of the Democrat Party and the financially flawed Progressive ideology that uses the Public Treasury to buy votes to maintain political power.)

To collect all this “dough” from the duped American taxpayers, the IRS just had to get more aggressive.  But the IRS has now gone beyond aggressive and has become arbitrary, capricious, arrogant and corrupt.

The operations of the IRS have spawned thousands of books, essays and articles on just how bad it is and has caused probably hundreds of thousand of court cases since 1913 that have landed thousands of taxpayers in jail and many more unnecessarily paying billions in fines and penalties.  The IRS makes mistakes all the time.  It has been estimated that the IRS sends demand notices, liens and taxes-due errors to at least 10,000,000 taxpayers every single year.

Many books have been written describing why individual Americans don’t owe taxes, in a strict interpretation of the Internal Revenue Code.  If you read their arguments you would tend to believe they are right.  One such author, Pete Hendrickson, wrote a book called “Cracking the Code.”  His method, described in his book, shows how to get back all the money you paid to the IRS.   Apparently, using that method, many so-called non-taxpayers (as Pete calls them) have gotten their money back.  However, Pete’s wife spent 18 months in jail for daring to challenge the IRS.  The story is much more complicated than that, which we won’t go into here, except to say in this case, the IRS used judicial brute force to throw an innocent lady in jail, probably seeking revenge against her husband.

However, many other authors who have told Americans they don’t owe taxes under the code have landed in jail as well.  One Irwin Schiff died in jail for daring to challenge the legality of the tax code as applied to individuals.   Some get away with these legal challenges, others do not.

On the other hand, we have never taken that tack.   It is too dangerous because the IRS is fickle.  It will prosecute some folks, but ignore, or let others go.  The IRS is all-powerful.  Why take the chance?  But that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t challenge them, especially when they are wrong and they are wrong all the time.  We have challenged the IRS numerous times on their errors and have prevailed, except for the following event.

Back in 2013, the IRS started seizing 15% of our Social Security (SS) benefits for an alleged penalty from Calendar-Year 2011.  We challenged the penalty three days after receiving the Notice of the penalty with an Affidavit and followed up with a Notice of Default and Dishonor 30 days later.  We had been successful against the IRS using this method, at least five times before.  In the past, the IRS never responded to our Affidavits, they just issued a NO TAX DUE notice.

But this time, since the C/Y 2011 penalty was significant, the IRS decided to ignore our Affidavit and began seizing the SS benefits.  Before we could again challenge the seizure, we had to wait until the seizure was done.  That took over two and half years.   After the two and one half years past and the total penalty paid, we were required to file a Claim for Refund with the Secretary of the Treasury if we wanted our money back.  We filed one Claim for Refund with the Secretary and then filed a follow-up Claim for Refund two months later.  We never heard from the Secretary of the Treasury about our Claim.  Nevertheless, we still had to wait another six months after filing the claim before we could file suit in U. S. District Court against the IRS to obtain a refund.  These purposely imposed and excessive wait times are designed to inhibit any challenges to the IRS.

So in mid December of 2017, we filed our lawsuit with the U. S. District Court.  A little over a month later we received notice from the court that they were denying the issuance of the summons and dismissed our claim because the court said; “we failed to state a claim for which relief can be granted.”  This is the great cop out by Courts to weed out lawsuits, especially from pro se litigants.

Our legal arguments were based on three court precedents, namely: Group v Finletter, 108 F. Supp. 327, and United States v. Kis, 658 F.2d 526, 536 (7th Cir. 1981) and Morris v National Cash Register, 44 S.W. 2d 433, a very simple one:  TO-WIT: “An un-rebutted affidavit stands as truth in any court or administrative procedure.”

The court either ignored or refused to look at the secondary issue in these cases and denied our argument.  But we weren’t going to lie down and play dead for the court in docile submission.  We filed a Motion in Rebuttal to their denial and dismissal.  You can read our Motion in Rebuttal HERE.  You will find the Motion both educational as well as entertaining.

Now our Motion in Rebuttal probably won’t get the Court to change its mind, but we had a field day in telling the court what they could do with their order.  Upon learning that the specific judge and the Clerk of the Court were negligent in filing the proper paperwork to establish their authority in the past, in the Motion we questioned the judge’s authority and requested, under an FOIA request, that he send us a certified copy of his Oath of Office and Appointment Affidavit, required for every judge.  Sure, we are tickling the tiger’s tail, but we get some perverse pleasure from it.

We might not win THIS battle, but nevertheless we have won five out of six times against the IRS with legal challenges.  We have saved thousands of dollars in taxes by not giving in and questioning every IRS notice we receive.  On the other hand, the IRS has spent thousands of dollars in keeping up with our challenges.

The point we would like to make here is that if people won’t challenge the government, whether it be the IRS or a whole laundry list of alphabet soup federal, state, or local agencies, the people can expect to be used and abused by government.  If you challenge government when they are wrong and you win, you will feel emboldened to challenge them again.  You will feel like you are in control and you are not a slave or a subject of government.  In fact, you may even feel like you are sovereign.  If more people did this, there would be a lot less using and abusing of the people by government.  Sadly, most people would rather capitulate to government than take on Goliath.  There aren’t too many “Davids” in the general population.  But then there never were.

In contrast to the non “Davids”, we are fighters.  As advocates for rural landowners the National Association of Rural Landowners has been fighting government for over 12 year on behalf of American rural landowners, providing advice, tools and other services.  Individually, we have been fighting the government (especially the IRS) whenever they raise their ugly heads and we have been showing others how to do it.  If you don’t fight, you can expect to be run over.  If you like being run over by government, that is your burden to bear.

Most everyone knows that the government, especially the IRS, has become arbitrary, capricious, arrogant and corrupt.  With new revelations coming out every day about FBI and DOJ agents FIXING the Hillary Clinton investigation, the corruption grows ever more apparent.  It will only get worse ….. IF WE DO NOTHING.

“Without knowledge, experience and a broad point of reference you cannot know the truth, much less be aware of reality, nor will you have the skill set to defend against your enemies.”  — Ron Ewart

© 2018 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

It seems everyone in America is aware of or anticipating this year’s State of the Union Address by President Donald Trump.  That should come as no surprise after last year’s near 48 million TV viewers, topping the former president Barack Obama’s 31 plus million viewers each of the previous two years.

Of course, many Americans aren’t even waiting for the president to address us before they give their opinion.

Campus Reform published a video Monday featuring one of its reporters asking college students at New York University their thoughts on Trump’s remarks at the State of the Union Address even though it hadn’t even happened yet!  Comments such as:

• “I didn’t watch it because I couldn’t bring myself to watch it.”
• “Quite racist, at the very least, if not up there with most racist.”
• “It’s something that I wouldn’t have expected to happen in, like, our lifetime.”

Perhaps one of the most shocking criticisms of the current President is that of Nancy Pelosi who has recently complained that Trump’s new plans are intended to “make America white again,” while conservatives strongly object to amnesty for people who came to the country illegally.

There are also multiple protests being organized against the President from celebrities, black caucus members and democrat lawmakers.

It appears to me that Americans are out of touch with the jurisdiction and powers of the Executive Branch. So, I would like to take the opportunity to discuss the president’s position and authority given by the United States Constitution.

Make no mistake,  as the Chief Executive, the president does not run our country, nor is he the primary authority in our Constitutional Republic.  The office of the president’s few and defined powers are written clearly and succinctly in Article Two of the United States Constitution. These powers include the duties to:

• Pardon offenses
• Be the Commander in Chief of Army and Navy, as well as state militias when called into federal service ONLY when a war has been officially declared by Congress
• Make treaties with the concurrence of 2/3 of Senators
• Nominate and appoint judges of the Supreme Court with the Advice and Consent of the Senate
• Give a traditional State of the Union address which has no legal force, but rather sets the tone for the country.
• Recommend, but not introduce, legislation to Congress
• Convene emergency sessions of Congress
• Receive foreign ambassadors
• Commission all federal officers
• Faithfully execute all laws of the United States made by Congress.

I am certainly grateful for the farsightedness of the Founders and how they delegated such little authoritative jurisdiction to the president while congruently placing the authority in the people’s representatives.  Whether we agree with his words or not, Tuesday’s oration is still only that… words.

If individuals in America are truly concerned about their government, perhaps they should require more than just words from the branch of government with real power: Congress.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

I am concerned for the security of our great Nation; not so much because of any threat from without, but because of the insidious forces working from within. — General Douglas MacArthur

If ever time should come, when vain and aspiring men shall possess the highest seats in Government, our country will stand in need of its experienced patriots to prevent its ruin. — Letter to James Warren, 24 October 1780 (The Writings of Samuel Adams, Volume 4) Samuel Adams (172-1803) American Patriot

Andrew McCabe Removed from FBI

An internal communication authored by FBI Director Christopher Wray and sent to FBI officials links Comey appointee, McCabe and his early departure to the results of an upcoming investigation by the inspector general.  News outlets, including CBS News and CNN, quoted unnamed sources to report that McCabe’s departure wasn’t quite voluntary, he was actually removed.  (Praise be to God!  One down, hundreds to go.)

On Monday the 29^th of January, Fox News’ Catherine Herridge reported that on Sunday, FBI Director Wray read the FISA memo originally brought to the public’s attention by House Intel Committee co-chair Devin Nunes (R-CA). Director Wray saw McCabe’s name mentioned too many times, and Monday morning McCabe was removed.  Congress just voted to release the memo to the public. That very memo exposes government surveillance abuses, and now our President needs to release the memo to the American people.

Obviously, democrats do not want the American people to see this memo.  They know it contains their Deep State illegal and unethical plans to depose a duly elected President.  They are now all in CYA mode in one way or another and will do anything to stop the public from seeing the memo.

Rumors continue to be spread that the memo contains “extensive Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) abuse under the Obama administration.”

McCabe’s Vendettas and Ethics Violations

McCabe’s vendetta against Michael Flynn, his sexual discrimination against Robin Gritz, one of the bureau’s top intelligence analysts and terrorism experts, his ethics violations during his wife’s campaign, along with his strong ties to the Democrat party, were all well-known prior to the latest revelations in the Strzok/Page texts.

In 2014, Mike Flynn supported Robyn Gritz sex discrimination charge against McCabe and other top people at the FBI.  Surprise…two years later Flynn is the subject of a McCabe-led FBI investigation about how he supposedly colluded with the Russian ambassador.

Mere days before Gen. Michael Flynn resigned as national security advisor, FBI Deputy Director Andrew McCabe gathered more than a dozen of his top FBI disciples to plot how to ruin Flynn’s aspiring political career and manufacture evidence to derail President Donald Trump, according to FBI sources.

McCabe emphatically declared at the invite-only gathering with raised voice: “F*** Flynn and then we F*** Trump,” according to numerous sources. Many of his top lieutenants applauded and cheered such rhetoric.

McCabe Receives Pension

The Deputy Director will remain on the FBI payroll until his 50th birthday in March. His retirement date is March 18, but until then he will be “relieved of his duties.” Unfortunately for taxpayers, in March he will have 20 years on the job and he’ll be 50 years old which makes him eligible to retire with a pension.  Employees who have accrued leave, once they’re in range of 20 years of service and 50 years of age, can leave early, and that is what McCabe has chosen to do.  Sara Carter reported that McCabe apparently lashed out to his colleagues when he was told he would be asked to resign, according to sources.

McCabe, along with Strzok, Page, Ohr, Zebley, Rosenstein and many others should have been hauled out in handcuffs for their participation and promotion of surveillance on Trump and his administration.  They were put in place to protect Obama and Hillary, to carry out a liberal agenda, and to protect the Deep-State bureaucracy and destroy the Presidency of Donald Trump with their falsely created Russia collusion crime.

David Bowdich Replaces McCabe

Apparently, the Swamp is a bottomless pit.  The Gateway Pundit reported that David Bowdich worked under former Director Comey, and he may be a witness in the Trump-Russia investigation because Comey had a conversation with him about Trump asking the former FBI Director to supposedly “back off its probe into General Flynn.”

Documents obtained by Judicial Watch show Bowdich was also involved in conversations with Comey about the Clinton-Lynch tarmac meeting.

Bowdich was one of the senior FBI officials scrambling to find the ‘whistleblower’ who outed Bill Clinton and Loretta Lynch to the local Phoenix media about their secret tarmac meeting in June of 2016.  He was also involved in conversations on the tarmac meeting with Comey as they scrambled to hide the scandalous meeting from the public. Clinton and Lynch allegedly spoke about the probe into Hillary Clinton’s personal email use which was completed with no charges filed.

Florida Representative Francis Rooney and others have called for a purge of the Deep State DOJ and FBI.  Rooney commented that they are off the rails.

According to previous reports, before his departure, McCabe told Bowdich and other senior FBI officials they may have to serve as witnesses to dirty cop Mueller’s Russian witch hunt against President Trump.

Just how deep Bowdich’s involvement is within the ‘swamp’ remains to be seen.  Our President promised to Drain the Swamp!  AG Sessions needs to remove all Clinton and Obama appointees from the DOJ, and if he doesn’t, the President needs to find someone who will.  I have some suggestions.

Today President Trump approved the release of that Memo. It should be made public soon.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

It appears that my get up and go has got up and went. I once had a photographic memory and could memorize a full half hour TV show script in an hour. 

© 2018 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

By Paul Cappadona

They would not be called parties without being united in opinion in opposition to each other. The party system is used to divide, conquer, and make merchandise of us.  It was spoken against with a warning from George Washington as well as many others. Parties are the tools of the money powers.

When Parties disagree, it is sometimes good and sometimes bad for the nation but it is when they agree that it is going to cost us because the fix is in.  Just last Tuesday the U.S. Senate confirmed Janet Yellen successor Jerome Powell as the head of the Fed.  Senate voted 85-12 to approve the 64-year Powell as the next four-year CEO of the privately owned Federal Reserve.

Powell was initially nominated for the Fed board by then President Barack Obama and now by President Donald Trump, Keep moving nothing to see here, as the choice to lead the Fed’s central bank.  Powell having never dissented on a monetary policy decision during his nearly six years at the Fed was the safest choice for the owners of the corporation.

There was an add placed in Computer World, wear the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco was looking for a programmer. In this add they state “Some people still think we’re a branch of the government. We’re not. We’re the banks’ Bank.” They go on to say, even more revealing, that “The Fed is where all banking regulation begin.”  Hope this shows you where the real powers lie.  The Fed tells their servants in the Senate what is needed and their command is obeyed.

Idaho Republican Mike Crapo said on the Senate floor that Powell would be “central to ensuring a safe and sound financial system while supporting a vibrant, growing economy,”   “He will play a key role in rightsizing federal regulations and alleviating unnecessary burdens.”  Meaning he will do anything and everything to support the Fed. Powell said himself that he would “respond decisively,” if necessary, to future problems.  Not our problems but the Fed’s problems.

So, you see that it’s not when the parties disagree but when they agree that hurts us.

[BIO: Paul Cappadona, Author ‘Taking Back America, The Party’s Over” Help take America back with free Grand Jury Creed.]

© 2018 Paul Cappadona – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail: devisegood@gmail.com

Modernity, like Schumpeterian capitalism, must grow or fall into crisis. Hence the global obsession with growth as a sign of economic health. As the (Western-centered) “global economy” grows, it overwhelms cultures some of whose members may welcome the promise of a high standard of living but become uneasy and then rebellious when it costs them their traditional beliefs and practices, their land, and their autonomy. They see their traditions becoming little more than curiosities that inspire trinkets sold to tourists on sidewalks in big cities filled up with rootless cosmopolitans, no longer motivating any serious societal dialogue: Cox’s “bypassing” of religion.

Meanwhile, the real power is on another continent, as it pillages the land for natural resources and wantonly pollutes lakes and streams that have been sources of food or water for farm animals and crop irrigation for generations. If indigenous locals try to mount opposition, they may face deadly retaliation. Perkins strongly suggested (Part One) that opposition leaders are assassinated when they cannot be bought.

Sadly, the “ugly American” stereotype has a basis in fact.

Whether Americans want to face it or not, the (often CIA-directed) insurrections, revolutions, and wars, dating at least to the overthrow of Jacobo Arbenz in Guatemala (1954, also discussed in Part One) or that of Iran’s democratically elected Mohammed Mossadegh government in 1953, were undertaken so Western corporations could have access to cheap national resources and remove the profits from those countries. In Iran, Western educated and U.S. backed Reza Pahlavi, the fully secularized Shah of Iran, proceeded to force modernity on the country while brutalizing its people for a quarter century. An international revolutionary underground incubated and mobilized. It responded to brutality with more brutality. The rest, as the saying goes, is history.

It’s all coming to an end. Maybe.

Whether modernity as understood in Part One is just experiencing growing pains, or has run its course, is becoming one of the most important conversations of the present and near future.

There are rational optimists such as Matt Ridley (see his 2010 book of that title) for whom the world is getting better and better, thanks to global commerce, technology, and the spreading mindset of modernity. His message to the Pankaj Mishras of the world: stop being so impatient and obstinate about its possibilities. Is it not amazing, the “rational optimist” might ask, that I can log onto Skype and have a live conversation with a friend on another continent? Or send a text message to someone in Singapore and get a response ten minutes later? And as the globalization of technology and commerce lifts more and more peoples, is this not just the start?

The rational optimists have a point. Forget allegations about neoliberalism. Their claim is that if we engage the world with intelligence, proper planning, and a spirit holding that even our worst problems have rational solutions, the world will reward us — sometimes in ways we could never have predicted. (Imagine Voltaire looking at an Android. Imagine us looking at devices a hundred years from now; will we know what we’re looking at?)

Consider Chile, rebuilt along Friedmanian lines by the “Chicago Boys” (who attended the University of Chicago to study economics under Milton Friedman) during the Pinochet era. Pinochet was not the nicest guy in the world, especially if you were a communist, but he oversaw the rebuilding of what became the strongest economy and most stable democracy in Latin America. He did unto a thousand or so communists what communists had done to millions elsewhere; for this he is still demonized. When the time came, he oversaw a democratic election. When he lost that election, he accepted defeat and stepped down. Think about that for a minute. A man who had been at the helm of a military dictatorship holds an election, and when he loses it, he bows to the will of voters. How often does that happen? Chile has its issues, as do all countries, but as already implied, it has become a magnet for peoples who have given up on their “sh*tholes” and seek to better themselves. (Venezuelans are also coming to Chile in droves.)

One of the implications of The Fourth Turning: An American Prophesy (1997) by William Strauss and Neil Howe is that Crisis we have been in will resolve itself into a new High, with institutions of renewed strength, the anarchic individualism of recent decades restrained, and a newfound optimism about the future for those willing to work to achieve it.

I know of Trump supporters who instinctively see Donald Trump as the vanguard of this resolution, as the U.S. economy improves, the Dow soars, entrepreneurship surrounding new technology (e.g., the blockchain) creates new millionaires who in turn create new jobs, new technology, new products spreading everywhere.

But then again, on the other hand there are those who cite writers from Spengler to John Bagot Glubb (about whom I wrote here, here, and here) who see civilizations not just moving in cycles but as self-destructing during an inevitable age of decadence (Glubb’s term), which in this reckoning the U.S. is presently in. The rootless cosmopolitanism, the filling up of cities with unassimilable immigrants, the obsession with celebrities, and the fascination with gender-bending of all kinds are crucial signposts. One issue with Glubb’s work is that the Anglo-European West has gone through periods of decadence before; early 1920s hedonism figures heavily into the background of a work such as Fitzgerald’s The Great Gatsby (1925).

Indeed, we’ve gone through severe crises before (the War Between the States, two World Wars, the Great Depression). We’ve always survived.

But at no time in previous history have we literally been awash in a sea of financialized debt. Money created out of thin air by central banks, even if we use for it the euphemism quantitative easing (QE), literally props up Western economies. The Dow has soared because much of this printed money went into corporate buybacks and not into general circulation; otherwise we would have had soaring price inflation during the Obama years. The U.S. national debt cracked $20 trillion last year and shows no signs of slowing down under Trump, whose pick for Janet Yellen’s replacement at the helm of the Federal Reserve is another mainstreamer with the same philosophy of central bank micromanagement as Greenspan, Bernanke and Yellen.

I presume Trump has figured out, or his advisors have told him behind closed doors in no uncertain terms, that if the fiat money creation stops, the economy immediately tanks.

One need not see this as an immediate threat, and perhaps it isn’t, but eventually it will exact its consequences. I do not want to be anywhere near the line of fire when it does (one reason I save precious metals, which unlike bitcoins have a track record as a permanent store of value going back thousands of years, and not a mere digital existence)!

What is likely to happen? I don’t know. No civilization has ever been in this predicament before.

I do know that a few worried individuals and groups are indeed moving to get out of the putative line of fire. In some respects, I am one of them, although I am still in a major city and not on a farm or similar isolated setting.

There is, however, interest in forming small, self-sufficient communities, some on U.S. soil, others elsewhere such as in Chile. One of these has all but bitten the dust, for reasons having little to do with the basic idea of forming such a community. Another, by someone who worked at the first and observed what went wrong first hand, is looking very promising.

Borrowing from “alternative” economist E.F. Schumacher, small may turn out to be beautiful. Schumacher learned from having studied (and studied with) Leopold Kohr, whom I discussed in my last article (and at greater length here). Kohr, writing in the 1940s when Americans wore the white hats, was the first to predict that the U.S. would become everything it had once rightly opposed.

What does all this have to that hypothetical fellow in Rappoport’s piece who’s seen corruption and ruin, and whose major concern is whether his sick daughter will make it through the night?

Answering this question brings us to localization, a counterpoint to globalization, and getting past modernity (and I don’t mean into postmodernity, which is really a gesture of intellectual and spiritual despair).

Rappoport described what I mean by localization when he said:

“You know how to fix your country. Get back all the stolen land. Make small farms out of it. Return the land to the people who worked it and lived on it for centuries. That was the answer then and it’s the answer now.” (Italics his.)

He continued: “You may not know the word ‘Globalism’ but you do know you’re a pawn and a target in a big operation, and the operation involves stealing everything your family once had. The big criminals may have fancy ideas about why it’s a good thing ‘for the world,’ but you don’t know about that, and you wouldn’t care if you did….”

We’ve been talking about two different things, both products of the rebellion against the worst results of globalization and modernity. There are us first-worlders who no longer identify with a power that, in accordance with Kohr’s prediction, turned into the world’s biggest bully. Some have apocalyptic worldviews and see the financial system as likely to take a tumble “any day now”; others think such views are absurdly melodramatic. Many of us are as worried as the progressives about extreme and growing inequality, which is just the rising power of a relative handful of globalists (as I write this, getting ready to meet in their annual conclave in Davos, Switzerland, to discuss just this issue among others); one does not have to be an egalitarian to see that massive consolidations of wealth and power are both destabilizing and prone to abuse.

Most of us, moreover, are fed up with overseas wars of choice that are just making Americans more enemies. We are fed up with Washington’s career kleptocrats whose primary motivation is their own reelection and who play by their own rules. (Members of Congress can legally engage in insider trading, for example.) We are sick of America’s celebrity culture, and see it as very dangerous if by some chance we go from Republican Donald Trump to a credible Democratic Oprah Winfrey candidacy which would breathe new life into identity politics, which is all the Democrats presently have (as they routinely evade confronting real power, on which they are as dependent as the mainstream Republicans).

So much for us first-worlders. The other group, the one Rappaport emphasizes, consists of indigenous peoples who would happily reclaim their land from corporate predators if they could. They want only to live out their lives as they see fit and be left alone.

The point of localization: instead of thinking that bigger and bigger is better and better, think small and smaller! Think of building autonomous, self-governing communities, while encouraging indigenous peoples around the world to do the same.

This means kicking out the global corporations, of course. This might not be as hard as it sounds at first glance. Corporations go where they can invest, build freely, and then tally up the profits unimpeded. Even in a place with abundant natural resources, if they believe for whatever reason they will lose huge amounts of money, they’ll pack up and leave.

But the people must be ready. Otherwise, they’ll end up like Venezuela, a resources-rich country which kicked out the billionaire investment class but whose leaders had no idea what to do next. Chávez had charisma but no viable vision, and since his death Venezuelans have ended up under the heel of yet another sociopathic lunatic (Maduro). Surprise, surprise: those who can are fleeing.

Localization calls for an assumption of responsibility, attention in advance to problems that will need to be addressed immediately when the big players are gone. The first, obviously, is ensuring that they can feed themselves.

When I posted Rappoport’s article on my Facebook page, one reader criticized my emphasis on agriculture. I pointed out in response that if members of a community can grow vegetables and raise chickens and livestock, they are self-sufficient. If they can’t, they will end up dependent on those who can — or worse.

A self-sufficient community must have a sustainable agrarian base. Period.

Such a base also makes extended families possible. Extended families can remain in place and divide their labors more effectively than nuclear families, even those with one breadwinner (now impossible, given the first world’s fiat currency’s loss of its purchasing power).

Other than such general rules, the specifics must be left to the community members themselves. This includes whether to be Christian or something else, and whether to consider themselves capitalist free traders or something else. What to do with existing technology must also be their choice, rather than something imposed from the outside. If they retain it, they can more easily keep track of what their neighbors and the powers they fled are up to, but this must still be their choice.

Rappoport again, describing how matters look to that hypothetical person with a sick daughter clinging to hope that something better than the awful present is possible:

“Sir, you called my country a sh*thole. It is really a beautiful place. It was. But you’re right. It’s turned into a sh*thole. Can you help us do something about that? Perhaps I see a glint of light, because finally a powerful leader used an accurate word to describe what has happened to us. You used a word that cut through many fairy tales. So, can you help us reclaim the land that was once ours? Forget about building roads and airports and hospitals and office buildings and malls. We just need our land back, and then we’ll figure out what we need to do ourselves.”

Can it happen? Again, I don’t know. We’re talking about a change in thinking as great as that which led to modernity in the first place. Another such change, in light of what is to be learned from the past, will doubtless occupy decades and possibly more. Some attempts will doubtless flame out spectacularly. The players involved will be dismissed by the mainstream as fools. But we did not get to our present moment overnight, and we will not find our way forward overnight. Those of us studying and theorizing and writing about what to do will almost certainly not live to see the outcomes. But if we do not start making specific plans for our futures, the corporate-government oligarchs, the billionaire power elites, will continue to do it for us. Since nothing this class does is ever done with our interests in mind, I very much doubt those who inherit the world we leave them will like the results.

[Author’s Note: if you believe this article was worth your time, please consider supporting my writing with a $5/mo. pledge on my Patreon site. If the first 100 people who read this all donate, my goal of just $500/mo. would be reached in no time! And if we’re honest about it, we all waste that much money each day.

This is an attempt to raise money to publish and promote a novel, Reality 101, to be marketed as the first serious novel of the Donald Trump era, which, so far as I know, it is. In it, a ex-Wall Street globalist technocrat defends his views on elitism and oligarchy before a community wracked by the effects of globalization in a voice filled with irony and dripping with cynicism — to be contrasted with the possibility of freedom outside the world as he sees it.

Promoting a book, in my case, means the necessity of international travel which is not cheap.

I do not write for an audience of one. I write for you, readers of this site. If you believe this work might make a contribution to the world of political-economic ideas, please consider supporting it financially. I am not a wealthy person, and unlike the leftist groups I often criticize, I do not have a George Soros funneling a bottomless well of cash my way.

If I reach the above goal of $500/mo., I may be able to speak at an event in your area (contact info below).

I allowed myself (via a handful of reader emails) to be talked out of going into retirement at the end of 2017, to give this at least one more year, but due to my own situation, that will be the best I can do.]

Click here for part 1

© 2018 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Departments of Justice and Homeland Security Release First Ever Data for Terrorism-Related Activity

In what appears to be the first ever report, the Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) reveals that three out of every four (75%), or 402, individuals convicted of international terrorism-related charges within the U.S.  federal court system between September 11, 2001, and December 31, 2016 were listed as being foreign-born.

During the study period, DHS’s Immigration and Customs Enforcement directorate removed 1,716 aliens who were thought to be risks to U.S. national security.

The report states that in 2017 alone DHS had as many as 2,554 encounters with individuals on the terrorist watch list (a/k/a  FBI’s Terrorist Screening Database) traveling to the United States.

This report was required by Section 11 of President Donald Trump’s Executive Order 13780, Protecting the Nation from Foreign Terrorist Entry into the United States, which states: “[I]t is the policy of the United States to protect its citizens from terrorist attacks, including those committed by foreign nationals.” It then details a series of actions required in order to enhance the security and safety of the American people. The actions directed by Executive Order have raised the baseline for the vetting and screening of foreign nationals, prevented the entry of malicious actors, and directs federal law enforcement officials to enhance the safety and security of the American people.

“This report reveals an indisputable sobering reality—our immigration system has undermined our national security and public safety,” said Attorney General Jess Sessions.  “And the information in this report is only the tip of the iceberg: we currently have terrorism-related investigations against thousands of people in the United States, including hundreds of people who came here as refugees.  Our law enforcement professionals do amazing work, but it is simply not reasonable to keep asking them to risk their lives to enforce the law while we admit thousands every year without sufficient knowledge about their backgrounds.  The pillars of President Trump’s immigration policy—securing our porous borders, moving to a merit-based immigration system that ends the use of diversity visas and chain migration, and enforcing our nation’s laws—will make their jobs easier and make the United States a safer place.”

“My top priority as Secretary of Homeland Security is to ensure the safety and security of the American people,” said Secretary Kristjen Nielsen. “This report is a clear reminder of why we cannot continue to rely on immigration policy based on pre-9/11 thinking that leaves us woefully vulnerable to foreign-born terrorists, and why we must examine our visa laws and continue to intensify screening and vetting of individuals traveling to the United States to prevent terrorists, criminals, and other dangerous individuals from reaching our country. Without legislative change, DHS will continue to see thousands of terrorists a year attempt to enter the United States, and while we must be right every time, the terrorists only need to be lucky once.  Therefore, DHS has personnel deployed around the world and along our borders working with our global and domestic law enforcement partners to stop terrorists before they enter the homeland.”

The report reveals that at least 549 individuals were convicted of international terrorism-related charges in U.S. federal courts between September 11, 2001, and December 31, 2016.  An analysis conducted by DHS determined that approximately 73 percent (402 of these 549 individuals) were foreign-born.  Breaking down the 549 individuals by citizenship status at the time of their respective convictions reveals that:

• 254 were not U.S. citizens;
• 148 were foreign-born, naturalized and received U.S. citizenship; and,
• 147 were U.S. citizens by birth.

According to information available to U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), since September 11, 2001, there were approximately 1,716 removals of aliens with national security concerns.

As mentioned above, in FY 2017, DHS encountered 2,554 individuals on the terrorist watchlist (also known as the FBI’s Terrorist Screening Database) traveling to the United States. Of those individuals, 335 were attempting to enter by land, 2,170 were attempting to enter by air, and 49 were attempting to enter by sea. Where consistent with the law, such individuals are denied entry into the United States, while in some cases law enforcement authorities are notified and can take appropriate action.

From October 1, 2011, to September 30, 2017, a total of 355,345 non-U.S. citizen offenders, were administratively arrested after previously being convicted of an aggravated felony, as defined in 8 U.S.C. § 1101(a)(43), or two or more crimes each punishable by more than one year (felony offenses).  During that same period, a total of 372,098 non-U.S. citizen offenders were removed from the United States after conviction of an aggravated felony or two or more felonies.

Data from U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services’ Fraud Detection and National Security Directorate shows that between 2007 and 2017, USCIS referred 45,858 foreign nationals who applied for immigration benefits to ICE for criminal or civil enforcement action, based on information indicating that such foreign nationals had committed egregious public safety-related offenses within the United States.

Between FY 2010 and FY 2016, CBP identified and prevented the boarding of 73,261 foreign travelers on flights destined for the United States, who may have presented an immigration or security risk.

In October, the Trump Administration sent to Congress a list of legislative priorities that would enhance our national security—such as eliminating the diversity visa lottery and extended family chain migration, funding the wall, closing loopholes in our asylum system, combatting visa overstays, and closing other loopholes in existing law that potentially benefit aliens who pose threats to our national security.

Background on the Executive Order

Section 11 of Executive Order requires the Secretary of Homeland Security, in consultation with the Attorney General, to collect and make publicly available the following information:

• Information regarding the number of foreign nationals in the United States who have been charged with terrorism-related offenses while in the United States; convicted of terrorism-related offenses while in the United States; or removed from the United States based on terrorism-related activity, affiliation with or provision of material support to a terrorism-related organization, or any other national-security-related reasons;
• Information regarding the number of foreign nationals in the United States who have been radicalized after entry into the United States and who have engaged in terrorism-related acts, or who have provided material support to terrorism-related organizations in countries that pose a threat to the United States;
• Information regarding the number and types of acts of gender-based violence against women, including so-called “honor killings,” in the United States by foreign nationals; and,
• Any other information relevant to public safety and security as determined by the Secretary of Homeland Security or the Attorney General, including information on the immigration status of foreign nationals charged with major offenses.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

I actually had to sue the state agency just to get access to its files that by law are supposed to be a matter of public record. When I went to the Arkansas State Police Headquarters key documents had disappeared.  —Kelly Duda – Producer of Factor 8 documentary

This I know. Without the governor’s (Bill Clinton) support and protection, this disease-ridden system would have been shut down by 1982.  —Mike Galster, author of Blood Trail

In early 1999, a group of Canadian hemophiliacs infected with HIV and hepatitis C descended on Washington DC.  They wanted an inquiry into why the United States, particularly the Food and Drug Administration, allowed the export of tainted prison plasma from Arkansas and Louisiana to Canada in the 1980s.  At the time, Bill Clinton was governor of Arkansas, and the FDA had already ruled that prison plasma was too unsafe to be used for the manufacture of blood products inside the USA.

Clinton Scandals

The Clinton scandals are numerous, from Whitewater to Uranium One. Vince Foster’s death, Travelgate, Troopergate, Filegate, Cattle Futures, Paula Jones, Jennifer Flowers, Monika Lewinsky, Chinagate, Pardongate, Benghazi, the Clinton Foundation, Humagate, Anthony Weiner, Haiti, and Hillary’s likely treason via her private email server are just a few.

Then there’s all the strange deaths surrounding this pair that are referred to as the “Clinton body count,” but perhaps the most heinous and lethal actions were those allowed by Governor Bill Clinton in Arkansas prisons.

Arkansas Prison Plasma Program

Rarely do you hear about the horrific Arkansas prison plasma program that led from the Arkansas Governor’s mansion to the White House.  The whole story is in a fast-paced thriller written as fiction to protect the author. Michael Sullivan’s book, Blood Trail is the true story of the Arkansas prison tainted blood scandal that has infected thousands of Canadians with either hepatitis C or AIDS through blood transfusions.  Michael Galster, writing under the pen name Michael Sullivan, was a prosthetic/orthotic practitioner in Arkansas.

For more than two decades, the Arkansas prison system sold blood plasma from inmates infected with viral hepatitis and AIDS.  Blood from prisons was 69 times more contaminated than that of the general population of donors. Thousands of unwitting victims died as a result from receiving transfusions from a product called Factor 8 made from this blood. Factor 8 is a clotting protein to stop or prevent bleeding in people with hemophilia.

Governor Bill Clinton and HMA

Bill Clinton was governor of Arkansas when the Canadian blood supply was contaminated in the mid-80s.  He was familiar with the operations of the now defunct Health Management Associates (HMA).  They were the Arkansas firm that was given a contract by Clinton’s state administration to provide medical care to prisoners.

In the process, HMA was also permitted by the state to collect prisoners’ blood and sell it elsewhere.  The Governor was a friend of HMA president Leonard Dunn, a political ally, who boasted of the friendship in 1986 to Arkansas police who conducted a probe of the allegations HMA was providing poor medical care to inmates.  He was appointed by Clinton to sit on the Arkansas Industrial Development Commission and served as finance chair of Clinton’s 1990 gubernatorial campaign. Later that same year, Dunn purchased the infamous Madison Guaranty Savings and Loan from Clinton’s business partner James McDougal (Whitewater).

In the early 80s, U.S. companies that fractionate blood products (separating the various components of blood plasma) had stopped buying prison blood because it was widely known that since many prisoners practiced unsafe sex or were intravenous drug users, they posed a high risk of carrying the AIDS virus.

However, HMA found a willing buyer in Continental Pharma, a Montreal blood broker, which in turn sold the plasma to Toronto based blood fractionator Connaught Laboratories.  Connaught apparently did not realize the plasma had come from inmates.

The details of HMA’s links to Clinton were reported after copies of internal reports were obtained from the Arkansas State Police dating back to the mid-80s.

Vince Foster and HMA

According to author Michael Galster, a prosthetics specialist who worked at the Cummings Unit at the time, HMA hired Vince Foster, then with the Rose Law firm, to help squash the investigation into an incident involving a botched operation in which an HMA doctor unnecessarily amputated a prisoner’s leg at the hip.

Galster says that Foster approached him with an offer to build the prisoner an artificial leg in the hope that it would prevent the prisoner from moving forward with a legal claim against the company.

“The purpose of his being there was to convince me to take this, smooth it over and everybody would be happy,” said Galster. “I refused him. He said, ‘I understand your predicament. But this could make it difficult for you to get a future state contract.’”  Foster was right, Galster was fired.

Although Galster refused to go along, Foster seems to have accomplished his task. The state’s internal investigation of HMA cleared the company of any wrongdoing. An independent review by a California firm found that HMA’s work in the prisons was extremely deficient. The report cited more than 40 contract violations and was replete with instances of negligent care of patients and its handling of the blood center.

While working at the White House, Linda Tripp, the former assistant to both Vincent Foster and Bernard Nussbaum, said she received a phone call from someone who mentioned the “tainted blood issue.” The phone call came just after Foster’s mysterious death. The phrase meant nothing to Tripp, until she tried to find out more.  Just days before his death, Vince Foster was concerned about “tainted blood.”

Inmates Paid for Selling Their Blood

At the Cummins Unit of the Arkansas penal system during the 1980s, while President Clinton was still governor, inmates would regularly cross the prison hospital’s threshold to give blood, knowing they’d receive $7 a pint. HMA not only made money from providing medical care to prisoners, but it also started a profitable side venture: blood mining. HMA sold the blood on the international plasma market for $50 a pint, splitting 50 percent of the proceeds with the Arkansas Department of Corrections.

Since Arkansas is one of the few states that does not pay prisoners for their labor, inmates were willing and frequent donors at the so-called “blood clinic.”  Hundreds of prisoners sold as much as two pints a week to HMA. The blood was then sold to pharmaceutical companies, such as Bayer and Baxter International, blood banks such as the Red Cross, and so-called blood fractionizers, which transformed the blood into medicines for hemophiliacs.

Prisoners lined up to give their blood and administrators then sold the blood to brokers, who in turn shipped it to other states, and to Japan, Italy, Spain, Switzerland, Canada and even Scotland. Despite repeated warnings from the FDA, Arkansas kept its prison plasma program running until 1994, when it became the very last state to cease selling its prisoners’ plasma.

The Prime Buyer of HMA Blood

The prime buyer of HMA’s tainted blood, largely drawn from prisoners in the Cummins Unit in Grady, Arkansas, was a notorious Canadian firm, called Continental Pharma Cryosan Ltd. who had a shady reputation in the medical industry. Cryosan had been nabbed importing blood taken from Russian cadavers and relabeling it as from Swedish volunteers. The company also marketed blood taken from Haitian slums.

Cryosan passed the tainted Arkansas prison blood on to the Canadian Red Cross and European and Asian companies. The blood was recalled in 1983 after the contamination was discovered by the FDA, but less than one-sixth of the blood was recovered. In Canada alone more than 7,000 people have died from receiving contaminated blood, many of them hemophiliacs. More than 4,000 of these died of AIDS. Another 60,000 people in Canada contracted various forms of hepatitis between 1980 and 1990.  Some of it has been traced back to the Cummins prison in Arkansas, one of the few sources of bad blood during this period.

Governor Clinton turned a blind eye.  He sat on his hands despite evidence of severe mismanagement in his prison system and its medical operations.

The Blood Scandal is Still Dripping

Several former prisoners at Cummings charged that they contracted hepatitis and AIDS from the blood program because of the failure to test for diseases such as hepatitis and syphilis, bad record-keeping, falsification of records, and drawing blood from multiple patients with the same needle.

Much of the blame for the problem was placed on another Clinton pal, Art Lockhart, who was the head of the Arkansas Department of Corrections, yet Clinton didn’t believe the allegations were serious enough to ask Lockhart to resign.  Link

Factor 8 Documentary

Kelly Duda produced the documentary film about the Arkansas Prison Blood Scandal in which Clinton cronies knowingly sold HIV and HEP-C tainted blood collected from prisoners to Canadian pharma companies including Bayer, which was ultimately culpable for lawsuits when hemophiliac children were infected and died as a direct result.  Although it was an award-winning film, Duda was sued, robbed, and intimidated.

“It may sound sensational, but I assure you it’s true. In the process of making Factor 8, I received strange phone calls, I was followed, my house was broken into, my tires slashed, and sensitive information – including my personal notes – mysteriously disappeared from my computer. I also had a gun pointed at the back of my head, there was a murder, and a key inmate informant was whisked out of state and put into isolation.” Kelly Duda, Producer of the suppressed film, Factor 8.

Families are still grieving. Victims are still dying. The documentary also revealed for the first time how senior figures in the prison system doctored prisoners’ medical records to make it look like they were not carrying the deadly diseases.

The program stayed in operation until Bill Clinton moved to Washington. It was finally shut down in 1993 by his successor, Jim “Guy” Tucker (Whitewater).

Yet while the rest of the world looks to America for answers, the story remains largely untold, and the 92-minute documentary has been totally scrubbed from the web. This is all that remains.

Conclusion

When Clinton left the Arkansas Governor’s mansion, the “tainted blood” records apparently went with him.  For the full timeline, see Clinton and the Killer Blood.

The Clinton blood scandal is just one of many, but one of the deadliest.  Will anyone ever be held accountable?  It’s highly doubtful.

I asked Kenny Wayne, retired Special Agent in Charge, North Texas and Oklahoma for DHS-US ICE, if we’d ever see charges brought against the Clintons, Hillary especially.  Kenny is a former ATF and US Customs Special Agent and was a Combat Consulting Investigator/Contractor for Army Special Forces in Iraq and Afghanistan from 2006-2012.

His informed opinion is based on his experience, observation and personal analysis.

I have said all along that no one will ever be charged in the HRC email/server/national Security/Russia Collusion/Domestic Electronic Surveillance crimes that have been committed…for two major reasons.

1.  Obama’s willful participation in all of this…his obvious knowledge of HRC (he knowingly communicated classified info via HRC’s non- “State.gov” email system and then his public denial of knowledge) and DNC misdeeds, his administration’s illegal misuse of NSA and FISA authorities for political purpose.  To ever pursue objectively and genuinely these criminal cases would put Obama directly in the bullseye and would affirmatively sully the first black President. The “social engineering warriors” of the elitist permanent bureaucracy can’t abide that. Remember that the senior-most levels of all major fed agencies don’t work for the public any longer. They work for themselves and for the continuation, enrichment and power of their agencies.
2. If a true investigation and the clearly justified prosecution of HRC were allowed to go forward, all the Beltway elites would be at risk because they know HRC has the dirt on damn near everyone. From Obama on down; career politicians, global leaders, AG’s, past Presidents, probably Trump himself, foreign govts…etc. These types all operate on a theory of “Mutually assured political/power-base destruction.”  Everyone knows that HRC is the consummate shrew and that if she were to be assertively “flushed down the drain” she and Bill would pull everyone down with them.

So, no, I’m confident nothing will ever happen. Everything is interconnected. HRC and Obama are at risk over their illegal gun-running ops in Libya (through a Brit front company) that exploded into Benghazi. The Potential revelation of which is why no military response to the Consulate attack ever came, which links to HRC’s private email server, which links to her not wanting to be on record with retained government email systems, which links to the international money laundering organization that is the Clinton Foundation, and on and on. The woven web of corruption and lies and crimes to cover other crimes blankets the Beltway Cartels.

It’s so broken and crooked in the DC Fed Govt (Bureaucracy & Congress) that I doubt it can ever be fixed.  Only a genuine political revolution would have any impact. The conspirators always cover for each other, it’s “you owe me, I owe you” etc. and on and on it goes.

The Rule of Law obviously does not affect globalist elites, not even when there are thousands of deaths of innocents.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

When it comes to serving American citizens, our interests and our taxpaying wallets, our Congressional criminals since 1986—continue to serve just about every illegal mother and father, along with their kids, plus MS 13 drug gangs and visa overstays—as if we can survive another 100 million or 200 million more immigrants of all kinds.

We can’t; we won’t!  When does this immigration line end?  Answer: it doesn’t end as the third world adds 80 million, net gain, new babies, annually. Another 3.0 billion within 30 years!

Liberals call all conservatives ‘racists’!  Mexican La Raza advocates call all Americans racist, while they parade the Mexican flag everywhere in our country—and plot to recover four border states for their own.  Black Lives Matter members call Americans racist.  Moslems call Americans ‘Islamophobic’.  Yet, the great majority of people of every color around the globe clamor to immigrate to America—and carry their anger with them!

As to DACA, the majority of 535 members created DACA children since 1986, and six other amnesties in which none of them ever enforced our borders.  Yes, a few fight for Americans like Tom Cotton of Arkansas, former Senator Jeff Sessions, Steve King of Iowa, Peter King of New York—but by and large, the majority of our elected reps work against average American citizens. Most of them especially work against our interests in the immigration arena.  They work for big business interests for 21^st century slave labor over the needs of us, the American people.

We face $50 billion in drug sales from Mexico overrunning our borders annually.  Each hour, 24/7, 13 American teens die of drug overdoses in the USA.   Will Congress stop that massive drug flow with a border wall or anything to stop the onslaught?  Not a chance!

Each year, illegal aliens and new foreign immigrants send $120 billion in cash transfers back to their countries.  They bleed us dry!  Any chance Congress might pass a law to stop that procedure?  Fat chance!

We pay for 700 military bases with 450,000 military personnel in 80 countries around the world.  It costs us trillions of dollars. For what?  Why? Who continues such an absurd practice?  Your elected senators and House members!

The bulk of elected officials campaigned on honor, duty and helping Americans.  They fail(ed) on every count.  Look at our country in 2018: $20 trillion in debt.  Twenty million illegal aliens making our home their domain! In excess of 1.5 million American homeless while Catholic, Lutheran and other church groups flood our country with refugees that WE pay for as to housing, food, education, transportation and medical. Yet, 7 out of 10 African-American children arrive in this country out of wedlock.  Black communities like Chicago run a 50 to 60 percent flunk out-dropout rate for students. That equates to millions of illiterate citizens who cannot qualify for jobs. Little wonder that 1 in 4 Blacks cannot secure a job.  No wonder Chicago became the murder capital of America!  This severe situation falls on our U.S. Congress.

Yet, Congress continues 17 year-long wars in goat herder nations that exhaust our national money to the tune of $5 to $7 trillion in costs for nation-building while our infrastructure crumbles.  Note: water mains break and leak to the tune of thousands of times a year in cities across America.  Bridges and highways crumble to dust.  Ghettoes simmer and boil while our money pays for building new airports and cities in Iraq and Afghanistan.

All the while, Congress allows 50,000 diversity visas annually for people coming to us from their mud huts in Africa or Asia or the middle east.  Mind you: no skills, no education, no ability to contribute! They rely on your welfare dollars.   One of them just killed a bunch of Americans last month.  Any chance even one Congressman or woman would introduce a bill to stop this practice?  No!

Chain-migration: yes, another one of them killed Americans this past month.  No way to EVER vet these Moslem barbarians, but no attempt by anyone in Congress to stop chain-migration!

And the anchor baby phenomenon:  350,000 illegal pregnant mothers cross our borders at will—to birth their child for the grand prize of American citizenship. This travesty of the 14^th Amendment has continued to cost us billions and billions of dollars as we educate other countries’ kids, house and feed them, with detriment to our own kids.  Any chance Congress might stop this obscene lawless practice?  Not a chance!  It’s been going on for 50 years at a cost of countless mega-billions of our citizens’ money.

Notice how Senators Charles Schumer, Lindsey Graham, Cory Gardner, Mitch McConnell;  Governors Jerry Brown, Cuomo, John Hickenlooper; House members Nancy Pelosi, Maxine Waters, John Lewis, Sheila Jackson; Mayors De Blasio, Emanuel, Hancock and 200 other city mayors protect illegal aliens with Sanctuary Cities and states.  Our own elected officials sworn into office to uphold our US Constitution and our laws—fully defend lawbreakers with impunity.

And our English language, the single greatest factor that holds this country together—fades into oblivion.  Former President Bill “sexual predator” Clinton wrote Executive Order # 13166 to give every foreign language a solid footing for every immigrant so they wouldn’t have to learn English. Costs us billions of dollars!  Today, from Miami to Texas to Los Angeles, dozens of TV and radio shows speak in Spanish. In Detroit and Minneapolis, Arabic language dominates.

Do you think we will survive this multicultural, multilingual, diversity chaos?

With Trump about to give amnesty to 3.5 million illegal DACA migrants, along with on-going chain-migration, we American people face being run out of our own country.  Fact: Americans will become the new minority by 2042.  Latino-Mexican ethnic groups will become the new majority.  (Source: www.PewResearchCenter.org)

What makes this scenario most insane:  we Americans continue voting 96 percent of incumbents into office to continue the same insanity against our country.  And, that’s the 50 percent who even vote in national elections!  The only way for the likes of Nancy Pelosi or Mitch McConnell or Maxine Waters or John Lewis or Sheila Jackson or John McCain to leave office: is natural death.  That’s about the only way to free ourselves of them.

God help us because Congress won’t!

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

When the Founders established this nation, they gave us Constitution that has lasted longer than any government document in the history of man.  Along with that they gave us the Bill of Rights.  The first time the people were given rights that the government was responsible to enforce. The very first one guarantees us the freedom of press.  There was a very good reason for that.  Under British rule it was against the law to make public the actions of the government that the government didn’t want the people to know about.  This behavior was not acceptable to the Founders.  The government they established was a government of the people, by the people, for the people. There was no reason or excuse for the government to hide its actions from the people.  I understand that in these days there is a need for some secrecy because of national security but that has little to do with what we are seeing with today’s press.

The problem we see today is they refuse to report on what is really going on.  Therein lies the problem. If the majority of the people really knew what the government is doing, they would call for a new revolution.  These actions have been going on for quite some time.  The administration of FDR was rife with these kinds of actions.  FDR was continuously getting legislation passed with a Democrat controlled Congress, that did not make it through the courts.  Keep in mind that there was no internet, instant news, FaceBook, Instagram or any other news source that was real time.  Most people only had radio.  But there seemed to be no common knowledge of his attempts to override the Constitutional boundaries of the federal government as well as override the States authority: “Roosevelt’s own social class was horrified by the actions of the president. The president had been born in to a privileged family who lived a rich lifestyle on the east-coast of America – Roosevelt had been born at Hyde Park in New York State and spent his summer holidays at Campobello Island where the family had a summer holiday home.  

To finance his first New Deal, Roosevelt had introduced higher taxes for the rich. They felt that he had betrayed his class and he was expelled from his social club for letting down “his people”.

Roosevelt’s response was typically blunt claiming that the policies he was pursuing would tread on the toes of the few while the majority benefited.

The New Deal also faced a lot of opposition from the Supreme Court.

The Supreme Court took its stance from a legal viewpoint and in 1935 it effectively declared the National Recovery Administration (NRA) illegal.

In the following year it declared the Agricultural Adjustment Act (AAA) unconstitutional thus killing off the AAA. The point made by the Supreme Court was that any efforts made to help farmers etc. should come at a state level and not federal level and that these parts of the New Deal went against the powers given to the states by the Constitution.

11 out of 16 of the Alphabet Laws were decreed unconstitutional in cases heard by the Supreme Court. The argument of the Supreme Court was that Roosevelt had tried to impose the power of the federal government on state governments – and this was unconstitutional. If a state deemed that there was a crisis is farming then it had the right to tackle this crisis as laid down by the Constitution but the federal government did not have the right to impose its decisions onto states.

Some politicians realised that the New Deal was not overwhelming popular with all the people and that there was a chance to make political capital out of this. The 1936 election result certainly showed that there was mileage in such an approach.”[1]

Until Obama there hasn’t been a president that has attempted to ignore the limitations of the Executive Branch with impunity.  FDR even wanted to ‘pack the Supreme Court so he could get his New Deal through: On February 5, 1937, President Franklin Roosevelt announces a controversial plan to expand the Supreme Court to as many as 15 judges, allegedly to make it more efficient. Critics immediately charged that Roosevelt was trying to “pack” the court and thus neutralize Supreme Court justices hostile to his New Deal.

During the previous two years, the high court had struck down several key pieces of New Deal legislation on the grounds that the laws delegated an unconstitutional amount of authority to the executive branch and the federal government. Flushed with his landslide reelection in 1936, President Roosevelt issued a proposal in February 1937 to provide retirement at full pay for all members of the court over 70. If a justice refused to retire, an “assistant” with full voting rights was to be appointed, thus ensuring Roosevelt a liberal majority. Most Republicans and many Democrats in Congress opposed the so-called “court-packing” plan.[2]

There are many other instances in the FDR administration, but the media has been complacent in most administrations.  Jump to the JFK administration and there was, and I believe still is, a ‘shadow government’ whose goal is the One World Order and total control of all mankind.  Scripture talks about it in the book of Revelation speaks of it in detail.  Kennedy made a statement seven days before he was assassinated that I never heard the media expound on: “There’s a plot in this country to enslave every man, woman and child.  Before I leave this high and noble office, I intend to expose this plot.”  Of the months of coverage of his assassination I never heard any mention of this ‘plot’.  Why might you ask?  Because the media is part of this plot.

We see today the ‘deep state’ that is being exposed concerning Trump, yet the majority of today’s media never speak of it.  Have a conversation about it with a person that gets all their ‘news’ from MSM and they’ll look at you like a dog at a new dish.  Our Founders wanted all the news, good and bad, to be given to the public.  One cannot make an informed decision with only a partial part of the vital information needed to make an intelligent decision. You couldn’t then and you can’t today.  Take the election of Barrack Obama in 2008.  His father was a British subject and his mother was a US citizen. IF our press was as diligent as they were with Nixon’s 18 minute tape they would have reported that our Constitution requires a Natural Born Citizen for president.  You can only be a Natural Born Citizen when BOTH parents are citizens at the time of your birth but MSM simply mocked anyone who talked about it.  Such is the state of our ‘free press’ today.

Our press is part of this ‘plot’ to enslave every man, woman and child.  They tell you what THEY want you to know, whether it is true or not.  That’s why President Trump calls them fake news.  That is why they are fake news.

We are seeing some of the most corrupt press organizations that the world has ever seen.

© 2018 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. Modern world history 1918 to 1980, America 1918 1939, Opposition to the new deal
2. Roosevelt announces court packing plan

A president is VOTED into office by the people, for the people and of the people. The job of a president is to make the decisions that affect Americans. His word is law and possesses Executive Order Privilege to overturn a bad law or institute a new one.

So how did judges obtain a seat in the Oval Office to dictate what guidelines are to rule our country? They pushed their way in that’s how.

For example, President Trump rightfully placed a travel ban against all Muslims wanting to enter the U.S. based upon the numerous violent attacks, murders and rapes committed by Muslims in America and every other country they managed to get in and trash.

However, Derrick Kahola Watson of Hawaii was put in place in 2013 as U.S. Federal Judge…by….you guessed it….OBAMA! Now it is all making sense, since Obama thinks he is still president with George Soros guiding him.

Judge Watson illegally overturned an Executive Order from the elected President of the United States proclaiming the ban null and void. How’s that again?

Federal Judge James Robart of Seattle filed a suit of his own to stop the ban, since, as both judges regurgitated; this defies the Freedom of Religion clause guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution.

REALLY? First of all, illegals in the U.S. have no constitutional privileges. Get that? Second of all, Islam is NOT a religion. It has nothing similar to legitimate religions.You will not see one reference to “love” in their “Holy Book.”

Read the Koran for yourselves which condones murder, violence lying and proclaims it is right to rape children. Again, read it for yourselves.

Since when do judges have more power than a constitutionally elected president?   THEY DON’T. This is a textbook coup d’etat in the making, concocted by democrat communists who totally skirt the law.

Appointed judges do not overrule a president’s decision or make decisions affecting the country they lead, period. Only the president can make such decisions. Let’s get that straight. Judges are APPOINTED by a president, a president is ELECTED by the people. This is a big difference.

The elected President of the United States has the authority to present a bill of his choosing to Congress. It is congress who passes or rejects a bill, not an appointed judge, who may come in with biases which is clearly demonstrated in this current series of events.

And how about this business of Democrat Communists holding for ransom a bill that the president wants to pass? This means refusing to pass a bill unless the president includes the passing of a bill that the dems want passed such as this last fiasco which resulted in the Schumer Government Shutdown?

Schumer refused to let President Trump’s bill pass unless Trump also passed a DACA bill allowing over 800,000 immigrants to live in America or stay in America with all benefits; welfare, health care, housing, phones food stamps etc that is paid for by taxpayers, us, i.e. “distributing the wealth.” Doesn’t that sound familiar?

So why is Schumer so insistent upon allowing almost a million new immigrants to live in America? Simple. Think about it. These immigrants will absolutely vote democrat for any election, especially these critical 2018 elections.This cannot be allowed to happen.

A bill is a bill….one bill…without any other bill attached to it. How have we allowed this to happen? It is time to put a stop to it. There needs to be further draining of this swamp that at this point, even the alligators can’t tolerate.

© 2018 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

There was a day when this sweet land of liberty honored God’s Holy Law and anyone who dishonored it was not respected. There have been many turning points for our land, points when we turned away from following God’s Holy Law. One of the worst was January 22, 1973 a date that will live in infamy. On that date, the United States Supreme Court rejected God’s Holy Law regarding the murder of the weakest and most vulnerable human beings, infants in the womb of their mother.

We need to get the language right, we need to understand what actually happened that day forty-five years ago. They did not make it legal for our nation to murder human beings by what they call an “abortion.” They did not make it legal for a woman to hire a contract killer to murder the baby in her womb. Why? because you cannot make something legal which is a violation of God’s Law.

Murder is murder, it was always illegal, it is always illegal and forevermore it shall remain illegal no matter what label you paste upon it. The Word of God, the Law of God is fixed, it is settled in heaven forever. Abortion is murder and it cannot be legalized.

Video of the sermon

What took place that cold January morning in 1973, was our nation rebelled against and rejected the fixed unchanging Law of God. And it did so without a second thought to the consequences. And so the floodgates of death and destruction were opened. Today one human life will be destroyed every 20 seconds in the wombs of American mothers. Nearly 3,000 innocent people will be murdered in America each day. When added up, that’s around one million Americans a year.

Over the past 45 years, nearly 60 million have been murdered without mercy in these United States. These individuals have had no trial, no legal representation, and no opportunity to defend themselves. Yet, they have been executed in a most cruel, inhumane way.

Let the weight of that hit you: Nearly 60 million lives…gone. Just think of a catastrophic disaster where the entire populations of California, Arizona, Nevada, Oregon, and Washington are wiped out. Gone! Abortion is the American Holocaust.

But that is only one of the consequences of rebellion against God’s Holy Law. Turn to Psalm 2:2, for this pointedly describes our nation.

“The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the Lord, and against his anointed, saying, Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us.”

In other words let us declare that in our Land the Holy Law of God is null and void. So we now permit murder. How does God respond to such folly?

Psalm 2:4-5

“He that sitteth in the heavens shall laugh: the Lord shall have them in derision. Then shall he speak unto them in his wrath, and vex them in his sore displeasure.”

God is laughing at America, He has been laughing at us for 45 years, laughing at the stupendous folly of thinking you could throw off God’s Holy Law, and that your rebellion would bring you blessing. God laughs at puny human’s wearing black robes, acting like and believing themselves to be gods; what miscreants, what moral and mental pigmies, what abject blind fools to think they can ultimately get away with such evil.

God has an answer to this folly. He speaks to His Son, Our Lord Jesus Christ in Psalm 2:8,

“Ask of me, and I shall give thee the heathen for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession. Thou shalt break them with a rod of iron; thou shalt dash them in pieces like a potter’s vessel. Be wise now therefore, O ye kings: be instructed, ye judges of the earth. Serve the Lord with fear, and rejoice with trembling.”

What is the end of any nation such as ours who rebels against God’s Holy Law? Utter destruction. Described here in the vivid picture of the interaction of an iron rod when it is brought down with force upon a clay pot – dashed to pieces, irrevocably crushed to dust. Destruction is inevitable unless we repent.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

Next to illegal immigration, feminism is the second-greatest seminal threat to American Independence.

My mentor Phyllis Schlafly often wrote about the Supremacists – of which feminists are the most entrenched and dangerous of all anti-American movements.   Feminism is the hub of Communism, Marxism, socialism, fascism, the Democrat Party, and the Communist Party in the United States.

The Communist Party USA is illegal under federal law but its platform operates openly under Democrat Party auspices.   In 2008, we elected a Communist president with fascist leanings.  Democrats seized 1/6 of the economy under the guise of National Health Care, made everyone wards of the federal government, and flattened our economy for eight long years.

Upon election, President Obama quickly gave interdisciplinary cabinet-level control of all departments to lesbians running the National Organization for Women, who dictated cabinet policy from the White House Office on Women and Girls (WOWG).  The feminist sexual revolution agenda was broadly forced upon other departments, most notably the military and education, sometimes enhanced by destructive Presidential orders and letters that are still operative today.

Fake rape statistics were used to take over college campuses.  “Star Chamber” administrative campus tribunals now apply phony definitions of sex abuse to kick men out college, while women have carte-blanche rights to slam down beer, do drugs, and sleep with anybody they want with no risk of repercussion.  “Microaggressions” established an unintelligible encyclopedia of punishable “patriarchal crimes”.

Feminists are well on the way to forcing everyone to live according to radical feminist dicta under phony “Yes Means Yes” laws requiring men (even married men) to get permission to hold a woman’s hand (and everything beyond that) or be presumed guilty of a sexual offense. This law was sponsored by radical feminist Senator Claire McCaskill, and reflects her demand that men “shut the hell up” on a broad range of issues that are the sole domain of feminist Supremacists to manage.

Feminist harangues about sexual violence are as phony as Al Gore’s global warming agitprop.  Sexual violence has decreased 60% since 1995, with colleges being the safest place for women.  About half of rape allegations are false and many more unfounded.

When President Trump won the presidency in 2016, “nasty women” promptly declared “the future is feminist”.  That is exactly what liberals are doing right now.

I am here to warn everyone that feminists (who already broadly control levers of power in the swamp, media, education, law, and politics) are executing a coordinated takeover of the U.S. Congress, state governments, courts, and perches of economic power in business, media, and academics by hurling mostly-false sex allegations at men.

History has already proven this will win in 2018 regardless of the issues in each race.   Feminists have been perfecting their “Mother of all bombs” for over 130 years. 

The history begins in the mid-1880’s when the first feminists in the Women’s Ku Klux Klan commonly used false sex allegations against black men to drive discrimination and bloody mob lynchings (as documented in the movie Rosewood). Feminists then, as today, wanted a lot more than equality.  They got it by establishing dual standards based on extorted chivalry.

“The hand that rocks the cradle is the hand that rules the world” was the WKKK Supremacist motto. Divorces have thusly been won for over 100 years with Allred-style false child or adult abuse allegations hurled at men, up to 77% of which are false.

In his new book, “The Politics of Sex”, Stephen Baskerville describes how feminists are succeeding every day all over America:

“In the years following Tailhook the military was besieged with accusations of the same gender crimes now familiar in civilian life: rape, sexual assault, sexual harassment. When these produced too many acquittals, the rules were changed to ensure more convictions.”

This is precisely what is happening right now all over America.   Allegations take two minutes to make, are impossible to disprove in most cases, and often result in knee-jerk firing or expulsion of men.  The avalanche of accusations has crushed sanity and made case-by-case analysis impossible in the media.

Harvey Weinstein went way overboard and was quickly declared guilty.  Men who did nothing worth sneezing at often end up fired or pariahed because they are the same sex as Harvey Weinstein.  The feminist meat grinder wins because spitting out volumes of false allegations costs nearly nothing, while it is very expensive and perhaps impossible to prove innocence.

Feminists never mention how Elizabeth Taylor and other screen sirens wore out their casting couches.  They never talk about the epidemic of female teachers sexually abusing children in our public schools.

The vast majority of men destroyed by feminists did nothing that women were not happily doing alongside them at parties, in dressing rooms, offices, and everyplace else imaginable.  The results are vastly unequal: men get sacked while women get payoffs, a book deal, and pandering appearances on talk television.

Sex crimes are horrid life-destructive crimes – and so are false sex crime allegations.  Both should be punished with equal vigor.  But they are not.  Amidst the howling roar of the feminist rape riot, nobody dares mention serious collateral damage done to innocent men.    Everyone runs, ducks, capitulates, or hides – which is exactly what feminists want them to do.

This is big business.  Women were paid up to $750,000 to hurl accusations at President Trump.   Dark-money from George Soros and other political sources expose the real purpose of this Bolshevik revolution.

The list of men being destroyed is exploding faster than we can tally it.  Men fired on allegation alone are nearly always replaced by women.   Jeff Bezos is considering only women to replace the head of Amazon Studios.  Feminists are such a sexist threat that even liberal gay men are abandoning the feminist movement.

Time magazine exulted the Supremacist coup with a callous proclamation:

“These now disgraced men are not being replaced by women as an act of revenge, but because the women are the best candidates for the job. It’s promotion of the fittest. It’s evolution.”

This is a massive sexist violation of employment laws and mass persecution like never before witnessed in American history.

Feminists are quickly erecting city “takeover” Commissions similar to the “Yes Means Yes” campus tribunals.  Hollywood’s Commission on Sexual Harassment and Advancing Equality — headed by Anita Hill — says it all.  Women can get anything they want by dressing like Phyllis Schlafly and hollering “abuse”.  Sex abuse and female entitlement were muttered in the same breath when Oprah hinted an angry run for the presidency in 2020.

Liberals are experts at emotionally leveraging conservative principles against us.  Feminists hijacked the election from Judge Roy Moore.   Phony allegations of pedophilia froze conservative voters into staying home on election day because rational thinking dies when conservatives hear the serotonin-inhibiting words “sexual abuse”.  Spineless snowflakes running the RNC quickly abandoned Moore.  The Democrat turnout was 95% of 2016, but the Republican turnout a dismal 50%.

The sacking of Judge Roy Moore guarantees that political races in 2018 and beyond will be panopticons of sex allegations against men.

Politics has become so risky that many good conservative men are quitting politics.  A record number of 31 Republican Congresspeople – 26 of them men – will not seek re-election in 2018. Most of them cite family reasons.  Who dares risk the job, home, and family before a firing squad of feminists?

Democrats need flip only 23 seats in the House and one in the Senate to control Congress.   The wildly effective recent conquests of media and politics indicate this will be the Democrat’s nuclear weapon this fall and in 2020.

I suggest it is time for Rush Limbaugh to update his original definition of feminism: “Feminism Was Established So As To Allow Unattractive Women Easier Access To The Mainstream Of Pop Culture”.  It should be “Feminism was invented to empower Marxist sacrifice of nations before a pink pedestal of predatory chivalry”.

David R. Usher is President of the Center for Marriage Policy

© 2018 David Usher – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Usher: drusher@swbell.net

Donald Trump’s supposed remark about “sh*thole countries” created outrage around the world and at home. I should begin by noting three important points: (1) Trump denies using the phrase, (2) there is no hard evidence that he said it (e.g., a video or audio recording), and (3) what those with him at the meeting in question claim to recall depends on whether they are his friends or his enemies.

The allegation originated with avowed Trump enemies: Sen. Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), and The Washington Post whose writers, Republican or Democrat, hated Trump’s guts from the get-go. Others present claimed Trump spoke bluntly, as he often does, but do not recall any such phrase. Sen. Tom Cotton (R-Ark.) stated that Trump was annoyed by immigration proposals based on where people were from instead of what skills they brought to the U.S. While conceding that Trump’s language was harsh, he called Durbin’s description a “gross misrepresentation.”

Be all this as it may, the controversy has kicked open doors for discussions worth having.

Before we go further, I recommend you go here and read alternative journalist and author Jon Rappoport’s observations on the subject. Read every word from start to finish. Take your time.

I’ll wait.

Have you read it? Good. If so, let’s ask with Rappoport: how many people in those countries even begin to care about a shouting match between folks all of whom take for granted that their water will be clean and their food safe (relatively speaking), and who have ready access to medical care if a child gets sick?

People in these countries know they are living in “sh*tholes” and — if they had the leisure to do so (they don’t) — would ask who we blame for that, and why no one is doing anything likely to make a real difference?

Sensible questions, and I don’t think many Westerners are going to like the answers.

Rappoport’s answer in a nutshell: once, long ago, most peoples in pre-industrialized countries were doing fine, or as well as common people in such places do. They labored in their fields and did not live in palaces by any means, but they lived mostly stable lives, and they had beliefs and traditions to give them meaning. Their countries were not “sh*tholes.”

Their problems started at the top, and spread downward, as such problems usually do.

As industrialization came, Western corporations, first those of Great Britain but later of the U.S., with the full backing of their governments and governments abroad, began pillaging these countries. The pillaging continued for decades and in some cases centuries. The result destroyed local economies and often local environments with polluted water tables, poisoned soils, contaminated foodstuffs, etc. Local political arrangements were also destroyed, as trusted local leaders were replaced by corporate-backed sociopaths.

This is how a non-industrialized but stable country becomes a “sh*thole”!

Problems mount if there is local footdragging against corporate-state predation. There might even be a political assassination or revolution, events not exactly conducive to stability, much less to prosperity.

Are we making this up?

Consider John Perkins’s revelations in his now-classic Confessions of an Economic Hit Man (orig. 2004; there’s a more recent edition but I’ve not read it; the first version was a huge wake-up call). Perkins offered stunning accounts of how the “consulting firm” he worked for sent him to leaders of “third world” countries with vivid promises of building up “first world” infrastructure: highways, bridges, dams, airports, skyscrapers filled with office cubicles, hospitals and clinics with Western-trained doctors dispensing pharmaceuticals and vaccines, and shopping malls to encourage Western-style mass consumption — paid for via massive loans from the IMF or another such global entity.

The loans would only nominally go to the country. Corporations such as Bechtel claimed the dough. In fairness, they did what they said they would do, and when they were finished, the country had one or more new economic hubs with skylines as “first world” as downtown Atlanta.

The countries, however, found themselves strapped with a massive and unrepayable debt which became a rope around their necks used to control them. As a condition of refinancing such a debt, a country would be forced to allow, e.g., a U.S. military base on its soil, or to vote with the U.S. in the UN on crucial matters.

Why was the debt unrepayable? Because most of the profits made by foreign corporations had been taken out of the country.

Empowered local elites could live like kings if they played ball, and some did, even though it meant turning their backs on their own people. (Think: House of Saud.) Others (e.g., Jacobo Arbenz of Guatemala, Jaime Roldós of Ecuador, and especially Omar Torrijos of Panama) realized their autonomy was gone and stood up to predatory corporations like United Fruit Company in the case of Guatemala.

Result: in 1954 a CIA-backed revolution, following a Western corporate media campaign demonizing Arbenz as a communist. A thug named Carlos Castillo Armas was placed in nominal power. United Fruit Company, which had run Guatemala for decades, was back on top.

This, by the way, is the origin of that colorful phrase banana republic.

In the cases of Ecuador’s Roldós and Panama’s Torrijos, the result was two very suspicious fatal plane crashes.

My wife and I were visiting friends in Panama during October 2016. Torrijos is still considered a national hero there. We met a tour guide in Panama City who opened up to us when he saw that my wife is Latin American and that although I’m a gringo I don’t worship at the altar of the U.S. governmental / corporate oligarchy.

What I’d figured out on my own was reinforced: to this day there are Panamanians who don’t believe for a minute that Torrijos’s death was an accident. The fact that his death and the nearly identical one of Roldós were just two months apart back in 1981 only fuels suspicion. (Incidentally, the U.S. government and corporate media also lied about the number of Panamanians killed when the first George Bush ordered the military strike on Panama City that ousted Manuel Noriega in December 1989. The real figure was in the thousands, not a few hundred.)

Living and traveling overseas gives you a perspective you don’t have if you’ve never been outside the U.S., especially if you’ve picked up enough Spanish to rub shoulders with the locals (e.g., taxi drivers, tour guides) instead of corporate bigwigs and academics.

I’ve not been to Haiti. I corresponded with a Haitian on Île de la Gonâve off the main island (was trying to help him raise money for a Christmas event for kids there), and also with a few gringos who have been there. It’s a country filled with impoverished, desperate people.

What we know: Haiti has had its share of sociopathic tyrants (think of the Duvaliers), and at present, Haitians who can muster the resources are leaving in droves. Some are coming to Chile and taking menial jobs (e.g., sweeping floors, cleaning bathrooms) that are better than anything they could find back home, which was typically nothing. They probably appreciate the political-economic stability that exists here. Incidentally, Chile has specific immigration laws and policies, and they are enforced. These are legal immigrants, and the immigration department here is literally overwhelmed, with lines wrapping around city blocks! Is Chile’s opening its doors to these people a good thing? I honestly do not know yet.

Modernity has been a mixed bag. What do we mean, modernity? What scholars and historians tend to mean by that term are the systems of governance, economy, infrastructure, and overall mindset characteristic of “first world” civilization, based on promises inherent in the European Enlightenment. Modernity respects science and technology, develops institutions intended to promote stable mass democracies and capitalistic economies, typically with social safety nets and public education. What results are large, bureaucratic organizations. The economy becomes consumer-oriented, allows for upward mobility for those able to fill needs or satisfy demands, and eventually, ideally, creates and maintains a flourishing, financially independent middle class. Its educational systems are diverse and, at their best, serve both vocational needs and pure scientific and intellectual research in large universities. “Well-adjusted” citizens identify with such ideals as equal treatment of all citizens under the rule of law and come to regard departures from this as wrongs to be corrected.  They thus believe in progress, are interested in new technology, and welcome social change when it is necessary to correct a wrong such as racial or sexual discrimination.

There are, however, some major downsides. While their expressions often come from artists, poets, musicians, sociologists, a few philosophers, and other lefty-types, and are therefore easily mocked as products of those who just don’t want to work at real jobs, they are not nothings.

Start with the fact that mass civilization breeds mass anonymity: the individual person becomes a cipher encircled by structures he/she did not personally sign off on or vote for. He/she exists as a name/number in government and corporate databases. Most of us complain at some point about inefficient and indifferent bureaucracy, but large and highly centralized, hierarchical organizations, laden with generalized rules and filled with people there primarily to collect a check every two weeks, are characteristic of modernity: career bureaucrats are also ciphers in the larger scheme of things. Since none of us is truly a cipher — each of us sees the world from a his/her own central point, the central character in his/her own extended narrative, as it were — prolonged meditation on the contrast between how we see ourselves and how we are supposed to see “our” mass democracy, versus the anonymity of the surrounding systems in which all but a tiny few of us are relatively powerless, soon breeds alienation and cynicism. That, of course, is only the start. Some speak of the rootless cosmopolitans of the “blue culture” of the big cities, whose loyalties are limited to some combination of pleasure (often sexual), whatever is trendy (political or technological), and especially money which can buy the others.

Capitalism*, as economic historian Joseph Schumpeter observed in his classic Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy (orig. 1942), is always changing. He coined the phrase creative destruction for the constant, chronic churning at its core, driving it to create the new and obliterate the old. The problem: systems (of which the individual person is one type) tend towards equilibrium — stability within themselves and with their immediate environment — not constant change. This basic truth of systems theory explains why we have had cultures that remained essentially unchanged for thousands of years (e.g., ancient China) and why we will eventually have tensions in any system based on constant change. Schumpeter believed — and what is interesting is how he worked this out in the early 1940s, not the 1960s — that capitalism would create conditions for its replacement by socialism: its masses would vote themselves into it. Mass democracy would legislate its way into socialism.

He got this largely wrong, of course. Although he’d doubtless been thinking of how New Deal measures were likely to expand, he didn’t anticipate the rise of the Mont Pélerins who were just getting started in the 1940s. Thus he did not foresee how neoliberal political economy would carry its own brand of capitalism forward amidst spreading collectivism in the culture.

Schumpeter also did not imagine the world of financialization, made possible when Nixon killed the gold standard (1971) and the dollar became the world’s reigning fiat currency. Financialization really got going in the 1990s as market speculation in an ocean of easy credit replaced actual production which was offshored, sometimes to a “sh*thole country,” because labor was cheap and environmental regulations were lax. The increased mobility of capital which creatively-destructive technological change made possible furthered this process. One important result: the steadily increasing concentration of wealth in the hands of an ever-smaller transnational billionaire class we have seen over the past three decades and even more since the financial crisis of 2008 (this is an economic lefty preoccupation, I know; but don’t take my word for it, check the readily available data). This process slowly eliminates the jobs that made a rising middle class possible. Also eliminating jobs is automation, via AI and robotics — more Schumpeterian creative destruction, as labor itself becomes expendable.

Of course, what’s happened in modernity’s “developed” world hardly holds a candle to what’s occurred elsewhere, everywhere Western corporations (with the backing of all governments involved) have gotten their claws in. The tensions between rising expectations and economic realities are very real, not just in the U.S. and Europe but in every non-Western country globalization has touched, which is most of them.

There is also the invariable secularism inherent in modernity. Its systems’ focus on money and other matters of this world invariably push religious institutions and believers to the margins, whatever their beliefs, whether planned or not. No one described this better than theologian Harvey Cox, who wrote in his major work The Secular City (orig. 1965) how secularization “bypasses and undercuts religion and goes on to other things….  It has relativized religious worldviews and thus rendered them innocuous…. The gods of traditional religions live on as private fetishes or the patrons of congenial groups, but they play no significant role in the public life of the secular city…. The [secular] world looks less and less to religious roles or rituals for its morality or its meanings.”

It trends towards materialism, in other words, with (as I’ve noted previously) all this involves.

In Age of Anger: A History of the Present (2017), essayist Pankaj Mishra evaluates modernity from the standpoint of a thinker born and raised in rural India, educated in the West, but not losing touch with his non-Western roots. His thoughts are darker than Schumpeter’s or even Perkins’s. He tries to chart the clash between modernity’s promises and its results. Modernity’s expansion accelerated during the neoliberal-neoconservative era that began when the Soviet Union collapsed, “history ended” (Fukuyama), and its globalized advocates saw democratic capitalism as heralding a technological Utopia. What is clear is that as modernity has expanded to cover the globe, it has been welcomed by secularized regional elites but eyed skeptically by deeply religious masses — and those who invariably rise to lead them (literary, philosophical, etc.).

Mishra draws on both Western philosophers (especially Rousseau, contrasted with Voltaire’s enthusiastic embrace of what was coming), non-Western ones (Hindu, Buddhist, Muslim, etc.), and a few caught in deeply traditional orders that were modernizing (e.g., Dostoevsky). He offers a common-denominator explanation of Western “populism” (Brexit, Donald Trump / Trumpism, European nationalism), the rise of Islamist militancy, and Hindu nationalism in his native land, as resulting from this clash between expectations and reality: there are the promises of modernity, but only a small minority actually reaps its rewards. The masses experience only dislocation and upheaval, losing not only their traditions but their land — sold to the highest corporate bidder — as even the seemingly prosperous in the new cities experience the alienating rootlessness of modernized city life commuting between daytime work cubicles helping a corporation get richer and nighttime cramped apartments helping a landlord get richer (sometimes they are one and the same). Yes, there is economic mobility, but the fact that occupations and markets get saturated ensures that only a few will enjoy it. Creative destruction ensures turnover, but also guarantees that present-day successes are temporary; under developed modernity, like the system itself one cannot stand still. One must continually “reinvent oneself.”

All of this creates and abets the “anger” of Mishra’s title. It is a pushback against globalization and modernity as not only having failed to deliver on their promises but for having turned countries into impoverished, politically unstable “sh*tholes.”

[*I know there are readers who will object that we have not had “true capitalism” in the West for a long time. I use the term mainly because we are all familiar with it, and because as it turns out, there are valid reasons for doubting that the abstraction for which libertarian academics and other defenders of capitalism wish to reserve the term for can even exist in the world as it is. This is another article, however.]

Coming soon, Part two

© 2018 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

There is a series on Netflix titled GOTHAM, a fictional city that is so corrupted that it flounders in chaos and fear of violence.  The City of Chicago, where murders have become routine, totaling in thousands; other crimes are  equally routine; MS13 Gangs control whole territories throughout the City’s East side; prostitution is rampant; the police are ineffective based on the fear of entering entire areas within the city;  corrupt politicians slide from one administration to another, stemming back a hundred years.  The City of Chicago is bankrupt.  Ward healers amass great wealth by heading political election campaigns using payoffs, arm-twisting and other forms of intimidation that insures that the mobs’ candidates always survive.  Harry Truman was a ward healer before he became president.

GOTHAM is really Chicago, but the corruption has spread to “Sodom” by the Sea in San Francesco, and Hollywood, California.  There are many pockets throughout our country where illegal people have, through the Obama Administration’s blessing, violated Constitutional law and paid government trucking contractors, with taxpayer funding to redistribute illegals far from our boarders in order to settle in villages and towns throughout our nation. The purpose was to transform the population by mongrelizing the citizenry, blending the brown yellow and black races from Africa, China and other foreign locations to create a metamorphic conversion from western ideals into a caliphate or better yet a communist society devoid of qualifications for entry. Most immigrants do not speak, read or write English; most arrive to obtain a better life at the expense of legal citizens and will work for low wages compared to legal citizens.

THE WEAKENING OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF WESTERN LAWS AND WESTERN CIVILIZATION

The traditions, laws and inheritance of Western culture evolved over 802 years and resulted in enormous achievements in science, medicine, literature, poetry and philosophy when, in 1215 A.D., the  Magna Carta set the standards of law we enjoy today; but now, unhappily, we experience a process of decay of  standards ie; morals, religious and loyalty to our flag.  What once was a nation  based on the brilliance of our forefather’s  written Constitution and laws to enforce the bill of rights the system of justice is now slowly being corrupted.

President Obama encouraged millions of illegal aliens to overwhelm our immigration system complicit with Democrat Party support that applauded restricting, even preventing boarder control guards from doing their jobs.

He used every means to spread his propaganda by lecturing and ranting on TV, and other media, before the public assemblies lauding the rights of aliens to enter this country.  He publically condemned the police, labeling them guilty before they were tried by jury; he promoted racism between whites and minorities and helped racist mayors restrict police interference during riots; he praised Islam as peaceful and friendly despite the fact that Islam once controlled, through invasion, all of Spain and the entire Mediterranean to force captives into enslavement and execution all who refused to follow the teachings of Mohammad. The defeat of the Muslim control left remnants behind until those bloody purges during the reign of Ferdinand and Isabella.

Obama recited in Arabic the verses of the Quran and bowed before the Saudi King of Arabia (demonstrating obeisance) while on an official government visit,  what no other president would dare to do… acknowledge superiority of a foreign Muslim potentate.

His blatant “chutzpah” openly abused the privileges of his office by taking with him an entourage that included friends and family members to exotic locations throughout the world, claiming the trips as necessary, legally urgent and obligatory to conduct meetings and conferences.  He even allowed his wife to use the government backup intercontinental aircraft with the affixed presidential seal to travel to separate destinations accompanied by her own entourage of friends and relatives to enjoy luxurious accommodations at taxpayer sxpense, she stated the trips to be necessary for creating social comity within foreign countries.   In other words she was acting in the capacity of an ambassador. The cost to the U.S. taxpayers was staggering … amounting to millions of dollars per trip.  Added to these costs is the expense of additional aircraft to haul support vehicles, security personnel and the most expensive accommodations within each country visited.

Obama’s legacy, during his eight years in office, was to bring the United States to its knees by creation of debt so enormous that Americas’ currency, the dollar, which was the most respected, universal vehicle of exchange, to lose its status as the world’s medium for currency conversions. Obama, flooded our country, with non-vetted aliens, including devotees of ISIS, a murderous organization with a purpose to install a world-wide 12^thcentury caliphate based on terrorism.   He created chain migration whereby whole families could join those who held green cards or became temp citizens with a job.  Almost immediately, these relatives receive benefits because most have no needed low skills and are unneeded by industry.  Those temporary Immigrants who are allowed to work have send millions of dollars to wherever their families and relatives are located.

Obama ignored the problem and the loss of millions of dollars every month to be spent in foreign countries. So did the media and the entire Democrat Party who voted in lockstep to promote the most radical social welfare laws, such as the Medical Care ACT for the welfare state.  Forty percent of our nation’s citizens and noncitizens alike pay no taxes and received free Medicaid benefits.  The majority of Obama and the Democrat’s Party’s  immigration open door policy provides no incentive for the unemployed to exchange the benefits gained by being employed because the gains in the  welfare provided,  exceeds what they could not earn by working.  As stated previously, the majority of immigrants lack the higher paying skills for the jobs that employers require.

One other outrage by Obama was the agreement he made with the Iranian government regarding limiting nuclear development, where only UN mentorship of Iranian sites where nuclear operations and storage are stipulated Iran’s government, excluding all other suspected areas where nuclear development takes place.

Barrack Obama, arranged the transfer of $100,000,000 dollars in cash to be delivered by aircraft to Iran outside of the original agreement, purportedly responding to the Mullah’s later demand for the release of Iran’s funds that were frozen since the overthrow of the Shaw which was subsequently declared illegal by the World Court which does not impede or have authority within the United States jurisdictional authority.  It violates our nation’s sovereignty.

class warfare

Obama and the majority within the Democrat Party vilify the very wealthy who create jobs, hire workers and pay salaries. The left adopted the philosophy of Marx and Engle’s. Manufacturers who were competing while located in the United States no longer could afford paying taxes, high wages, pensions and medical care and compete with foreign nations who import products to the United States, tariff free.  Either our manufacturers move their plants where taxation, fees and subsidies make it much easier to compete on the world stage or simply fail to exist if there are no comparative tax benefits that are provided by other countries.  Detroit, the hub of auto manufacturing, turned into a ghost town as did so many other major cities throughout the Middle and Eastern United States. Cotton mills and fabric manufacture left our country to China’s economy as did so many other industries.

The reason why our nation declined is not the Obama administration alone, but all the administrations beginning with Teddy Roosevelt coupling with Woodrow Wilson’s international central bankers and international corporate self-serving opportunists. Prior U.S. administrations now inherit the morals and conflicts of Europe and now as a member within the United Nations that opposes 90% of our nation’s interests.

What has changed is exemplified by the transfiguration of our youth and the freedoms bequeathed on them. Their present heritage goes back to the Age of Aquarius 1960.

THE SINS OF THE FATHER The sins of father’s who attended the massive gatherings where free love, pot and other mind-bending demonstrations against conventional morals and practice of the past were passed on to their children and the left’s political candidates, namely Government leaders.   Blood sweat and tears of our military pay the price because of the misuse of the present Marxists or even worse the Communists who now are the many citizens of American heritage.

This is not unique, since the sins of Adam and Eve were inherited by their sons, Cain and Able as quoted in the first chapter of Genesis of the Bible.  Cain killed his brother Able and that created a first in the sorry history of good vs evil and is perpetuated through all generations.  One fact, that any thinking person must accept, is that it is too easy to take the wider road, the road that appeals to our bad side. The side where sex, gluttony, sloth, anger, misdeeds which are the antithesis of the commandments given by God to Moses on Mount Sinai.  When governments become so immune to feelings of guilt there are no limits. Crimes of murder, the killing of millions through development of weapons: poison gas that fries skin and inflames lungs and disfigures survivors.  Bombs spray deadly metal particles; missiles capable of flattening entire cities to rubble. Every form of weaponry is impervious to the pain and desolation that causes disfigurement tearing off limbs of both civilians and soldiers alike. War is heartless … pure evil. The arms manufactures sell weapons and ammunition for enormous profits, a prime reason that motivates wars.  Today, the rules of war no longer exist.  Our war making machine is now at its apex dedicated toward total annihilation of enemies.  Are our babies’ enemies in arms?  Is the enemy, the elderly or the very young who never wished for war, or is it the Luciferian leadership that forces death on enemies to justify annihilation?

I fear the condemnation by those who fall victim of propaganda that benignly molds minds to conclude that nuclear annihilation is a proper solution.  Fools fail to foresee that using the nuclear solution as the only solution means more than likely the enemy will retaliate in kind. Mankind needs Divine Guidance.

© 2018 Joe Kress – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JW Kress: kressretired1982@outlook.com

The supremacy clause at Article VI, clause 2, US Constitution, says:

“This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.”

Two bills, SJR 31 & HJR 49, which purport to provide for the selection and control of “commissioners” to an “interstate convention” for “proposing amendments” to our federal Constitution, have recently been filed in the Virginia General Assembly.  The bills assert that such an “interstate convention” is authorized by Article I, §10, clause 3; the 10^th Amendment; and Article V of our Constitution.

As shown below, the bills are unconstitutional because they seek to circumvent Article V, and are not encompassed within Article I, §10, clause 3, or the 10^th Amendment.  Under the supremacy clause, they would be struck down.

1. What Article V says about amending our Constitution

Article V says:

“The Congress, whenever two thirds of both Houses shall deem it necessary, shall propose Amendments to this Constitution, or, on the Application of the Legislatures of two thirds of the several States, shall call a Convention for proposing amendments…”

Our existing 27 Amendments were obtained under the first method:  Congress proposed them and sent them to the States for ratification or rejection.

We’ve never had a convention under Article V – they are dangerous!  If Congress calls an Article V convention, our existing Constitution could be replaced with a new Constitution which sets up a completely new structure of government.[1]

Nevertheless, the People granted to Congress at Article V the power to “call” a convention; and to the Delegates to the convention, the power to “propose amendments”.[2]

Yet the Convention of States Project (COS), in brazen disregard of the plain meaning of Article V, has long insisted that the States “call” the convention; the States propose the amendments for the convention to rubberstamp; and the States will have total control over the Delegates to the convention.

SJR 31 & HJR 49 are an implicit admission that we who oppose an Article V convention have proved our point:  Congress really does “call” the Convention; and pursuant to its grant of power to “call” the convention, Congress really is granted by Article I, §8, last clause, the power to make all laws “necessary and proper” to carry out the powers granted to Congress by Article V; and the States actually have no power over an Article V convention – except to ask Congress to “call” one.[3]

The Congressional Research Service Report dated April 11, 2014 likewise reflects Congress’ clear awareness that it alone has the power to organize and set up an Article V convention. The Report says:

“First, Article V delegates important and exclusive authority over the amendment process to Congress…” [page 4]

“Second . . . Congress has traditionally laid claim to broad responsibilities in connection with a convention, including . . . (4) determining the number and selection process for its delegates;[4] (5) setting internal convention procedures, including formulae for allocation of votes among the states; . . .” [page 4] [italics added]

And contrary to COS’s previous assurances that the States would have total control over an Article V convention, the CRS Report says on page 27:

“In the final analysis, the question what sort of convention?” is not likely to be resolved unless or until the 34-state threshold has been crossed and a convention assembles.”

In other words, we’ll have to get a convention before we know what the Delegates are going to do!

1. The new Gimmick to circumvent Congress’ powers under Article V

SJR 31 & HJR 49 make the bizarre claim that Article I, §10, clause 3, which says:

“No State shall, without the Consent of Congress … enter into any Agreement or Compact with another State…”,

is really talking about an “interstate convention” for the States to meet and “propose amendments” to our Constitution!

First of all, our federal Constitution doesn’t address “interstate conventions”![5] State and local governments and private organizations may hold nationwide conventions (gatherings) on an endless list of matters: trade shows, book fairs, sports events, high school marching band contests, agricultural fairs, meetings of County Sheriffs, whatever they like!  And they don’t need permission from Congress.

Secondly, a “Compact with another State” within the meaning of Article I, §10, clause 3, is separate, distinct, and totally unrelated to the Article V convention called by Congress for the purpose of addressing our federal Constitution.  “Compact”, as used in Article I, §10, clause 3, means binding agreements or contracts between States which deal with state matters.  Traditionally, “compacts” have been used to resolve such matters as boundary disputes between States; and may be used to address various other issues between States.[6]

Article V governs amendments to our Constitution – not Article I, §10, clause 3!  Virginia may not lawfully set up any gimmick to circumvent the powers granted by Article V to Congress.  And Congress may not lawfully approve a “compact” which violates our Constitution!

Thirdly, SJR 31 & HJR 49 claim the 10^th Amendment gives States the power to hold an “interstate convention” to propose amendments to the Constitution.  Rubbish!  The 10^th Amendment addresses powers “reserved to the States…or to the people.”  It is inapplicable here because no powers respecting an Article V convention were reserved to the States: The People granted to Congress the power to “call” an Article V convention; and to the Delegates, the power to “propose amendments”.  The only power the States have is to ask Congress to call the convention.

Once the requisite number of States has applied to Congress, it’s out of the States’ hands.  Pursuant to Article I, § 8, last clause;[7] Congress has the power to make all laws necessary and proper to carry out its power to “call” the convention.  And then, our Fate is in the hands of the Delegates; and they can do whatever they want – as they did in 1787.

III. The new Gimmick attempts to circumvent the Plenipotentiary Powers of the Delegates to an Article V Convention.

Article V shows on its face that the convention is the deliberative body.  The Delegates hold the Power to “propose amendments”; or, to do what our Framers did at the federal “amendments” convention of 1787 (invoke the 2^nd paragraph of the Declaration of Independence) and write a new Constitution which creates a new government.

So, while the States are free to propose amendments to their Congressional Delegations [and this is what James Madison advised];[8] the States have no authority to dictate the amendments to be proposed at the convention called by Congress.

And as shown in “Why states can’t prevent a runaway convention” and “Delegates to an Article V Convention can’t be controlled by state laws!” attempts to control Delegates with “unfaithful delegate” laws are laughably ineffective.

Apparently, the convention lobby  now concedes that “unfaithful delegate” bills won’t work, since with SJR 31 & HJR 49, they attempt to circumvent the plenipotentiary powers held by Delegates to an Article V convention, by fabricating a new kind of convention (meeting) out of  Article I, § 10, clause 3!

1. The solution is to enforce the Constitution we already have

Americans don‘t know what our Constitution says and don’t care what it says. They want what they want; and elect politicians like themselves. The politicians made a mess. To fix the mess, Americans must read our Declaration of Independence and Constitution, and enforce them with their votes and by repudiating unconstitutional federal programs.  State and local governments must enforce our Constitution by renouncing federal funds to implement unconstitutional programs and by nullification.  See also James Madison’s specific suggestions on how States & Citizens can resist federal usurpations.

© 2018 Publius Huldah – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Publius Huldah: publiushuldah@gmail.com

Endnotes:

[1] This is why Brilliant Men (Madison, Hamilton, four US Supreme Court Justices, and other eminent jurists and scholars) have warned against another convention.  And this flyer sets forth the Facts of the federal “amendments convention” of 1787 at which our existing Constitution was drafted to replace our first Constitution (the Articles of Confederation).

[2] The issue in U.S. v. Sprague  (1931) was whether the 18^th Amendment (Prohibition) should have been ratified by conventions in each State instead of by State Legislatures. The Supreme Court held that Article V “is a grant of authority by the people to Congress” and that the people “deliberately made the grant of power to Congress in respect to the choice of the mode of ratification of amendments.” Accordingly, Congress had authority to select ratification of the proposed 18^th Amendment by State Legislatures instead of by conventions in each State.

[3] THIS handy chart lists who has the power to do what respecting an Article V convention.

[4] Congress is under no obligation to permit States to participate in the Convention.  Congress has the power to appoint its own members, federal judges, or whomever else they want as Delegates!

[5] “Convention” has several meanings. It can be a meeting or gathering, such as a national convention of County Court Clerks or architects; or it can refer to a treaty with foreign countries, such as the Hague and Geneva Conventions on the laws of war.  The author of SJR 31 & HJR 49 may have fallen victim to the Fallacy of Ambiguity since he slips and slides between the two meanings.  “Compact” in Art. I, §10, cl. 3, means “agreement” or “contract” – not meetings!

[6] E.g., States could properly enter into “Compacts”, within the meaning of Art. I, §10, cl. 3, wherein they agree to prohibit waste being discharged into a River shared by them; or respecting the construction of a hydroelectric dam on the River.  Even though the federal government has no delegated authority to deal directly with such issues; the requirement of Consent by Congress to such Compacts is proper because States situated above or below the proposed dam could be affected by the dam.

Neither the Federalist Papers nor Madison’s Journal of the Federal Convention of 1787 set forth what our Framers meant by “compacts” at Art. I, §10, cl.3.  Here are two secondary sources: The Evolving Use and the Changing Role of Interstate Compacts: A practitioner’s guide, by Caroline N. Broun & Michael L. Buenger (see pages 1-9 for the historical basis of “interstate compacts”).  See also Justice Story’s “Commentaries on the Constitution of the United States” (1833), Book 3, Ch. 35, §§ 1395-1403.

[7] Former law professor and pro-convention operative Rob Natelson’s statements to the contrary are untrue.  See “Rob Natelson perverts the Necessary and Proper Clause and thinks in circles”.

[8] E.g., Madison’s letter of Nov. 2, 1788 to Turberville (pages 297-301) at the end of Madison’s point 2 [and then read Madison’s point 3!]

The Establishment is in an uproar. Dirty trick after dirty trick has failed them. They were so sure Hillary would win! They were so sure they could control the narrative! They were absolutely positive that they would pull the levers of the Deep State and unseat Donald Trump with a relentless campaign of lawfare (warfare by lawyers).

President Trump has been a step ahead of them every time, so their Plan A – a recount followed by an attempted hijacking of the Electoral College failed, and their Plan B – “Deep State Soft Coup” is failing spectacularly. The failure to find any evidence whatsoever of Russian collusion means that Plan B has been a major dud. While special counsel Robert Mueller is still on course to bring some process-oriented charge against the President such as perjury or obstruction of justice, the exposure of his entire inquiry as a partisan witch-hunt makes his success in reversing the results of the last presidential election unlikely. As Pat Buchanan has pointed out, unlike Richard Nixon, Donald Trump will not go quietly.

That leaves them only a couple of plans left and each is more desperate and futile than the prior attempt.

Plan C is clearly an attempt to unseat President Trump with histrionics of the POTUS being mentally unsound. A year ago, we warned you, gentle reader, that the Left would never accept Donald J. Trump as their President, and that they would do literally anything within their power to overthrow his 2016 election win. We coined the term, Leftist Spasm, to denote the involuntary and knee-jerk appearance of their dismay.

The Left is resilient and persistent, so their next plan, Plan C – “25th Amendment Solution” is now under full swing, but it won’t work either because Trump is in excellent health. Harpies in the media are jumping on every tweet, slip of the tongue, and unorthodox method as proof positive that the President has become unhinged.

The mainstream media chorus that began with CNN’s Don Lemon, MSNBC’s Joe Scarborough, certified nut- job Keith Olbermann, and first promulgated by Senators Robert Corker and Jeff Flake that Trump is mentally unbalanced picked up speed with the publication Author Michael Wolfe’s fictional book, “Fire and Fury”. Incredibly we now know that it was quisling Steve Bannon who let this hyena Wolfe into the Trump White House. It is essential to understand that this is the necessary backdrop for the Washington elite’s plan to take a Trump down under the 25th amendment. Their plan cannot succeed until they have whipped up a national hysteria that insists that the president is out of his mind.

The president’s recent crude but accurate depiction of certain third- world countries who would like to import their refugees to the United States as shitholes has given the Democrats and their handmaidens in the mainstream media a new talking point to use in their insistence that the president is nuts,

For those unfamiliar with the 25th Amendment: The Twenty-Fifth Amendment to the United States Constitution deals with succession to the Presidency and establishes procedures both for filling a vacancy in the office of the Vice President as well as responding to Presidential disabilities. It has four sections, the first three deal with the Vice President becoming Acting President. The fourth section allows the Vice President and a simple majority of the principle officers of the executive departments to decide by vote that the President is unfit for office, even against the wishes of a physically and mentally sound President.

The specifics of this mechanism are as follows:

• The Vice President and a majority of executive cabinet inform the Senate, by way of the President pro tempore of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, in writing that the President is unable to discharge the powers and duties of his office.
• Immediately upon notice to the Senate, the Vice President shall assume the powers and duties of the office as Acting President.
• The President can then transmit to the Senate a written declaration, again by way of the President pro tempore of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, that no inability exists, and he shall resume the duties of his office.
• The Vice President and a majority of the executive cabinet have four days to transmit a written declaration that the President is still unable to discharge the powers and duties of his office, to the Senate by previous ways.
• With this second declaration of unfitness, Congress shall assemble within forty-eight hours to decide the issue. Congress then has twenty-one days do certify that the President is unable to discharge his duties, and if so, the Vice President shall continue to discharge the duties as Acting President.
• If Congress is unable to certify that the President is unfit, within the twenty-one days of Congress receipt of the initial declaration of unfitness, then the President shall resume the powers and duties of his office.

Who gets to decide if the President is fit? It starts with the Vice President, Mike Pence. None of it can move forward unless he gives the say-so. The other cabinet members who get a vote are:

Secretary of State Rex Tillerson
Treasury Secretary Steve Mnunchin
Secretary of Defense James Mattis
Attorney General Jeff Sessions
Secretary of the Interior Ryan Zinke
Secretary of Agriculture Sonny Perdue
Secretary of Commerce Wilbur Ross
Secretary of Labor Alex Acosta
Secretary of Health and Human Services Tom Price
Secretary of Housing and Urban Development Ben Carson
Secretary of Transportation Elaine Chao
Secretary of Energy Rick Perry
Secretary of Education Betsy DeVos
Secretary of Veterans Affairs David Shulkin
Secretary of Homeland Security Kirstjen Nielsen
UN Ambassador Nikki Haley

While a detailed analysis of exactly who would vote which way isn’t the point of this article, it is important to note that many of the people on this list would vote against Trump if it was the politically expedient thing to do. There are, sadly few Trump loyalists on this list.

Would Vice President Mike Pence sign-on to such a coup d’état? The desire to be president does strange things to men. We know that Pence demurred in the wake of the NBC /Billy Bush revelations, refusing to take candidate Trump’s call at the same time party leaders were privately offering to convene the Republican National Committee and dump Trump as the party’s nominee, replacing him with Pence. The Vice President’s political majordomo Nick Ayres got caught red handed leaking information detrimental to the President only to have the Vice President’s highly regarded Communications Director Jeff Lotter take the fall.

My sources also tell me that Pence has chafed over the President’s unwillingness to reverse US law when it comes to same -sex marriage and to push to overturn Roe v. Wade. At the same time the Vice President is gung ho for US attorney general Jeff Session’s push to crack down on State legalized marijuana in direct contravention of an important campaign pledge made by the President, As Julius Caesar might say the Vice President has “that lean and hungry look”.

Even if a majority of the cabinet in the vice Pres. Work to sign on to a 25th amendment removal of Trump the chief executive would have the right to appeal this decision to the US House of Representatives. At least one high-level White House aide has told me that they believe House Speaker Paul Ryan has already agreed to be Pence’s vice president in order to block such a move.

On December 6th, 2017, Donald Trump made the historic announcement that Jerusalem was to be the recognized capital of Israel. The Establishment Press almost ignored this great achievement on December 7th, 2017 and instead ran story after story about how President Trump was mentally unfit because he a couple of cough drops in his mouth. That he gave a perfect and well received speech that same day, on the 7th, honoring the fallen of Pearl Harbor was totally lost on the media that is ‘Never Trump, All the Time’.

Recently the pundits wee parsing discredited Trump hanger-on Cory Lewandowski’s recent book “Let Trump Be Trump” and selecting choice anecdotes about then Candidate Trump, while on the campaign trail. Desperate for absolutely anything with which they can use to paint the President in a negative light, Main Stream Media talking heads point to President Trump’s blunt tell-it-like-it-is nature and his proclivity for Filet-O-Fish sandwiches as a sign that the President is unstable and unfit to lead the nation.

Donald J. Trump is a fighter. He’s been down, but he’s always gotten back up and pummeled the ones who knocked him down. He’s a lion, and his true supporters know this and will back him 100%. His supporters, the heart of America, are beyond incensed at the brazen attempts to unseat their duly elected President. Many of them are no longer dreading a confrontation, but rather are itching for it, wanting to settle the score once and for all.

© 2018 Roger Stone – All Rights Reserved

For over five decades, the political left has been mostly comprised of democrats and sneaky republican rinos.  In more recent years, rino republicans have joined the ranks of the elite leftist class in America. Rather than commit to an about face concerning their mindset regarding Black Americans, democrats simply changed their tactics.  Throughout the periods of slavery, Jim Crow and unequal opportunities, the democrats were always leading the charge of keeping certain people down.

Of course, after the Civil Rights era the democrats and their enforcers, the Ku Klux Klan could no longer compel Blacks via hangings, cross and house burnings as well as other harsh tactics to accept the lowest rung on the ladder of society.  Until after the Civil Rights Movement years, for the most part if black Americans went to school, they did learn and usually qualified to attend university.  But along the way, something rather deviant evolved.  The democrats/leftists secured almost total control of the government school system and major Christian denominations.

The government schools were over time transformed from centers of learning, where students were challenged to achieve and do their best, into dens of indoctrination.  Beginning in the late 1960s, black students were starting to be convinced that life in America was unfair and they would always be victims of efforts to keep them down.  Gradually black Americans were intellectually challenged, less and less.  So, when they did not qualify for university, black Americans were then convinced that the white man was blocking them from collegiate opportunities.

While there were some cases of racism, if one looks long and hard enough they can find whatever they seek.  But for the most part from the 1980s until now, black Americans who seek to go to university but cannot get in it is usually because of not qualifying.  One might enquire, how did this happen and what was the possible motive?  From the outset of this column, I pointed out the mindset of the leftist democrats.  Throughout their history, they never sought to sincerely encourage all Americans to be the best they can be.   But rather to some Americans, you cannot do that, or will not be allowed to do that.

Instead of competing with republicans in the battle of positive ideas, for the betterment of black Americans in particular, democrats have sought to gain politically from the misery, real or imagined of selected groups, mainly Blacks, Hispanics, females and others.  For the most part Black Americans have been pimped over and over like an old hag for the same dirty purpose of voting democrats into office, decade after decade.  That charade continues, despite the worsening overall quality of life of many Black American constituents.

The democrats/leftists worst nightmare has been the possibility of Black Americans awakening in mass from the political stupor of over five decades.  With the recent vast improvement in employment and entrepreneurial opportunities for Black Americans, along with some turning away from the leftist philosophy that has decimated Black families, education quality and even moral behavior for decades, democrats have resorted to drastic measures.  With fewer Black Americans bowing before the golden donkey, democrats/leftists are now mainly focused upon illegal border crossers and trying to keep our southern border open for them to stroll into our republic with no restrictions.

Democrat/leftists are willing to put our republic in mortal danger, just to maintain and increase their voter base by giving illegal border crossers the right to vote.  There are officials in California who would like nothing more than to allow illegals to vote in that state.  Hopefully, more and more black Americans are waking up and rejecting the loser philosophy of the left.  It has not served Americans in general very well at all, particularly Black Americans.

Democrats, led by the likes of Chuckie Schumer are on a mad mission to gain much more control of political power.  Plain and simple, the Democrats have decided to satisfy their lust for political power over “We the People” by joining with other leftist organizations and illegal border crossers.  It does not matter to them that the end result of their philosophy is only wicked destruction.  The horrific evidence of their way of thinking and actions are prevalent throughout our republic and the world, with varying degrees of depravity in locations as diverse as Chicago, Los Angeles, Gary, Indiana, San Francisco, Mexico and Venezuela.

I can only hope and believe that more and more Black Americans will make their escape from the political plantation of the democrat/leftist political juggernaut.  It has done nothing but make bad situations worse and reverse the good progress many black Americans had begun to make decades ago.  Because of the Trump tax cuts and elimination of many dreadful regulations, economic opportunities are more plentiful and will keep expanding in the future.  I am sincerely hoping that people will go and participate in the great American field of dreams and opportunities to create a better life for themselves and their families.  If they do not, they will not have anyone to blame for being afraid or unwilling to go for it, but themselves.

The evil mission of political induced dependency is easily defeated by utilizing one’s own God given abilities along with refusing to allow others to dictate the outcome of our lives.  God gave us free will, so let us use it to remain free and enjoy the liberty to truly live.  God Bless You, God Bless America and May America Bless God.  Please check out and enjoy The Ron Edwards Experience talk show Friday at 4:00 PM EST, 1:00 PM PT on www.shrmedia.com, www.americamatters.us. AM 1180 KCKQ Reno, Nevada and 9:00 PM EST, 6:00 PM PT nightly on www.freedominamericaradio.com and on www.talkamericaradio.us.

© 2018 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

I have put thousands of Americans away for tens of thousands of years for less evidence for conspiracy with less evidence than is available against Ollie North and CIA people. I personally was involved in a deep-cover case that went to the top of the drug world in three countries. The CIA killed it. —Former DEA Agent Michael Levine, CNBC-TV, October 8, 1996. Author of Deep Cover

Former DEA Agent, Michael Levine lost his son, a police officer, and his brother to drugs.  His son was murdered, and his addicted brother committed suicide.  Levine has openly stated that none of these drugs should ever be legalized.  The DEA’s Position on Marijuana is damning and the report is alarming.  Legislators considering the legalization of marijuana should read the report before they vote as their decision may have dangerous consequences in their state.

Nineteen states and Washington, D.C. have legalized medical marijuana and two more, Washington and Colorado, have legalized it for both medical and recreational use, according to this map from Governing magazine. But marijuana is not legal under federal law.

Unconstitutional Federal Laws

Let’s clarify here.  The legalization of marijuana, just like the legalization of abortion in the entire U.S. is not an enumerated power of the federal government according to the Constitution.  Neither is the criminalization of either an enumerated power of the federal government.

Government power has grown in every direction, often ignoring the very deliberate constraints of the Constitution. But, if we are to entertain the rather unfashionable traditional view of federal power, it is quickly clear that the federal government gets only “enumerated” (or specifically spelled out) powers, and the rest belong to the States and the People mainly via the Tenth Amendment.

Libertarians have long wanted all drugs legalized.  Their mantra is “hands off, don’t tell us what to do.”  But it’s all about them, not about what happens to the rest of society because of them.  Gary Johnson, the former Governor of New Mexico, was the last libertarian to run for President.  He is pro-abortion and for the legalization of drugs.

The High Cost of the “Rocky Mountain High”

At the recent Gathering of Phyllis Schlafly Eagles (PSE) in St. Louis, MO, State Director of Eagles in Arizona, Susan Ellsworth, read a report by the Co-Directors of Colorado’s PS Eagles, James and Jayne Schindler.  It was not only startling, but frightening.

Reefer, pot, Mary Jane, weed, grass, all of these terms refer to Cannabis.  Many deceptive arguments were used to promote medical and then recreational marijuana legislation in the State of Colorado in 2012.  Since then, the use of marijuana has decimated the state in numerous ways few have considered.  Most of the following information comes from the Schindler’s own research.

• Potent Pot – Marijuana is stronger now than it was 20 years ago, causing many of the health problems we are seeing today. The U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration over 20 years found that the level of THC or tetrahydrocannabinol, marijuana’s main psychoactive ingredient in the marijuana samples they seized, rose from about 4 percent in 1995 to about 12 percent in 2014.

Essentially, the drug cartels, who have plenty of money, are breeding new marijuana hybrid plants with higher levels of THC and other toxic and addictive chemicals in it.  This is resulting in a much stronger and much more addictive marijuana plant, even though it may look, smell and taste similar to older plants.

Conversely, the level of CBD, or cannabidiol, the ingredient sometimes touted for its potential health benefits — fell from about 0.28 percent in 2001 to less than 0.15 percent in 2014.

• Schools – Teachers unions bought into the provision that the first $40 million of taxes collected on cannabis sales would be earmarked for construction of schools. It has yet to happen after four years of collecting millions in tax revenue.
• Pot Usage – The number one problem in Colorado schools is pot smoking by the students. The Rand Corporation poll reported that two of every five college students are regular users, causing a dramatic increase in the drop-out rate.  Regular use has proven to lower the IQ by eight points. Link

Lunch breaks at schools find kids piling into cars, rolling up the windows and smoking pot.  Re-inhaling the trapped smoke is called “stove-piping,” resulting in a quicker and more intense high.  On their return to the classrooms, they are out-of-control, causing the teachers to be both fearful and unable to teach.

• Adolescent Usage – There is strong evidence that pot usage by teens is destructive to the adolescent brain. Research paints a grim picture for those who start smoking before age 18.  Link
• Lawsuits – Colorado’s border states have sued for damages caused by marijuana smokers coming across the borders and depleting their law enforcement resources to focus on other crimes.
• Crime – Legalization has not reduced crime, as was promised. Black market pot is actually cheaper than tax subsidized marijuana.  Robberies of pot shops is now a daily occurrence as they are a cash business and not allowed to have bank accounts.  The state has become the money launderer as the tax monies can be deposited into state coffers.  It is now reported that there are more pot shops than liquor stores and lower income areas are especially targeted for same.  Crime has increased as have burglaries and robberies.

Legalization has impacted the drug cartels, so they have shifted gears and are now enjoying monetary gains from the sales of opioids, now epidemic and causing even more crime.

• Babies Addicted – It has been reported that half of all babies admitted to the Pueblo Hospital, particularly emergency room visits, are addicted to marijuana related to their addicted mothers.
• Alcohol Poisoning – Patients suffering from cancer treatment nausea can be given marijuana to stop the vomiting reflex with chemo treatments. But the danger here is that young people who consume alcohol along with smoking pot, also have their gag reflex suppressed, and cannot expel the excess alcohol.  They are now dying from alcohol poisoning.

Yes, people do die from smoking weed.  Link

• Impaired Driving – Researchers found that nearly three of 10 marijuana users manifested a marijuana use disorder in 2012-2013. Studies suggest that using marijuana and alcohol together impairs driving more than either substance aloneand that alcohol use may increase the absorption of THC, the psychoactive chemical found in marijuana.  The number of drivers involved in fatal crashes in Colorado who tested positive for marijuana has risen sharply each year since 2013, more than doubling in that time, federal and state data shows. Link
• ER Visits Increase – The number of teenagers and young adults going to the emergency room at Children’s Hospital Colorado for what appears to be marijuana-related reasons increased significantly after legalization, a new study found.

Dr. Sam Wang of Children’s Hospital said he found that the number of kids and young adults in the emergency room for marijuana-related reasons and who subsequently needed a psychiatric evaluation also increased rapidly — from 65 in 2005 to 442 in 2014.

• Testicular Cancer – Some blunt advice for the young, male fans of marijuana: You may want to kill that joint and clutch your crotch — self-check style, that is. A small new study adds to growing concerns that recreational marijuana use may lead to testicular cancer in young men. Link
• Mysterious Cannabis Illness – A mysterious marijuana-related illness is popping up with increasing frequency in hospital emergency rooms, particularly in states where cannabis is now legal. The illness is cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome, (CHS) which is linked to heavy, long-term use of marijuana, according to experts. The symptoms are severe abdominal pain and violent vomiting.  Hot showers or baths alleviate the symptoms for a short period of time, but the only cure is to stop smoking weed. In its most severe form, the illness can lead to kidney failure — but symptoms usually stop within days of ending marijuana use.
• Grow Houses – High humidity is a side effect of growing pot in homes, resulting in homes being destroyed with both mold and pesticides. Not only that, but the water usage is draining Colorado’s electricity and water.  The hemp farming is about to cause a water war on the western slope where peaches, cantaloupe and corn are regularly grown.
• Government – Legalizing pot did not reduce government overreach as promised. The time taken by local, state, and county governments to now regulate and enforce the sales and distribution of taxable marijuana has been astronomical.  They’re still trying to figure out just how much pot can be consumed before an individual is considered legally impaired and cited with a Driving While Marijuana Impaired (DWMI).

The tobacco industry actually wants to start packaging joints for over-the-counter sales.  Given the rationale that tobacco smoke is bad for your health, while marijuana smoke is apparently good for you.

• Homeless – Colorado has had a population boom, many of whom came expressly to smoke pot, not for a home or a job. They are a tremendous drain on public resources.  And get this…the politically correct police have now redefined the homeless and transient population as “travelers.”  This has created a new class of people who, according to state government, are entitled to benefits of food, housing, clothing, etc., all of course at taxpayer expense.
• Workforce – Just how do businesses, the military, law enforcement, etc. find people who can pass a drug test? It is suggested that marijuana is less harmful than alcohol, but that doesn’t hold up as pot consumption stays in the body for days whereas alcohol leaves within hours.  It has become difficult even to hire moderately qualified people.

Colorado has now collected in excess of a billion dollars in taxes from pot sales which indicates a large portion of the citizenry is high while trying to perform their normal daily functions.

Side Effects and Dangers

Don’t kid yourself, marijuana is not without side effects and dangers.  As much as weed users would like to think that weed is an entirely harmless drug, it really is not. Marijuana use has not only been significantly linked with a number of short-term psychosocial problems – including problems with school, work, family, friends and the law – but has also been linked with several longer-term medical and mental health risks.

• Respiratory inflammatory symptoms. Link
• Psychosis (such as schizophrenia) or earlier onset of psychosis. Link
• Immunity suppression. Link
• Nausea and vomiting. Link
• Decreased testosterone in men – possibly leading to impotence, gynecomastia and decreased libido. Link
• Increased prolactin levels in women – possibly leading to galactorrhea (or inappropriate milk secretion).
• Periodontal (gum) disease. Link
• Persistently red eyes secondary to chronic corneal vasodilation. Link
• Continued cannabis use is associated with 7-fold greater odds for subsequent commission of violent crimes. Link

If you doubt anything in this article, please listen to this video from Colorado Christian University’s Centennial Institute on their presentation of marijuana’s true impact on Colorado.

Conclusion

Cannabis is still a Schedule 1 drug in the U.S., and that places significant restrictions on scientific research and investigation that can be done with the substance regarding the dangers of marijuana on the body and brain.

The medical community has sounded alarm bells over what long term usage of cannabis can do.  Physicians nationwide were shocked at the JAMA Psychiatry study wherein they were told they needed to change their mind on these issues.  Long-term smoking damages the brain’s capacity for memory and cognitive tasks, and increases the risk for the development of a number of serious health problems later in life.  Link

Please understand, I am not against the medical usage of marijuana, it really has helped many people through horrible treatments, but as Colorado residents have already realized, legalization for recreational use brings a great number of devastating problems.

If your state has a bill in their legislature to legalize this substance for recreational use, be aware that the majority of the legislators have been told it’s a safe product and should be mainstreamed.  Please clue them in to the dangers of this legalization.

P.S.  We are so thankful for so many blessings, including the fact that we have NewsWithViews who daily publishes truth from researchers who love our country and want to make her great again.  The NWVs CEO and publisher works tirelessly to bring the best articles by journalist researchers into your email daily.  We stay alive only because of donations from grateful readers.  Please consider donating to NWVs on a monthly basis to help us make America great again.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

The current age we live in is desperately seeking the bottom of the barrel, and cannot find it.

Our politics, especially, is bottoming out, mostly thanks to Democrats, incompetent, torpid, and biased nooze media, college profs and movie stars who want to get into the act, and other assorted leftids.

In Michigan, “civil rights lawyer” Dana Nessel is running for attorney general. She says people should vote for her because she hasn’t got a penis. I don’t think we’ve heard that one before. Ms. Nessel, almost needless to say, is a Democrat.

In Maryland, we’ll have a Democrat primary for U.S. Senator featuring a man who insists he is a woman, Brad “Chelsea” Manning, who was convicted of, and served seven years in prison for, leaking confidential government documents. His sentence was commuted by former President *Batteries Not Included, who surely saw in him a kindred spirit. While in prison, he demanded a “sex change,” which he got. The American people paid for it. Mr. Manning is running on a platform of open borders, closing all the prisons, and releasing all the inmates.

It would be hard to say which of these two candidates is more absurd. If someone you know would be inclined to vote for either of them, you probably don’t need to know that person.

Now kick your imagination into high gear and imagine these two running against each other for the same office, in some state benighted enough to have them both. Imagine the debate.

Nessel: “You should vote for me because I don’t have a penis, and therefore I am incapable of sexual harassment.”

Manning: “Oh, yeah? Well, I don’t have one, either!”

Nessel: “You cheated! You had yours removed.”

Manning: “Transphobe! Transphobe! We’ve got a transphobe here!”

Nessel: “Sexist! Misogynist!”

Manning: “Racist! Ablist! Anyhow, I am a woman by choice! And that’s better than being a woman just because that was your original assigned gender.”

What could be more edifying to the voting public? Talk about intellectual fireworks! And we haven’t even gotten to the part about releasing all the serial killers, rapists, armed robbers, arsonists, and confidence tricksters. How is any Democrat voter to choose between these two sterling candidates?

This is identity politics on steroids. All right, the sages at our universities do frequently remind us that “not all women have vaginas, and not all men have penises.” This is what they like to call academic discourse: you say this to convince others that you are an intellectual. Ms. Nessel will find herself trapped by her own ideology. If Mr. Manning is as much of a woman as she is, because he says he’s one, because he doesn’t have a penis, either—well, what becomes of her campaign slogan? And what about those women out there—they must exist, because intellectuals say they do—who still have penises? Does that automatically make them likely perpetrators of sexual harassment?

And the discussion drifts off into the byways of mental illness and delusion.

There was a time when we never heard this kind of loopy talk in politics, and that time was a better time than now. I’m tempted to say there was a time when the Democrat Party was relatively sane, but it gets harder and harder to believe that that was ever so.

In 2016 it was just Bernie Sanders, just him. In 2018 it’s this pair of kooks. How many like them will there be in 2020? How many elections will come and go before one or more of these is actually elected, and given power in our country?

That will not be a good day for America.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Why not stop in for a visit? A single click will get you there.

© 2018 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

On the Neil Cavuto Show on Fox News this week, he interviewed a democratic U.S. senator about the DACA amnesty.  The senator repeated excuse after excuse as to why 800,000 adults deserve amnesty.

The senator lambasted Congress for not passing the 2013 Comprehensive Immigration Act, but neglected to tell the audience that S744 contained a provision for allowing 20,000,000 (million) illegal aliens a free citizenship package.

What he didn’t say:  that bill contained a clause to increase legal  immigration from 1.1 million annually to 2.0 million annually. In other words, double the flood of immigrants into our country.  Within 20 years, that number would add 40,000,000 (million) more foreign born to our country plus their children which averages a million births annually.  That’s not just 2 million annually, that’s a total of 80 million in less than 30 years.  At this time, we remain on course to add 100,000,000 (million) by 2050.

You must ask yourself, what kind of idiots run our country over a demographic and sociological cliff?

In that S744 bill in 2013, it made no attempt to pass E-Verify to stop all employers from hiring illegals under threat of court and prison.  Thus, the illegal flood of humanity could not help but accelerate.

But not mentioned:  Congress passed seven amnesties since 1986 because they refuse to stop the illegal flow or even touch the legal flow of 1.1 million annually.  That flood of humanity changes the very culture, makeup, language and ethos of our country—into a quagmire of everybody else’s country.

Look at this amnesty chart:

HERE ARE THE 7 CHAIN MIGRATION AMNESTIES THAT CONGRESS HAS ALREADY PASSED

1. Immigration and Reform Control Act (IRCA), 1986:A blanket amnesty for some 2.7 million illegal aliens.
2. Section 245(i) Amnesty, 1994:A temporary rolling amnesty for 578,000 illegal aliens.
3. Section 245(i) Extension Amnesty, 1997:An extension of the rolling amnesty created in 1994
4. Nicaraguan Adjustment and Central American Relief Act (NACARA) Amnesty, 1997:An amnesty for close to one million illegal aliens from Central America.
5. Haitian Refugee Immigration Fairness Act Amnesty (HRIFA), 1998:An amnesty for 125,000 illegal aliens from Haiti.
6. Late Amnesty, 2000:An amnesty for some illegal aliens who claim they should have been amnestied under the 1986 IRCA amnesty, an estimated 400,000 illegal aliens.
7. LIFE Act Amnesty, 2000:A reinstatement of the rolling Section 245(i) amnesty, an estimated 900,000 illegal aliens.

Our own elected officials flood our country with no end in sight.  They create a totally dysfunctional and fragmented society.  You watch it weekly on news reports where everyone demonstrates for their cause, but not the American cause.

We watch organizations that spend millions to take down the United States Government.  They charge into Congressional offices with sit-down strikes and threats of violence.  They shoot our police in the streets.  They prepare to blow us up or kill large numbers in terrorist attacks.

Today, women march to oust an elected president, Black Lives Matter march against the very concept of America, La Raza advocates for a Mexican state within America, Moslem Brotherhood immigrants promote Sharia Law to create a parallel society, DACA illegal aliens march for amnesty, 20 million illegal aliens demand amnesty for violating America’s borders.

All the while, they wave their flags from their countries such as Mexico, Nicaragua, Honduras and the real kicker, just visit Detroit, Michigan or Minneapolis, MN and you will see Moslem black jihad flags flying from cars and homes of immigrants.

Today, Congress expects to give 800,000 kids dragged across our borders illegally—a free pass.  But it’s not 800,000.  Reports from www.NumbersUSA.org state that the number of DACA illegals could reach 3.8 million.  In other words, the mainstream media rarely tell us the facts or the truth.  The cost could exceed $100 billion.  Plus flood the country with more chain migration into the tens of millions.

Again, I ask you to take these two videos and send them to every person in your network.  These two simply videos show where our U.S. Congress forces our country into a nasty future of overpopulation, sociological chaos, linguistic chaos, religious confrontation and total cultural breakdown.  That’s what’s coming unless we stop it.

Share these videos all over America:

In a five minute, astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself.

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

Take action by joining for free:

America: www.CapsWeb.org ; www.NumbersUSA.org ; www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacityNetwork.org

Canada:www.immigrationwatchcanada.org

United Kingdom: www.populationmatters.org 
  Australia: www.population.org.au Sustainable Population Australia

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

“I am not going to stand up to show pride in a flag for a country that oppresses Black people and people of color.” -Colin Kaepernick

If you remember, the controversy started when Colin Kaepernick, who rejected reality while giving himself over to the propaganda, refused to stand for the national anthem during a pre-season National Football League game. At the same time, Colin was protesting “racism” while supporting all 5 members of the race-baiting, hate group “Black Lives Matter.”

Don’t forget, friends, Colin was adopted by white parents.

Telling NFL.com:

“I am not going to stand up to show pride in a flag for a country that oppresses Black people and people of color.”

Webster’s 1828 Dictionary defines “oppressed”: Burdened with unreasonable impositions; overburdened; depressed.

Oppressed, really? Colin’s life proves the opposite.  In fact, he signed a $114 million contract with the NFL.

Apparently, Colin has failed to remember that those he calls oppressed live in America where they have the opportunity to become what they work to become (2 Thessalonians 3:10).

As a matter of fact, take a quick look at others that are oppressed as the “victim of circumstance,” Colin Kaepernick.

• The National Football League has 68% black, 0.7 Latinos, 1.1 Asian and 28% white.
• The National Basketball Association has 74.4 % black, 23.3 % white, 1.8 % Latinos and 0.2 % Asian players.

Oppressed?  I think not!

Colin also might want to take the time to take note of the fact that those who followed his lead in disrespecting the American flag just happen to be criminals.

[YouTube Video]

Colin went on to say, “To me, this is bigger than football, and it would be selfish on my part to look the other way. There are bodies in the street and people getting paid leave and getting away with murder…”

That is would be admirable if Colin had his facts straight.

According to the USA Crime Statistics (Crime Statistics Bureau- San Francisco)

• Blacks killed by whites- 2%
• Blacks killed by police- 1%
• Whites killed by police-3%
• Whites killed by blacks- 81%
• Blacks killed by blacks- 97%

During a press conference, where the “useful idiots” in the media were eager to make him a fellow propagandist, Colin added insult to injury to his own message by wearing a shirt which had photographs of the 1960 meeting of former Cuban dictator Fidel Castro and Malcolm X that read, “Like Minds Think Alike.”

And to think that Olympian John Carlos would look to Colin Kaepernick to be this generation’s civil rights leader. How irresponsible and reckless can one be? (Matthew 15:14; Hosea 4:6)

Friends, you cannot make this up.

The modern day civil rights wannabees and “demoralizers of the faith,” include not only Kaepernick, but also Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson, and yes, don’t forget the new “Civil rights champion,” Oprah Winfrey.  Their definition of rights comes with a god that looks just like them (Exodus 20:4).

Dr. Alveda King spoke on a television show about her uncle, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., and the power of nonviolence. She shared that every participant in the civil rights marches in the 60’s was required to sign a pledge before they could participate.

1. Meditate on teachings of Jesus daily.
2. Remember that the non-violent movement seeks justice and reconciliation, not just victory
3. Walk & talk in the manner of love/charity, for God is love.
4. Pray daily to be used by God.
5. Sacrifice personal needs. Greed has to go out the window.
6. Observe with both friend & foe the ordinary rules of courtesy.
7. Seek to perform regular service for others and for the world.
8. Refrain from the violence of fist, tongue or heart.
9. Strive to be in good spiritual and bodily health.

• Follow the directions of the movement and of the captain of the demonstration

What a great pledge for us to commit to in our daily lives! If enough of us would commit to this, maybe we could dramatically impact our world for the better.

[YouTube Video]

However, the self-made civil rights leaders of today have left off their Bibles and their morals, as they debase themselves and reap nothing but mockery and reproach.

Let me contrast the original pledge with the modern version of the pledge, as demonstrated by their actions:

1. Meditate on the media and anything but the teachings of Jesus.
2. Civil disobedience to just laws, through force, in hopes of an unjust victory.
3. Walk and talk in the manner of thuggery/pride
4. Play the race card as you are enslaved through deception by a godless administration daily.
5. Sacrifice the needs of others. Gain is the goal.
6. Send threats to those with whom you disagree.
7. Seek to have it your way at all costs; lie if necessary.
8. Use fear and force.
9. Strive to take from others because you deserve what you take!

• Follow the directions of an unconstitutional and unlawful administration.

[YouTube Video]

Here is the good news, Jesus Christ settled the issue over 2,000 years ago when He died on the cross. He died to save sinners, and it is for us to respond accordingly (Acts 2:38).

“We must learn to live together as brothers and sisters or we will perish together as fools.”

Article first appeared at Sons of Liberty Media

© 2018 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

“The most logical fix for most of America’s fiscal problems would be to pass a law requiring that no recipient of a government handout or benefit could vote on any issue or vote for any candidate that would or could result in an increase in those handouts or benefits, unless the recipient was paying for the handout or benefit in the form of taxes or payroll deductions.”   —Ron Ewart

The government shut down of January 2018 had absolutely nothing to do with principle and everything to do with increasing Democrat votes, by “pushing” the Congress to the brink for amnesty for 800,000 DACA children.  They need those votes for the upcoming mid-term elections.  That is why they risked shutting down the government ….. and succeeded.

Anyone who actually believes that the Democrats, or Chuck Shumer for that matter, care about the “Dreamer” children (who are in fact illegal aliens), is living in an alternate reality.  The Democrats care not one whit about the sick, the poor, the down trodden, the elderly, the disabled, Blacks, Latinos, women, illegal aliens, or even free loaders, or anyone else that finds it necessary to be dependent on government.  The Democrats only care about the votes they can garner by promising some benefit or cold hard cash, stolen from the public treasury, and handed out to the government dependents in some large constituency group.

Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, Obama Care, 80 overlapping welfare programs and all other social programs have their roots in “votes” for the Democrats and maintaining perpetual political power by exploiting a human weakness that leans toward looking for something for “free” from government.

The Democrat’s push for perpetual political power started way back in the late 1800’s with the rise of the Progressive movement.   The movement was bolstered by the 16th Amendment (1913) that gave us the Federal Reserve and the Income tax, turning all Americans into indentured slaves for the national debt.  It was then further put on steroids in the 1930’s with FDR’s Social Security, the New Deal and the removal of the gold standard.  Then came Johnson’s Great Society and finally Obama Care.  None of these programs can be overturned because the recipients of government largess get to vote for their own self-interests ….. with Democrat support of course.

By the time America reached 2016, all those programs, passed under Democrat control, have shoved America into a massive debtor nation and the potential for national bankruptcy.  These social programs have pitted the producers against the takers and divided the country into haves-and-have-nots, black against white, man against woman, and “illegals” against “legals.”  The fiscal imbalance is so bad that half of the American population, plus all the illegal aliens are LIVING OFF the producing half.  There is strong evidence that it may even be worse than that.  We keep wondering when the producing half will finally revolt?

As the Democrats and Chuck Shumer were wholly responsible for the January 2018 government shut down for votes from 800,000 Dreamers potentially receiving amnesty, the Democrats were and are equally responsible for dividing this country up into constituency groups that fight with each other over the spoils of America’s Gross Domestic Product.  The Democrat’s ulterior motive for dividing Americans into competing constituency groups is and was for the sole purpose of “buying” votes to stay in power.

Dreamers are only a tiny part of a much bigger problem.  The idiocy of where America is today, at the hands of the Democrats, was exquisitely described in a series of “If” statements written down by some unknown author.  We slightly altered the statements to punctuate our point.  We could have added several more “If” statements but decided to keep it to the posted list for brevity.  These true “If” statements have been circling all over the Internet for several years and we know most of our readers have read them.  But so far all the people do is laugh.  They never lift a finger to correct the described idiocy.

1. If you can get arrested for hunting or fishing without a license, but not for being in the country illegally,you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.
2. If you have to get your parents’ permission to go on a field trip or take an aspirin in school, but not to get an abortion,you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.
3. If you have to show identification to board an airplane, cash a check, buy liquor, or check out a library book, but not to vote on who runs the government, you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.
4. If, in the largest city, you can buy two 16-ounce sodas, but not a 24-ounce soda because 24-ounces of a sugary drink might make you fat,you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.
5. If an 80-year-old woman can be stripped searched by the TSA but a woman in a hijab is only subject to having her neck and head searched,you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.
6. If your government believes that the best way to eradicate trillions of dollars of debt is to spend trillions more,you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.
7. If a seven-year old boy can be thrown out of grade school for saying his teacher’s “cute,” but hosting a sexual exploration or diversity class in grade school is perfectly acceptable,you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.
8. If hard work and success are met with higher taxes and more government intrusion, while not working is rewarded with EBT cards, WIC checks, Medicaid, subsidized housing and free cell phones,you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.
9. If the government’s plan for getting people back to work is to make NOT working more attractive, you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.
10. If being stripped of the ability to defend yourself makes you more “safe” according to the government,you live in a country run by the likes of Democrats Chuck Shumer and Nancy Pelosi.

 We ask, where is the outrage?

For over 100 years, as we slipped ever deeper into the socialist abyss, more and more of these “If” statements have been added to the list, while Americans looked the other way and allowed Democrats to bastardize a free and prosperous Constitutional Republic into a heavily restricted and regulated mob rule Democracy.

We have allowed our public school and academic education institutions to pump out brainwashed graduates who then occupy positions in government bureaucracies that have now become the Democrat “Deep State.”  They are doing everything in their power to erase what is left of American conservatism ….. and they are winning.  Over 17% of the American labor force, some 40 million people, work for or are contracted by local, state, or the federal government and essentially obtain their living from the taxpayer.  Most of those 40 million people attended liberal colleges and are fundamentally, to their core, liberal.  Those 40 million liberals have the power to shape and control American politics from within and even have the power to subvert, disrupt and overwhelm presidential power ….. and their own bosses.

That “Deep State” power was epitomized by recently revealed evidence of high-level government employees in the FBI and the Department of Justice working diligently to make sure that Donald Trump never became president and working diligently to undermine and derail the Donald Trump presidency after he became president.  Those “Deep State” undermining efforts are going on as we speak, in every level of the federal government.

Conservative Americans can no longer restore America at the voting booth because government dependents, “Deep State” sycophants and the rest of the Democrat voting block, have the majority.   Trump’s election was an electoral anomaly.  Hillary won 3,000,000 more votes than Donald.  If the Democrats are successful in obtaining amnesty for the 800,000 or so Dreamers and maybe even their extended families, the Democrat majority increases even more.  Well over 90% of all illegal aliens that would be granted amnesty and eligible to vote, would vote Democrat and the Democrats know it.  That is why the Democrats don’t want a wall on the southern border and that is why they are lax on other border security issues, all the while gushing out that America is a country of immigrants.  That’s right!  Legal immigrants!

Sadly, we have allowed all government, local, state and federal, to become so powerful that to confront and override that power would take millions of Americans, acting in unison, with a powerful, wealthy organization and a foolproof plan and with sufficient men, materials and money ….. lots of money.  We see no evidence that such a large organization is even on the drawing board.  What we do see is a lot of moaning, groaning and gnashing of teeth about how America has become a bankrupt police state and is no longer the country they grew up in.  We also see that the other side can get millions of women to march in cities all over America.  At least they are organized and have money.  There is always money for liberal causes.

If we can’t restore America to the intent of the Founding Fathers as a Constitutional Republic at the voting booth, or in the courts, or by a massive advertising campaign, there may be only one peaceful alternative left, short of revolution.  That alternative is an idea that will sweep across America like a wind driven, out-of-control, raging forest fire.

Almost 2,500 years ago Socrates, Plato and Aristotle started to wax philosophically about the relationship of the people to government and freedom.  A little over 2,000 years ago an idea captured the hearts of millions of people and that idea, Christianity, changed the world forever.  In 1215 the early concepts of freedom spawned the Magna Carta and put shackles on the King’s power.  In the late 1600’s the philosopher John Locke further defined the concepts of freedom and those concepts heavily influenced the leaders of a new land on a new continent to draft the Declaration of Independence, that again, changed the world forever and defined individual freedom and unalienable rights.  Sadly, those concepts of individual freedom and unalienable rights started to be smothered under a corrupt pile of rubble called Progressivism.  If powerful ideas can change the world, then another powerful idea can restore America’s Constitutional Republic.  We will be exploring this powerful idea in subsequent articles.

Ladies and gentlemen, IF WE DO NOTHING, Democrats like Chuck Shumer, Nancy Pelosi, the very liberal “Deep State”, academia, the press and people dependent on government will eventually rule what’s left of America and all illegal aliens, including the 800,000 Dreamers, will receive amnesty and will vote Democrat.  That is an indisputable, unavoidable fact.  Game over ….. IF WE DO NOTHING!

What is your IDEA.

© 2018 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

I am sure you have been made aware of the recent great news for limited government. The U.S. government has closed for business for the 19^th time since 1976.

It appears Divine Providence has given the American people a rest from many current regulations of their liberties.

Why should this make you happy? Because, government and their parasitical bureaucracies have often strangled, suffocated, and murdered priceless, divinely born rights.

Let me explain. Imagine that you recently contracted with the security company BIGOV to employ a guard to secure your estate and possessions.  You give specific directives that are specifically written out in a Constitution signed by the company and yourself. With your unalienable rights and possessions secured, you take an extended business trip to acquire new opportunities for your personal enterprise.  By much labor and exertion you successfully secure the opportunities you sought and are delighted to return to the security of your personal residence, your private property.

When you arrive, you find all of your priceless family heirlooms have been sold and in their place are new BIGOV articles of propaganda.  Your personal office, living room, and bedrooms have become occupied by BIGOV security officers who quickly escort you out of the home into your son’s tree fort where you notice 3 or 4 of your belongings necessary for living.  Before the agents leave your new residence, they inform you that all the locks have been changed on your doors, and that the security company and its many subsidiary agencies have claimed your assets. However, for an annual fee, they have made them available to you.  In order to continue to protect you, they make you aware of the personal tracking system they have placed in your BIGOV issued cell phone.  Lastly, you are informed of a daily updated list regulating acceptable uses of your former assets that you now rent.

Shocked into astonishment and perplexed by your new reality, your only source of relief would be found by BIGOV taking a day, a week, or a month off.

Now, imagine that a group of 56 of your neighbors, relatives, friends, and strangers alike banded together and made sure that BIGOV never came back to work but instead replaced them with GOV-UNDERGOD?

Knowing the Divine Author of our rights never takes a day off, this would be a major game-changer.  In justification of their actions, one of these 56 men, John Adams, emphatically declared that our rights are “…antecedent to all earthly governments; rights that cannot be repealed or restrained by human laws; rights derived from the Great Legislator of the Universe.”

Now the Great Legislator has written in stone the rules that keep our rights protected. We understand them as The Laws of Nature and Nature’s God.  Now GOV-UNDERGOD has been obligated by the benevolent hand of Providence to be a guard of our individual rights, enforcing the The Laws of Nature and Nature’s God and never taking a day off.

So while our BIGOV is currently scrambling trying to figure out how to open again for business, as Americans, let’s sign our names to a Declaration requiring from among ourselves the return of GOV-UNDERGOD.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

According to a Chinese saying, “an image is worth a thousand words.” So, an image that has generated several thousand words is a photo of ultra-capitalist David Rockefeller warmly smiling while shaking hands with ultra-communist Fidel Castro.[i]  Several explanations have been advanced to explain this seemingly obvious incongruence, all them unsatisfactory. How can we explain this anomaly?

In his Memoirs, David deceptively refers to this October 23, 1995, photo as the result of a chance encounter with Castro at a reception commemorating the fiftieth anniversary of the U.N. as his first one. According to David, he knew that Castro wanted to meet him, but a convenient time had not been found. Then,

“At the formal reception hosted by Secretary-General Boutros-Ghali at the U.N., Castro spotted me, charged across the delegates’ lounge, and grabbed my hand, shaking it warmly. I was chagrined, sensing the photo frenzy about to erupt. But I smiled as the paparazzi snapped away. Predictably, the photo of “the Capitalist and the Communist” appeared on the front page of newspapers from Ankara to Zanzibar; and just as predictably I was criticized for appearing with a man considered one of the nation’s bitterest enemies.”[ii]

In his Memoirs, David also mentioned how he enjoyed meeting leaders of the most undemocratic, dictatorial countries, such as Romania’s Nicolae Ceausescu, Poland’s Wojciech Jaruzelski, Paraguay’s Alfredo Stroessner, Algeria’s Houari Boumedien, Zaire’s Mobutu Sese Seko, Chile’s Augusto Pinochet, Iraq’s Saddam Hussein and Soviet Union’s Nikita Khrushchev.[iii] Last, but not least, he enjoyed visiting his buddy Fidel Castro. No wonder some of his critics have said, as David himself mentioned in his Memoirs, “David Rockefeller has never met a dictator he didn’t like.”[iv]

As he mentioned in his Memoirs, many people criticized David for meeting Castro, but I haven’t found any criticism of Castro shaking David’s hand, allegedly considered one of Cuban tyrant’s bitterest enemies, so warmly and affectionately as you can verify in the photo of their “chance” encounter. Obviously, the love and admiration was mutual. I haven not found, however, a single mention of the fact that, as David never met a dictaor he didn’t like, Castro never met a member of the Council of Foreign Relations he didn‘t like. Key CFR members Castro loved were Herbert Matthews, Dean Acheson, Dan Rather, Barbara Walters, Peter Peterson, Robert McNamara, George McGovern, Jesse Jackson, Julia Sweig. John Kerry, William Rogers, and, of course, David Rockefeller himself, who always maintained a cozy relationship with the Cuban “Communist” tyrant.

But David was highly disingenuous. Actually, when he shook hands with Castro he actually already had met Castro several times. In April 1959, when Castro visited the CFR headquarters in New York[v] after he had grabbed power in Cuba mostly thanks to David Rockefeller,[vi] he had a long private meeting with Castro. He also had a long meeting with Castro in February 2001, when he led a high-level CFR delegation visiting Cuba.[vii]

In February 2001, a high-level delegation of the Council on Foreign Relations led by David Rockefeller visited Cuba and held a long meeting with Castro. After the meeting, CFR chairman Peter Peterson praised the Cuban leadership’s passionate commitment to providing high education and health standards for its people. “I suspect that Cuba is among the best educated countries in the entire hemisphere,” he added.[viii]

Moreover, I found a source claiming that David’s first secret meeting with Castro was in 1955, while preparing his expedition to overthrow Cuban President Batista.[ix] Unfortunately, I have not found independent confirmation of this Castro-David meeting.

So, if David never met a tyrant he didn’t like, on his part Castro never met a CFR member he didn’t like. Again, how can we explain this oddity? Well, the answer is very simple; everything was a hoax. Neither David Rockefeller was a Capitalist nor Fidel Castro a Communist.

One of the best characteristics of capitalism is competition, because competition brings choice and choice equals freedom. On the contrary, monopoly capitalism hates competition. John D. Rockefeller once said, “competition is a sin,” and he fought tooth and nail to destroy competition by all means necessary. This was a tradition inherited by both Nelson and David Rockefeller.

What most people ignore, though, is that monopoly capitalism is not capitalism at all. It is either Fascism, in which the corporations control the state, or communism, in which the state controls the corporations. Aside from ideological considerations,[x] the two systems are quite similar, and in both the people get screwed by the monopoly capitalists.

It seems, however, that the New World Order David and his fellow co-conspirators envisioned is a mixture of the worst characteristics of both Fascism and communism. Nevertheless, people are awakening, and everything indicates that more and more people are becoming aware that, fortunately, the NWO is dying. Nevertheless, we have to be careful because, quoting again a Chinese saying, “the most dangerous part of the dragon is its tail.”

Srvando Gonzalez’ new book “Partners in Crime: The Rockefeller, CFR, CIA and Castro Connection to the Kennedy Assassination“ has just been released.

© 2018 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

[i] The photo never appeared in the U.S. media and was kept hidden from the public’s eye for long years. It was known relatively recently when somebody posted it on the Internet.

[ii] David Rockefeller, Memoirs (New York: Random House, 2002), pp. 404-405.

[iii] Ibid., p. 222.

[iv] Ibid., p. 223.

[v] Lawrence Shoup and William Minter, Imperial Brain Trust (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1977), p. 42, and in Dan Smoot, The Invisible Government (Dallas: The Dan Smoot Report, 1962), p. 18.

[vi] See Servando Gonzalez. Partners in Crime: The Rockefeller, CFR, CIA and Castro Connection to the Kennedy Assassination (Hayward, California: Spooks Books, 2017), pp. 177-180.

[vii] Pascal Fletcher “U.S. Policy Experts Encouraged by Talks in Cuba,” Reuters (Havana), February 18, 2001. Also, Rockefeller-led U.S. delegation cozies up to Castro. http://www.cubanet.org/CNews/y01/feb01/23e11.htm

[viii]  Pascal Fletcher “U.S. Policy Experts Encouraged by Talks in Cuba,” Reuters (Havana), February 18, 2001.

[ix] Octavio Guerra, “The Cuban Conspiracy (Two): Castro & Rockefeller,” HavanaSchool, October 1, 2010, https://havanaschooleng.blogspot.com/2010/10/cuban-conspiracy-two-castro-rockefeller.html?showComment=1485533239611#c558149597116512350

[x] The presence of a charismatic leader is one of the characteristics of Fascism. Mussolini, Hitler and Castro were charismatic, but neither Lenin, Stalin nor Mao was charismatic. Despite the CFR-controlled mainsteam press’ efforts to paint Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Hussein Obama) as a charismatic leader, he failed miserably to be up to his task.

A young guy from Idaho moves to Florida and goes to a big “everything under one roof” department store looking for a job.

The Manager says, “Do you have any sales experience?”

The kid says “Yeah. I was a vacuum salesman back in Idaho.”

Well, the boss was unsure, but he liked the kid and figured he’d give him a shot, so he gave him the job.

“You start tomorrow. I’ll come down after we close and see how you did.”

His first day on the job was rough, but he got through it. After the store was locked up, the boss came down to the sales floor.

“How many customers bought something from you today?” The kid frowns and looks at the floor and mutters, “One”.

The boss says “Just one?!!? Our sales people average sales to 20 to 30 customers a day.

“That will have to change, and soon, if you’d like to continue your employment here. We have very strict standards for our sales force here in Florida. One sale a day might have been acceptable in Idaho, but you’re not on the farm anymore, son.”

The kid took his beating, but continued to look at his shoes, so the boss felt kinda bad for chewing him out on his first day. He asked (semi-sarcastically), “So, how much was your one sale for?”

The kid looks up at his boss and says “$101,237.65.”

The boss, astonished, says “$101,237.65?!? What the heck did you sell?”

The kid says, “Well, first, I sold him some new fish hooks. Then I sold him a new fishing rod to go with his new hooks. Then I asked him where he was going fishing and he said down the coast, so I told him he was going to need a boat, so we went down to the boat department and I sold him a twin engine Chris Craft. Then he said he didn’t think his Honda Civic would pull it, so I took him down to the automotive department and sold him that 4×4 Ford Expedition.”

The boss said “A guy came in here to buy a fish hook and you sold him a boat and a TRUCK!?”

The kid said “No, the guy came in here to buy tampons for his wife, and I said, ‘Dude, your weekend’s shot, you should go fishing!”

Thanks to Larry Craig who alerted us to this story and let us know that the young man who is the subject in this story is a second cousin of Donald Trump. Figures.

Photo Caption: The Kid is a Born Salesman

© 2018 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

I continually marvel at how the Lord drops things out of my archives just when I need it. A short time before I started this article, I had filled out a form that required my zip code and I couldn’t remember it. I had to check an incoming envelope from the mail. I have an excellent proof reader of my articles and thousands of 3×4 cross-referenced cards.  My doctor has me on monthly B12 shots for my memory.  I know I’m going to receive response to this article from older women who can claim the same problems with their memories.

Now I rarely share personal things with you but I was born on my parent’s first anniversary which made my father very proud. That was back in 1936 when folks got married first and had babies second. I’ll be 82 on Groundhog’s Day.  If I die first, my husband of 62 years is concerned about all the “junk” I’ve accumulated over the years so I’ve been “downsizing” as much as possible.  I have no idea where it came from but on my desk this morning I found a May 21, 1962 San Francisco Examiner article entitled: Peace Demonstration – Bay Women Made Dupes by Reds. And what is all over the news today? (Jan. 20) Women protesting President Trump and calling for his impeachment.

COMMUNISTS WOMEN CALLING THE SHOTS

The 1962 article told of scores of well intentioned dedicated women throughout the Bay area and in major cities elsewhere had been made the dupes of known Communists and left wing sympathizers operating openly and behind the scenes in the much publicized Women for Peace demonstrations. These allegedly “spontaneous” demonstrations with their manufactured signs have for the most part been pre-conceived and organized by Communists and their supporters. Many housewives and mothers, sincere in their contributions of time and money for what they have construed as a worthy cause, are totally unaware of the influence wielded by the commies and their cohorts. It went on to say the record is clear and named all the women who are communists. The role of the active and pro-communists in Women for Peace is more than routine participation. They are calling the shots. (This picture of two young ladies was taken at the Grants Pass, Oregon Women For Peace rally on Saturday Jan. 20, 2018).

At one time we had the House Committee on Un-American Activities and in executive sessions they heard sworn testimony linking at least one of the women to the pro-Communist Women for Peace. Immigration officials charged her with becoming a Communist following her entry into the United States. She lost an appeal and was ordered deported on Nov. 18, 1958 but obviously was still here in 1962.

Martin Dies, as chairman of the House Committee on Un-American activities, fought a desperate battle to expose red subversives and when he made it clear he intended to fully investigate communism, liberal reaction was sure and swift. Every federal department especially the Department of Justice which Dies had expected would provide information rejected his requests and refused to cooperate. And so it is today when we are learning the Department of Justice UNDER President Barack Obama has been involved in trying to dig up dirt on President Trump with illegal FISA warrants.

REPUBLICANS HOLD PRESS CONFERENCE ABOUT GOVERNMENT SHUT DOWN

A large group of Republicans held a press conference on Jan. 20^th to explain once again it is the Democrat’s fault the government has been shut down and why. The first speaker was a lady, Representative McMorris Rogers from the State of Washington. I checked her constitutional voting record – 52% is Ok but could be better and compared to Washington State’s two female Democrat  Senators Patty Murray and Maria Cantwell with a 13% grade makes Rep. Rogers look like a Constitutional Scholar.  Senator Murray often can be seen sitting behind Senate President Chuck Schumer when he’s on the news and Schumer is responsible for the government shut down.   And low and behold into my hands falls this article by Iserbyt.

Our Oregonian said on 11/26/1993 the freshman Senator from Washington State who campaigned in tennis shoes mounted the first steps to power. She is a forceful advocate for women and families.  Last fall Washington voters rejected a glut of better-known candidates and, for the first time, just like too many uninformed Americans voted not once but twice for the first black president, Washington voters voted to send a woman to the U.S. Senate. Now 43, Murray last January became the youngest woman ever to sit in the Senate and by 1994 the most liberal Democrat earned the only Constitutional score of “zero” in the Senate.  And then some remember Tail Hook. Self-described socialist Bernie Sanders of Vermont received a 16% cumulative constitutional score.

THE REASON SOME PEOPLE ARE LEFTIST THINKERS

In addition, Murray was one of the three sponsors to outlaw “conversion therapy” treatment for the LGBT community and about 70 other members of Congress – all Democrats- have said they support the bill.  Five other states have already taken this step: California, New Jersey, Illinois, Vermont,  and, of course, my socialist state of Oregon where the women are also marching in Portland against Trump and we have the only  transgender governor in the U.S., Governor Kate Brown.

But before I go further, it should be noted that the psychiatry industry years ago designated homosexuals in their diagnosis manuals as having a mental disorder; however the homosexual lobby got that removed so today we could call it a “developmental disorder.”   This will also help you to understand that politics, in general, can become a mental disorder as some politicians strive to normalize homosexuality and why we shake our heads at the decisions some people make that years ago were simply not even discussed. In addition, Goal 26 of the Communist Manifesto is to present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as normal, natural and healthy. ( Romans 1:26 For this cause God gave them up unto vile affections for even their women did change the natural use into that which is against nature- V. 27 and likewise also the men). [Link] And, while I’m on this subject, beware of OPRAH. She’s a strong advocate of the LGBT community. (Isaiah 3:12)

Our Democratic-controlled Oregon legislature in 2015 banned “conversion therapy” for youth claiming it was causing young folks to commit suicide. Their refusal to acknowledge confusing young people with all this “gender” babble is what is causing the suicides. Hey- in my day we never heard of any young person committing suicide.   Of course, they weren’t being indoctrinated in the public school back then either with all this confusion where they teach children to experiment with sex toys and homosexuality – state sanctioned child abuse and another reason so many parents have chosen to home school and this current story out of California is going to give all home school parents grave concerns because neighbors will be reporting them. Welcome to the Police State.

A 6/19/2017 NEW AMERICAN magazine was entitled: NO PHOBES ALLOWED in Agenda 2030 which does not explicitly mention “sexual Identity,” “sexual orientation,” “gender identification” or LGBT (lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transsexual) rights.”  However, the militant LGBT advocates are lobbying unceasingly to see that those important agenda omissions will be rectified. Let the lobbying begin to virtually make it impossible for those struggling against unwanted same sex to go through “conversion therapy”, according to the LGBT militants, any expression that states or suggests that LGBT sex is wrong, immoral, unnatural, or abnormal is an act of oppression against LGBT individuals and the LGBT community.

EXPLOSIVE INTELLIGENT REPORT TO BE REVEALED

The chairman of the GOP House Intelligence committee on FOX and Judge Jeanine on Saturday indicated within two weeks the 4-page memo, a review of a Classified Document, described as “Extensive Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act Abuse” has been made available to all House members in a secure room and reveals the removal of Senior officials in the FBI and the Department of Justice and several House members are calling it explosive. You may be asking where are the Democrat leakers now? Well,  this Report does not speak kindly of the Progressive Democrats.

Republican Steve King from Iowa has tweeted the “sickening reality has set in…and it is worse than Watergate. “  Another Republican from New York, Lee Zeldin said the classified report compiled by the House Intelligence is deeply troubling and raises serious questions about the upper echelons of the Obama Department of Justice and Comey’s FBI as it relates to this so-called collusion investigation and he was calling for THE IMMEDIATE RELEASE TO THE PUBLIC. He says the public must have access as soon as possible which reveals the Feds reliance on bad sources and methods.

LOSEFAITH IN OUR INSTITUTIONS

Rush Limbaugh guessed perhaps it reveals something about Barack Obama so negative that there may be some who believe for the good of the country and the good of our future that it might be better to never release it so the people don’t lose faith in those institutions. Say What? We’ve lost all faith in our institutions decades ago with Wilson and FDR.  It’s time to clean the swamp and get back to our Constitutional Republic and may the chips fall where they may.  This Report may be only the tip of the iceberg and the biggest scandal we’ve ever experienced over shadowing perhaps Julius & Ethel Rosenberg.

In the Bible, Christians and Jews have documentation of myriad conspiracies. In 2 Samuel 15:12, for example, the scriptures record a conspiracy by Absalom to overthrow King David. In Acts 23:12-13, a conspiracy to kill the Apostle Paul is recounted. And in Psalm 2:2, the bible even says that the kings of the Earth are conspiring against the Lord and His anointed (Trump?).  In Ephesians 6:12, Paul’s Epistle warns the faithful of the spiritual struggle “against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” Clearly, while He urges His people not to fear them, the God of the Bible recognizes that conspiracies can and do exist and there  has been a great deal of evidence suggesting that the 45^th president is under attack by the Deep state as well. (1/8/2018 New American)

© 2018 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Betty Freauf: bettyfreauf@gmail.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Political bias across the US government bears the fingerprints of the deep state. Trump must act.  

One year into President Trump’s tenure, anti-Trump political bias in the FBI and Department of Justice is now so obvious that objective observers should fear for the future of our constitutional republic from the “deep state.”

Frighteningly, the deep state has been exposed as a real thing, with names and faces. Senior officials in FBI and DOJ are conspiring with the national liberal media and allies in Congress to delegitimize, criminalize and ultimately unseat a legitimately elected president.

Yet there is an even graver threat to the American people and the very existence of the United States.

Deep Staters dominating bureaucracies within the Department of Defense, Department of Homeland Security, Department of State, and intelligence community, are undermining national security policies Mr. Trump was elected to implement.

The deep state thinks it knows better than Mr. Trump and the voters. They would “stay the course” on failed policies that are now reaching the point of crisis with North Korea, Russia, China, and Iran.

Mr. Trump’s national security administration so far comprises only a thin veneer of senior officials in DOD, DHS, DOS, and the intelligence community. Beneath relatively few Trump appointees are thousands of officials and the permanent bureaucracy inherited from the Obama and Clinton administrations.

One great mistake of President George W. Bush was failure to purge his administration of Clinton appointees, many of whom wormed into the permanent bureaucracy. Since President Clinton’s administration, the federal bureaucracy, including national security departments and agencies, has moved steadily leftward, pausing under the second President Bush, but rapidly accelerating hard-left during President Obama’s 8 years.

Today’s deep state, hostile to Mr. Trump, Republicans and conservative policies generally, has been in the making a quarter-century, or more. The left that so hated “the establishment” in the 1960s has today become “the establishment” in the government, media, and universities.

Today, “anti-establishment” enemies of the deep state are Reaganites, conservatives, and independent thinkers who have for years been exiled from government for “political incorrectness.”

Our hope is that Mr. Trump, as the people’s “politically incorrect” and “anti-establishment” champion, would resume the Reagan Revolution to restore ideological balance and common sense to at least the national security establishment.

Alas, Mr. Trump’s administration is still largely manned by deep state Obama-Clinton apparatchiks hostile to his “America First” worldview and “Peace Through Strength” agenda.

The national security deep state is not only hostile to Mr. Trump — they are dangerously incompetent:

• The Intelligence Community (which also wrongly claims Russia rigged elections favoring Mr. Trump) grossly underestimated North Korea’s ICBM capabilities and proximity to the H-Bomb. Yet former Reagan administration officials and independent experts have warned for years the intelligence community is underestimating North Korea’s nuclear missile threat.
• Washington’s foreign policy establishment continues to seek denuclearization of North Korea through China, even though evidence is overwhelming that China and Russia helped build the North Korean nuclear threat to advance their geostrategic interests.
• Even many Republicans mistakenly accept as gospel the narrative of the Department of State and intelligence community “professionals” that Mr. Obama’s nuclear deal stopped Iran from getting the bomb. Yet there is compelling evidence, ignored by the deep state, that Iran has already clandestinely developed nuclear weapons, as North Korea did in 1994.
• We have first-hand experience working inside government for the Congressional EMP Commission during Mr. Trump’s first year.
• Dangerously, the national security deep state is undermining protection of the nation’s electric grid and other life-sustaining critical infrastructures from electromagnetic pulse (EMP), contrary to the president’s election promise in the Republican National Committee Platform and his recent National Security Strategy:
• The Obama administration’s classified Joint Atomic Energy Intelligence Committee report on EMP continues to inform White House and dominate DHS policy, even though the EMP Commission found the JAEIC report to be the worst and most erroneous study of EMP ever produced.
• Sen. Ron Johnson’s excellent Critical Infrastructure Protection Act required DHS to report to Congress in December 2017 on a strategic plan to protect the nation from EMP. Yet this requirement was ignored for nearly a year. A DHS EMP Task Force formed only a few months ago. It excludes those analysts most expert on EMP, refused briefings from the EMP Commission, and is proposing to use for the baseline EMP threat the discredited JAEIC report.
• The Obama administration’s “do nothing” policy on EMP continues at the Department of Energy where the Office of Electric Reliability plans to spend millions endlessly studying EMP in collaboration with the national labs and the electric power industry. Yet these studies are unnecessary. DOD has all the data needed to protect the national grid now, but has ignored the EMP Commission’s recommendation to share EMP data.
• Obama-holdovers in DOD slow-rolled and sabotaged the EMP Commission, hoodwinking Congress into terminating the EMP Commission in September 2017. That same month North Korea successfully tested an H-Bomb they describe as capable of “super-powerful EMP attack” and released a report accurately describing a Super-EMP nuclear weapon.

“Mr. President, drain the national security swamp!” echo the American people.

Dr. William Graham was chairman of the congressional EMP Commission, White House science advisor to President Reagan and director of NASA. Dr. Peter Vincent Pry was EMP Commission chief of staff and served in the House Armed Services Committee and the CIA. Reposted from the Washington Times at the request of the writers.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

As the United States Congress continues to import 1.1 million legal and 500,000 illegal immigrants into this country annually—enormous sociological pressures boil under the surface of America.

Today, women march to oust an elected president, Black Lives Matter march against the very concept of America as well as a separate African state, La Raza advocates for a Mexican nation within America, Moslem Brotherhood immigrants promote Sharia Law to create a parallel society, DACA illegal aliens march for amnesty, and another 20 million illegal aliens demand amnesty for violating America’s borders.

Liberal and conservative Americans fight one another tooth and nail.  The gridlock in Congress reflects a nation and its people at odds with itself and themselves.

On most news programs, you hear the same, “America was built by immigrants so we can’t stop them from coming. I wouldn’t be here if my parents didn’t immigrate….”

Writer Gary Gobel said, “For the same reasons that you no longer drink your mother’s breast milk, we no longer need immigration. We are a mature nation of over 330 million citizens and we have somewhere between 12-20 million foreign nationals living in our country. We are a nation of expensive social programs and have all the non-assimilating ethnic diversity we can handle. Close the border and stop all immigration entirely till we get our mess straightened out.”

“Diversity within a nation destroys unity and leads to civil wars,” said social scientist Garret Hardin. “Immigration, a benefit during the youth of a nation, can act as a disease in its mature state. Too much internal diversity in large nations has led to violence and disintegration. We are now in the process of destabilizing our own country. The magic words of destabilizers are ‘diversity’ and ‘multiculturalism’.”

While we can no longer afford or survive endless chain migration out of the third world, more and more voices speak up to help all Americans understand our dilemma.

The S***hole Controversy Echoing Across America

Former Peace Corps worker Karin McGuillan reported on her harrowing experiences in Africa that should sober every American. She said, “I wanted to donate two years of my life to make Africa a better place to live.”  She relates why we cannot import third world cultures.

“Three weeks after college,’ McGuillan said.  “I flew to Senegal, West Africa, to run a community center in a rural town.  Life was placid, with no danger, except to your health.  That danger was considerable, because it was, in the words of the Peace Corps doctor, “a fecalized environment.”

“In plain English: sh*t is everywhere.  People defecate on the open ground, and the feces is blown with the dust – onto you, your clothes, your food, the water.  He warned us the first day of training: do not even touch water.  Human feces carries parasites that bore through your skin and cause organ failure.”

Even time passing, immigrants continue their cultural norms.  They maintain their foundational habits.

“Never in my wildest dreams would I have imagined that a few decades later, liberals would be pushing the lie that Western civilization is no better than a third-world country,” said McQuillan.  “Or would teach two generations of our kids that loving your own culture and wanting to preserve it are racism.  Last time I was in Paris, I saw a beautiful African woman in a grand boubou have her child defecate on the sidewalk next to Notre Dame Cathedral.  The French police officer turned his head not to see.”

McQuillan decided not to turn her head and look away.  She bravely wrote about it.   Whether the people of Senegal, Ethiopia, Congo, Sudan or Mumbai, India, or any other third world country—they do not live up to our standards.  Sixty percent of Indians do not use a toilet; they use the land.  The excrement is the least of it.  Our basic ideas of human relations, right and wrong, remain incompatible.

Senegalese consists of Moslems with up to four wives.  Girls face having their clitorises cut off at puberty. (Female genital mutilation) Honor killings remain a matter of normal social operation when a woman no longer possesses value to her man.  As the United Nations reports on honor killings, 54 women face honor killings daily in Moslem countries. That equates to 20,000 murders annually.

McQuillan witnessed women being worked half to death.

“Wives,” she said, “Raised the food and fed their own children, did the heavy labor of walking miles to gather wood for the fire, drew water from the well or public faucet, pounded grain with heavy hand-held pestles, lived in their own huts, and had conjugal visits from their husbands on a rotating basis with their co-wives.  Their husbands lazed in the shade of the trees.”

Today, in America, Moslem immigrants continue female genital mutilation by the thousands.  America now features honor killings and arranged marriages.  Americans have seen beheadings, running over with a car of daughters and be-handings by Moslem immigrants. America faces regular terrorist attacks by Moslem immigrants. The majority of Moslem immigrants live on American taxpayer welfare.

She reported the value system to be the exact opposite of Western countries.  You steal everything you can to give to your own relatives.  Today, in America, the poor and immigrants, both legal and illegal, shoplift $125,000,000.00 (million) daily, to the tune of $50 billion annually.

In Senegal, corruption ruled, from top to bottom.  Go to the post office, and the clerk would name an outrageous price for a stamp.  After paying the bribe, you still didn’t know it if it would be mailed or thrown out.  The same occurs in South America as I traveled there on my bicycle for a year.

If you look at what happened to Detroit, Michigan, corruption from the top down destroyed the fabric of that once thriving city. Within 20 years,  1.2 million residents fled Detroit. Today, it resembles a bombed-out war zone.  I worked in Detroit from 1977 to 1991 to witness it firsthand.

McQuillan thought the Protestant work ethic to be universal.  It’s not.  Her town filled with young men doing nothing.  The more she worked there, visiting government officials did nothing.  A job provides the place where you steal everything to give back to your family.

She couldn’t wait to return home.  She asked, “Why would I want to bring Africa here?  Non-Westerners do not magically become Americans by arriving on our shores with a visa.”

She said the greatest gift of the Peace Corps, “I love and treasure America more than ever.  I take seriously my responsibility to defend our culture and our country, and pass on the American heritage to the next generation.”

Democrats lecture us that we must import third-world immigration by the hundreds of millions with chain migration.  They tell us we must end America as a white, Western, Judeo-Christian, capitalist nation – to prove we are not racist.  Leftists want open borders because they resent whites, resent Western achievements, and hate America.

As President Trump asked, “Why would we do that?”

“We have the right to choose what kind of country to live in,” said McQuillan.  “I was happy to donate two years of my life as a young woman to help the poor Senegalese.  I am not willing to donate my country.”

To help you understand that immigration eventually destroys every Western country, this Swedish woman spoke as to what her country faces:

Swedish Lady Tells The Truth About Muslim Migrants

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Friday’s March for Life, 45 years after the Supreme Court legalized abortion on demand, demonstrates how difficult it is to reverse the effects of evil decisions and policies. The fact that complete victory is not immediately at hand does not cause true believers to give up the fight. That’s why thousands will turn out for the 45th Anniversary of Roe v. Wade.

Overturning Marxist or “progressive” policies is a difficult challenge when much of the media and even some prominent members of your own political party are against you.  But the economic and financial turnaround under President Trump has already been amazing. Trump’s record of appointing conservative and pro-life judges is also impressive. Some pro-lifers have declared Trump is the most pro-life president in modern history.

Economically, one of Trump’s major challenges is to reverse eight years of Obama selling out our economic base and America’s workers to Communist China. If progress is made here, we may also see progress in other areas, such as reversing the social and cultural breakdown that we see all around us.

Sensing a confrontation is in the works, Obama in November rushed over to Beijing to clink glasses with Chinese dictator Xi Jinping, General Secretary of the Communist Party of China. The Chinese media hailed the reunion as a meeting of “veteran cadre,” an extraordinary  term that means the former U.S. President has been operating as a communist agent or operative. We had warned about this before Obama was elected, when we disclosed his relationship with Communist Party USA operative Frank Marshall Davis. Last year we published two books, Comrade Obama Unmasked and Red Star Rising, explaining the significance of America’s first Marxist president.

On January 11, 2018, Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross formally submitted to Trump the results of the Department’s investigation into the effect of steel mill product imports on U.S. national security. The Commerce Department notes that, after this submission, by law, the President has 90 days to decide on any potential action based on the findings of the investigation.

Trump trade adviser Peter Navarro has linked U.S. trade policies under Obama and other presidents to the loss of hundreds of thousands of manufacturing jobs and the resulting economic and social costs. White House documents published by Navarro, in the form of PowerPoint slides, link economic problems to social problems, including a higher abortion rate, more drug use, higher crime, and more homelessness.

National security is also an issue. United States Steel Corporation says, “With the completion of the Department of Commerce’s investigation, United States Steel Corporation encourages President Trump to take swift and decisive action.  Our nation cannot afford to allow the continued rise of foreign imports that undermine America’s capacity to produce the steel necessary for our country’s national and economic security.”

It is fitting, in this context, to note that House Speaker Paul Ryan (R-Wis.) is one of the featured speakers at Friday’s March for Life. Ryan understands both the problem of abortion as well as deindustrialization. The 2017 book, Janesville: An American Story, by Amy Goldstein, tells the story of Ryan’s hometown and the destruction of its industrial base. The book helps explain why Trump won the votes of the workers in 2016.

The media will claim that Trump’s anticipated actions against China will undermine the global trading system. But remember that China, under Obama, flooded the U.S. with cheap imports, while conducting cyber warfare against America and stealing our technology.  Steven W. Mosher, president of the Population Research Institute, has written a new book, Bully of Asia: Why China’s Dream is the New Threat to World Order, explaining the dimensions of the China threat.

As Trump is predictably pummeled in the press, think about why Obama’s recent visit with his fellow “veteran cadre,” Xi Jinping, was given such fawning attention. We actually have photographic evidence of Obama meeting with Xi, with reports indicating they went behind closed doors to discuss their strategy against America. Obama’s visit with Xi came “at a time when the Trump administration was attacking China’s economic practices,” noted the British Guardian. But there’s much more to this story. Their closed door meeting smells of collaboration, even collusion.

As president, Obama spokeswoman Katie Hill said in a statement, Obama forged “a close and cooperative partnership with President Xi on issues ranging from growing the global economy to combating climate change, and he looks forward to catching up with his former counterpart.” It sure looks like “growing the global economy” benefited China.

Nevertheless, Trump receives non-stop abuse while the Obama name is being put on schools, libraries, streets, and highways across the United States. Barack Obama’s birthday has been declared an Illinois holiday. Pro-Obama books are being released with regularity.

It is increasingly difficult for conservative organizations like America’s Survival, Inc. and conservative personalities to tell the truth about Obama’s legacy. Matt Margolis, author of  The Worst President in History: The Legacy of Barack Obama,  has been encountering problems since he started promoting his follow-up, the forthcoming, The Scandalous Presidency of Barack Obama. After he took out ads for the book, he was banned from Facebook groups for six days with no explanation.

Perhaps the high-tech social media giants are doing to America what the Chinese Communist Party is doing to China. “Under President Xi,” says the group Reporters Without Borders, “Internet surveillance has come to be practiced on an industrial scale and the Great Firewall keeps 750 million Internet users away from foreign news websites. At least 2 million people are employed to censor and spy on them, that is to say, one censor for every 375 Internet users. Several people received jail sentences last year for comments posted online or made during private chats on messaging services.”

[Read Cliff Kincaid’s book “Global Bondage: The U.N. Plan to Rule the World“]

It looks like Facebook may be testing its own version of the Great Firewall in the U.S., in order to protect Chairman Barack and his legacy. Obama is being transformed into a cultural icon and even mystical historical figure. Negative views are being censored.

The emerging Cult of Obama, protected by the media, is starting to look a lot like the Cultural Revolution of Chairman Mao. These Marxists will not give up their power without a fight. In fact, they are expanding their power in an effort to silence our voices.

© 2018 Roger Stone – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: Kincaid@comcast.net

Never Mind Mueller, Fire Rosenstein Now

There was a time when I thought that president Donald Trump should fire special counsel Robert Mueller over his conflicts of interest and his egregious overreach. I now recognize that such a termination would hand the Democrats exactly the media created firestorm they desire.

As I outlined for Infowars and the Daily Caller, the better course of action is for the President to direct the Attorney General to appoint a Special Counsel in the matter of Uranium One.

The Special Counsel investigation of Uranium One will necessarily and righteously encompass then-FBI Director Robert Mueller, then Maryland U.S. Attorney Rod Rosenstein, Mueller protégé and successor, now-ex FBI director James Comey, and soon-departing Deputy FBI Director Andrew McCabe.

All four of them are at the kernel of suspected law enforcement corruption that served to facilitate the Uranium One deal by covering up the racketeering activities underlying it.  This corruption was instigated and directed by the then-Secretary of State and her former president spouse, overseen by the sitting president at the time, who ultimately approved the Uranium One sale to a proxy of the Russian state nuclear agency.

There is no way that Rosenstein can remain as Deputy Attorney General under these circumstances.  Rosenstein’s termination would have to precede any Uranium One Special Counsel appointment, particularly since the Attorney General Jeff Sessions might decline to make the appointment, which would hand the decision to the Deputy Attorney General. Even if Rosenstein were still in the position, he would be disqualified immediately given that he would one of the principal subjects of the investigation.

With Rosenstein terminated, and Sessions passing the buck, the Solicitor General would be next in the chain of command at the Department of Justice. The Solicitor General is likely to execute the president’s directive and undertake to appoint the Uranium One Special Counsel.

Where Mueller’s removal may have sparked a fire storm, Rosenstein’s replacement would be a small, noisy and short political bonfire, at most. This would be particularly true if the president already has Rosenstein’s replacement vetted, chosen and ready for immediate appearance before the Senate, for confirmation, at the time he announces Rosenstein’s termination and the directive to appoint the Special Counsel.

Aside from his involvement in Uranium One, the primary grounds for termination of Rosenstein are his inexplicable and inexcusable disregard of his duty to ensure against any conflicts of interest or improper appearances of personal ties, especially ones as stunning and brazen as are implicated by his own longtime close personal and professional association with his mentor, crony and now-supposed subordinate Robert Mueller. DOJ rules specifically prohibit even the appearance of the conflict of interest.

As Robert Mueller’s unaccountable taxpayer-funded lawyer hit squad of Hillary-loving Trump-haters progressively implodes, taking with it the Democrats’ obscene Trump-Russia collusion hoax, it is imperative that President Trump act decisively to assert his constitutional authority as the nation’s chief law enforcer and re-take control of his Department of Justice.

The manufactured turmoil of the last year has made it clear just how deep and damaging has been the long, sordid train of abuses and corruption that took root in the Obama Justice Department under the two most lawless partisan Attorneys General in American history (to include John Mitchell): Eric “The Contemptible” Holder and Loretta “The Tarmac Hack” Lynch.

Holder and Lynch may be gone (no doubt off somewhere cashing in on their government “service”) but the Obama-Bush-Clinton stain that spread most prolifically under their maladministration of the DOJ stubbornly persists.

From all indications, the president is loath to do what so many Trump loyalists and political realists, including myself, have urged him to do and move his largely-limp, undeniably-useless Attorney General Jeff Sessions out to pasture.

Much as this would be a major move forward for the president and his long-term political prospects, whether he sees it or not, it appears that Sessions is firmly and indefinitely ensconced as Trump’s AG.

While Sessions is clearly out of his depth and ill-equipped to root out the lingering vestiges of Obama-Clinton corruption, he is not the worst problem in Trump’s DOJ and also not the official most deserving of removal.

This dubious distinction belongs to the Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein, prime mover in the hasty appointment of the special counsel that has proven to be a nest of partisan opportunism and subversion against the president — and about which Rosenstein has done absolutely nothing, arguably participating in the activities by omission.

No top-level DOJ careerist more epitomizes the shifty, dubious, self-preserving cronyism that rose out of the Obama-Clinton culture of corruption than nearly 30-year government careerist lawyer and now Deputy Attorney General, Rod Rosenstein.

President Trump owes it to the country and to the integrity of his Department of Justice to immediately fire Rosenstein, at minimum for Rosenstein’s utter mishandling of the special counsel appointment, for his failure to ensure proper oversight or corrective supervision of the special counsel, in the absence of the recused Attorney General Sessions, and for his flouting of the spirit and letter of the strict rules concerning conflicts of interest and the duty to pro-actively and pre-emptively ensure that no investigation or prosecution risks being tainted by even the appearance of impropriety.

It is not necessary to delve into Rosenstein’s role in facilitating the Obama-Clinton Uranium One treason, as the Maryland U.S. Attorney under whom the Mueller FBI’s investigation into Russian state racketeering and corruption inexplicably (and conveniently for the Clintons) came to naught, to see how Rosenstein is a metaphorical ‘asp in the bosom’ of Donald Trump’s fledgling presidency.

From the moment he was confirmed, Rosenstein’s actions as Deputy AG have demonstrated loyalties not to the nation’s constitutional chief executive, from whom Rosenstein’s office and authority are solely derived, nor to the rule of law, to the extent that the law conflicts with Rosenstein’s ulterior motives as an underhanded deep state manipulator and crony protector.

Rosenstein, with little apparent consideration or deliberation, rushed through the appointment of his longtime legal ally, cohort and mentor Robert Mueller as special counsel. Rosenstein apparently cared not that he would be responsible for overseeing the actions and decisions of a close professional cohort and former supervisor, stretching back to the very beginnings of Rosenstein’s career, as a junior entry-level prosecutor working under Robert Mueller in the DOJ criminal division.

Rosenstein also apparently cared not that Mueller had literally just interviewed with the president to replace the FBI director whom Mueller preceded in office and whose firing prompted the special counsel appointment in the first place, an interview from which Mueller was not offered the job.

One need not think it likely or even probable that Mueller might bear ill will towards the president after not being selected for the job for which he just interviewed without success, to believe that the mere appearance of possible animus resulting from this failed interview is enough that Rosenstein should have moved on to any of the 1000s of other lawyers who could very competently and ethically serve as special counsel in this instance.

To cap off Rosenstein’s sloppy, hurried, ill-conceived appointment of his old pal Robert Mueller as special counsel, Rosenstein was reported shortly after as opining that he might have to recuse himself from the matter due to his role in writing the memo that the president relied on in deciding to fire James Comey as FBI director.

If Rosenstein had such misgivings, they certainly would have come up at the outset, and should have prompted him to recuse himself BEFORE appointing a special counsel, rather than be the subject of navel-gazing rumination weeks AFTER he already acted to appoint his old legal crony to investigate political allegations against the newly-inaugurated president who appointed him to present office and whom Rosenstein arguably prompted to take the action that directly led to Rosenstein’s appointing the special counsel that has developed into a tainted partisan cabal right under Rosenstein’s nose.

The mess that Rosenstein has made of this affair, his negligence in overseeing the special counsel, at least enough that it would not be staffed with rank partisans, much less a longtime professional crony who was very much steeped in FBI and DOJ affairs and internal politics, and his failure to come clean about whether or not the FBI or DOJ were complicit in the abuses surrounding the infamous Steele Dossier are each reason enough to terminate Rosenstein, and with good cause, irrespective of the political repercussions possible for the president.

Because it was impossible for President Trump to reverse James Comey’s ham-handed, if not underhanded, mishandling of the investigation of Hillary Clinton’s national security crimes or to countermand Comey’s subsequent maneuvering to perpetuate the phony Trump-Russia collusion fantasy, Trump had no option in dealing with Comey’s misconduct but to fire him.

The President is in the same position now with Rod Rosenstein, unable to reverse the mess Rosenstein has created in the tainted Mueller hit squad, leaving him (the president) only the option of terminating Rosenstein to deal with the root of the problems Rosenstein has caused by failing, if not refusing, to adhere to the ethical requirements imposed on such consequential official decisions as he made in appointing a legal hit squad to chase loose allegations made against the president by his political enemies.

Although the leftist lawyer hive mind has been rumbling about doing anything and everything to protect and preserve the inside man, witting or otherwise, that they have in Rod Rosenstein, they have little more than their own hysteria and bluster to protest the president’s firing of Rosenstein.

Cynical leftist lawyer smear artists and Democrat partisans may have been able to intimidate and menace the president into not acting to remove Robert Mueller, despite blazing examples of underhanded partisan animus and serious conflicts of interest that only recently came to light.

But their exhortations should fall on deaf ears as it concerns the president’s absolute prerogative to remove his own appointee, one who has proven to be just another troublesome government lawyer who can’t help but serve his cronies and his tribal loyalties, above all else.

The President should not hesitate for a moment in firing Rod Rosenstein and the sooner, the better.

© 2018 Roger Stone – All Rights Reserved

When a people lose their moral compass – their fixed standards of right and wrong – a terrible plague descends upon that land. The Word of God is the source of the righteous standards of truth and justice.

It is heartening when Truth and Justice win out. Such was the case this past Monday in a stunning verdict delivered by U.S. District Judge Gloria M. Navarro in the case against Nevada rancher Cliven Bundy and his two sons, Ryan and Ammon. You may recall they were charged with multiple felonies related to the 2014 armed standoff between Bundy supporters and federal agents. Those were the agents who had seized and killed some of his cattle and were rounding up the rest of his herd when patriots from around the country came to his aid. I spoke this week with one of those patriots who went to Bunkerville, Nevada in defense of the God-given rights of the Bundy family.

Video of the sermon

What the judge did Monday was end the more than four years of persecution of the Bundy’s from the likes of federal bureaucrats and prosecutors — as well as politicians, such as former Nevada Senator Harry Reid — and their media allies. The prosecution, “failed in two previous attempts to convict Nevada rancher Cliven Bundy and his two sons, Ryan and Ammon… And Judge Navarro had cited multiple egregious abuses by federal authorities in her declaration of a mistrial on December 20. However, in that ruling she had left open the possibility of another retrial, which is what the prosecutors were arguing in favor of. Her latest ruling dismissed the charges ‘with prejudice,’ meaning the government may not retry the case. Judge Navarro’s decision, which she read to a courtroom packed with Bundy family members and supporters, was a forceful smack-down to the federal government, using words not often heard in judicial rulings.

‘The government’s conduct in this case was indeed outrageous,’ the judge stated. ‘There has been flagrant misconduct, substantial prejudice and no lesser remedy is sufficient.’ She also used words such as ‘especially egregious,’ ‘grossly shocking,’ and ‘reckless disregard,’ in her stinging rebuke of the federal government’s misconduct. The judge found prosecutors had engaged in a ‘deliberate attempt to mislead’ and had made multiple misrepresentations — both to the defense and to the court — regarding exculpatory ‘Brady evidence’ they are required to produce for the defense. Instead, they had repeatedly concealed and/or denied the existence of the evidence.”

You can understand the Judge’s outrage when you see the evidence they lied about, flatly stating that they did not have any. For example, they claimed no evidence existed that Federal snipers were in place targeting unarmed civilians, women, and children; that there was no government authorized kill list on which the Bundy’s were prominent targets. What is clear is that the entire operation was conducted in the most egregious manner with no care taken for the life or property of citizens being persecuted by the federal government. They lied, and they lied, and they lied again.

After the ruling outside the courthouse in reference to his two years in prison, the senior Bundy said, “I’ve been a political prisoner for right at 700 days today, I come in this courtroom an innocent man and I’m going to leave as an innocent man. My defense is a 15-second defense. I raised my cattle only on Clark County, Nevada, land and I have no contract with the federal government. This court has no jurisdiction and authority over this matter. And I have put up with the court in America as a political prisoner for two years.” www.thenewamerican.com

The truth that the media will not tell us is that Cliven Bundy was willing to pay the State of Nevada, but not the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), stating the BLM did not have jurisdiction over the land his family had used since the late 1800’s. And he is absolutely right, just read Article I Section 8 of our Constitution.

We the people can see the enormous evil that results from the Federal land grab, what happens when those who take an oath to the Constitution engage in violating that oath. But we praise God when Truth and Justice prevail.

What this case illustrates is the fundamental problem in America today – a rejection of God’s Law as the standard for personal self-government. The result is that people in office don’t take their oaths seriously, people have no qualms about lying and paying no attention whatsoever to the limits God has placed upon human action by His Holy Law. The solution is back to the Bible.

The great statesman Daniel Webster, wrote, “If we abide by the principles taught in the Bible our country will go on prospering and to prosper, but if we and our posterity neglect its instructions and authority, no man can tell how sudden a catastrophe may overwhelm us and bury our glory in profound obscurity.”

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018  David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

© 2018 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

We are seeing one of the most corrupt Parties being exposed as only God can do.  It is almost as if it is in a self-destruct mode.   I make no claims that the Republican Party is full of saints and is free of corruption because all you have to do is look at John McCain, Jeff Flake, Lindsey Graham and a dozen others and know that both Parties have those that no longer pay attention to the directives, guidelines and limitations set forth in our Constitution.  But it seems that the Democrat Party has been completely taken over by those that want the United States to dissolve itself into the New World Order.

America used to care about our children, from conception to birth and then through their growing years wanting them to have the best education and the best chances in life for success.  But that is not the case today.  The leader of the Democrat Party, Tom Perez, actually slaps anyone who values life from conception in the face and actually believes that we should be kicked out of the country: Tom Perez recently said pro-life Americans are not welcome in the Democratic Party. He suggested they should surrender their U.S. passports, because they don’t belong in this country, either.

Of course, he didn’t put it in exactly those terms.

Politicians never speak clearly, out of the fear that someone might actually understand them. But the message resounded like a clarion bell. Here is what the chairman of the Democratic National Committee said about people like me:

“Every Democrat, like every American, should support a woman’s right to make her own choices about her body and her health. That is not negotiable, and should not change city by city or state by state.”

It’s no surprise that pro-life Democrats have something in common with Moses: a familiarity with wandering in deserts.

The shock comes from the fact that not only does the DNC chairman presume to evict 23 percent of the family from the homestead (because about one-quarter of the registered Democrats believe abortion should be illegal in virtually all circumstances). That is his right as the official voice of the party, even though it is a foolish thing to do. The real horror of his words is their breadth and depth, reaching as they do to delegitimize American citizens who disagree with his position on abortion.[1]

He isn’t the only one in the Party that feels that way.  Everyone knows that Hillary was pro-abortion, any time for any reason but even Howard Dean is so anti-life he doesn’t even believe that a person should have a choice: Howard Dean has long been a fan-favorite of the far left as the socialist former Governor of Vermont has spent much of his career pushing the Democrat Party towards socialism.

He even spent several unproductive years as the Chairman of the Democrat Party, where his job was, ostensibly, to grow the Party. Apparently, he no longer cares about expanding the Democrat Party to new voices. In fact, it sounds like Dean would actually prefer expunging a certain kind of American from the Democrat Party rolls.

In his mind, there is simply no room for pro-life Americans in today’s Democrat Party. While appearing on MSNBC’s Morning Joe, host Joe Scarborough asked Dean if the Democrat Party would begin to look for ways to integrate Americans who are economic liberals but social conservatives, something the party used to do…

Dean answered with an emphatic “No.”

“No. Because the young generation isn’t that way. I think the old left right is an anachronism… Young people don’t think that way. They are not ideological. They are extremely interested in social justice, so we are never going back to maybe making compromises on abortion, and gay rights is another one.”[2]

The embracing of the homosexual lifestyle is just a side note any more.  But we are seeing a depth of depravity and power grabbing like we have never seen before.  And all of this is coming directly concerning the Democrat Party’s attempt to rig the last general election and take down Donald Trump.  Most us have heard about the House Intelligence Committee memo that has members of Congress so shocked they are aghast at what our government has been doing to oust the duly elected president elected by the people. Members of the House on Thursday said they viewed a “shocking” classified memo allegedly detailing abuse of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) by senior Justice Department and Federal Bureau of Investigations officials in relation to the investigation of the Trump campaign and called for it to be declassified and available to the public immediately.

“It’s troubling. It is shocking,” Rep. Mark Meadows (R-NC) told Fox News. “Part of me wishes that I didn’t read it because I don’t want to believe that those kinds of things could be happening in this country that I call home and love so much.”

“The facts contained in this memo are jaw-dropping and demand full transparency. There is no higher priority than the release of this information to preserve our democracy,” said Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-FL), a member of the Judiciary Committee, which oversees the DOJ and the FBI.

Another Judiciary Committee member, Rep. Steve King (R-IA), called what he saw in the memo “sickening” and said it was “worse than Watergate.”

Rep. Ron DeSantis (R-FL), another Judiciary Committee member,  called the memo “deeply troubling” and said it raises questions about the “Obama DOJ and Comey FBI.”

“The classified report compiled by House Intelligence is deeply troubling and raises serious questions about the upper echelon of the Obama DOJ and Comey FBI as it relates to the so-called collusion investigation,” he tweeted.

“You think about, ‘is this happening in America or is this the KGB?’ That’s how alarming it is,” Rep. Scott Perry (R-PA) told Fox News.

“It is so alarming the American people have to see this,” Rep. Jim Jordan (R-OH), a senior member of the Judiciary Committee, also said to network.

The viewing of the memo came after all Republican members of the House intelligence committee, whose investigators compiled the classified memo, voted Thursday to make it available to all House members. Every Democrat on the committee voted against it.[3]

Yes, it is the Republicans that are saying this, but they also wish to make this information available to the public but not one Democrat is willing to let this information be seen by the general public.  The only conclusion to this is that it would be devastating for the Democrat Party if this information was allowed to be released concerning their actions.

We have lost the foundation the Founders gave us for those that we put in places of authority. I will always blame the church for that.  They have failed miserably in the mandate god gave the church.  George Washington was a man of honor and high character.  At the age of fifteen he copied a book that dealt with the proper behavior of a responsible adult:  He grew up to respect things of honor.  His actions were based on honorable traits.  When he spoke about someone he always intended to look at the best of a person’s character.  As stated in an earlier chapter his education was based on the New England Primer which concentrated on the principles of God.  At the age of fifteen he copied the 110 Rules of Civility and Descent Behavior in Company and Conversation, in his own handwriting.  Some of these rules are:

108. When you speak of God, or His attributes, let it be seriously and with reverence.  Honor and obey your natural parents although they be poor,
109. Let your recreation be manful not sinful.
110. Labour to keep alive in your breast that little spark of celestial fire called conscience.[4] Notice the emphasis on conscience.  No one with a clear conscience could allow to be hidden what the Democrats are not wanting to become public knowledge.  This is the new Democrat Party.  Deception, lies and power-hungry fools.  God is exposing them, and they don’t even know it.  Worst is, they don’t care either.  Welcome to the new political arena of the 21^st Century.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Democrats seem to have no room in the party for pro-lifers
2. Democrat leaders says no room for pro lifers in the democrat party
3. Shocking house intel memo allegedly reveals FISA abuse by senior DOJ and FBI officials
4. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, pp. 147, (Westbow Press, 2012)

In an August 1999 McAlvany Newsletter, he said the moral/cultural/spiritual free fall in recent decades lies in the Gramsci strategy.  Antoni Gramsci was the Founder of the Italian Communist Party. He went to Russia in the 1920s and spent time with Lenin and Stalin, studying the anatomy of the Communist Revolution and concluded that Lenin and Stalin were doing it all wrong – that you cannot in most cases push a Capitalist country directly into Communism. He determined you must first undermine and debauch the morality, the culture, the ethics, the patriotism, and the spiritual life which means Christianity must be destroyed. The Gramsci madness began almost simultaneously among the hard Left in Europe, the United States, Australia, New Zealand and Latin America, suggesting a coordination of a new anti-Western doctrine.  Bottom line: Gramsci’s blueprint was to smile at the capitalists, while one is carefully cutting their throats. Playing “nice” is a key to Gramsci’s formula for “Passive revolution.”

Radical feminism and Postmodernism are based on the ideals of Karl Marx; the United Nations is grounded in Marxism; American colleges and universities are cesspools of Marxism. The leftwing Democrat Party and the Communist Party USA are nearly identical institutions. The congressional Progressive Caucus, the Congressional Black Caucus, the Progressive Democrats of America and the Democratic Socialists of America, all steeped in Cultural Marxism.

The radical left successfully de-constructed American society by undermining moral values and traditional institutions, thereby opening the door to the Gramcians who would move into position of political authority and begin the process of convergence with Russia. For it was in the Sixties when we found tenured university “teachers of destruction” and their ruinous actions aimed directly at American culture.

CHRISTIANITY MUST BE RESTORED

Mandatory “sensitivity training” and indoctrination in political correctness cannot replace religion in inculcating in our young the internal control and virtues necessary for freedom.  Nor can passing more laws and throwing more people in prison save us from a rising tide of vice and criminality. If we hope to preserve and restore genuine liberty, we must turn our hearts and minds to God, the author of liberty. And we must oppose and expose the rampant anti-Christian propaganda under Cultural Marxism that is flooding our society for the vicious and toxic poison that it is.

ABANDONING TRUTH AND RELIEVE YOUR CONSCIENCE

Dr. Everett Piper author of the book NOT A DAY CARE, the devastating consequences of abandoning truth, shows a diaper pen on the cover of the book. He is the president of Oklahoma Wesleyan University and challenged political correctness after a student in chapel service complained he felt ‘victimized’ by a sermon on the topic of I Corinthians 13 on love.  Piper responded that went viral, “That feeling of discomfort you have after listening to a sermon is called a conscience.  An altar call is supposed to make you feel bad. It is supposed to make you feel guilty.”  Three things that should be manifest in the church (1) faith (2) love (c) A good conscience when you lie down at night. It is obvious the conscience of the liberal media today has been seared with a hot iron, that is, they are insensitive to right or wrong. That is what is missing with today’s liberal media that has been making up fake lies about President Trump.

But then there is Judge Jeanine Pirro on FOX on Saturday night who admitted she’d received a ticket in November which she deserved for driving 119 mph in a 65 mph zone and thanked the policeman for giving it not so much with her conscience bothering her perhaps but knowing the left would find out and shout it to the world.

And then the question is being asked: “Should a new Constitutional Convention be called to fix the Constitution?” The answer is simple: If our elected officials had a conscience and were principled they would not have abused the original Constitution when they refused to honor their oaths. Piper said “Today’s law students are tomorrow’s lawyers and judges- and if you wonder why so many judges legislate from the bench, take a look at what they teach in law school. Today’s business students are tomorrow’s business leaders – and if you wonder why so many corporations are so politically correct, take a look at what they teach in business school. The U.S. Constitution printed in 1825 prohibited lawyers from serving in Government. The disregard for the Constitution by a totally dysfunctional, if not outright disloyal, professional “Political class” is our problem.

And then there is 2^nd Lt. Spenser Rapone, a west Point graduate and infantry officer who recently came under fire for his public advocacy and support of socialism and communism, and being an “official socialist organizer” of the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA)  A retired West Point Professor reporting this said an avowed Communist in our military is as existentially terrifying as an open Satanist serving as Pope. Communists used their military to kill tens of millions of their own citizens in the previous century, so a military whose members are required to swear to defend the Constitution, a document in diametric opposition to Communist ideals, is a military that should flat out exclude Communist members.

COMMUNISTS IN OUR HOUSE AND SENATE NAMED

Our New Zealand transplant, Trevor Loudon, has written a book THE ENEMIES WITHIN: Communists, Socialists and Progressives in the U.S. Congress. And in the attached You Tube Video  he tells about 88 year old Congressman Democrat John Conyers from the State of Michigan, the longest serving member of Congress who has been a member of Congress forever and the Communist Party. He also names numerous other traitors serving in our U.S. Senate and Congress.

CAROL BURNETT PUSHES THE ENVELOPE

Leon Trotsky had earlier determined the women’s liberation movement would be a central part of the American socialist revolution commenting on the role feminism was designated to play in undermining traditional American culture and values.  And when I watched the 50- year anniversary show of Carol Burnett recently, I realized she was a part of that movement. Producers at first resisted her request for a variety show with humorous funny skits claiming that was what the men did but they soon succumbed and her loud disgusting call started her programs which no man or woman has since been able to emulate.  Her show was about a dysfunctionall family.  She bragged that women are still doing comedy and since her show wasn’t “in the family hour, they often showed a little more skin” so her risqué skits played a big part in liberating and finding them today showing a little more skin and using filthy language. It is interesting to note the 1914 Webster’s Shorter School Dictionary shows no such word as dysfunctional but the 1948 Webster’s Collegiate does mention it.

WOMEN RULE OVER THEM

And if Oprah runs for President and should be elected, Isaiah 3:12 will be fulfilled. Readers should never forget she helped the imposter Barack Obama get elected as President. Both have betrayed America and unfortunately, even Christian women are fascinated with her New Age babble.

DYSFUNCTIONAL SHERIFF IN CLACKAMAS COUNTY, OREGON

It’s been three months since FOX 12 broke the story about the September 23 incident at the Oregon City  County Court house about a color photo shoot orchestrated by a veteran Clackamas County Sheriff who wanted to present  a retiring Clackamas County Sheriff with a calendar gift called “Sexy Civil.”   He sent an e-mail to 21 co-workers, including the Captain of the Civil Division, to appear in photographs but cautioned them not to wear any department Identification apparel, logos or badges.  The compromising poses included sitting naked on a toilet or on a desk in a secure area and using a gun belt or hat to hide genitals. It seems the Sheriff’s office has after- hour access to the Court House equipped with round-the-clock video surveillance so it was likely recorded. The discovery was made when Sheriff Craig Roberts  received an anonymous letter.  The Sheriff refuses to discuss it further.

In order to undermine our moral values it was incumbent upon the Communists to break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in books, magazines, motion pictures, radio and T.V and present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as “normal, natural, healthy.” Using the corrupt system, they could bring charges of discrimination against bakers who refused to bake a same-sex wedding cake, florists, photographers, etc. For every dollar some crooked Judge and/or Jury awarded them, the money would go into the funds of the activists.

ABSURD CHARGES BY GOVERNMENT AGENCY

I wrote earlier about the Oregon couple with a bakery who refused to bake a wedding cake for a lesbian couple and were fined $135,000 by the Bureau of Labor.  And then there is Oregon Judge Vance Day being persecuted for refusing to marry any couples in order to avoid marrying same sex couples.

And then I received in the mail a message from David Daleiden, Executive Director, Center for Medical Progress who dared to pose as a buyer of fetal tissues from Planned Parenthood and released  Planned Parenthood videos and in addition to the multitude of civil actions taken against him, a politically motivated Attorney General has actually invaded his home and seized his property. While he is also facing horrendous legal fees and court costs, he still believes the risk he took was the right thing to do.  But He was totally unprepared for the savagery of legal and public relations attacks that have followed.  They are seeking to bankrupt him personally, dismantle his Center for Medical Progress and even put him behind bars. The Life Legal Defense Foundation agreed to defend him pro bono but the court costs will be staggering.     Life Legal Defense Foundation, PO Box 2105, Napa CA 94558-9915.

GOD ALLOWS THE BASEST OF MEN TO PUBLIC OFFICE

After watching nonstop sexual allegations against so many in Congress for days that seem unending and learning that millions of dollars were paid by the taxpayers to settle these sexual harassment claim, it is not only beginning to look like the feminists are helping to clean out the swamp in D.C. and receiving sexual harassment tax funded financial settlements but like the Communist Party during the 1980s when it dipped into the Soviet state’s financial resources and used them as if they were its own. Daniel 4:17 says God allows the basest of men to public office.

The Party also controlled billions of dollars worth of property and investments. All of these assets were available to protect the some 1.5 million nonenklatura or Party elite as they passed through in the revolving door leading to the death of the Soviet Union and birth of the Russian Federal and Commonwealth of Independence States (CIS). According to Stephen Handelman, a veteran foreign correspondent and former Moscow bureau chief for the Toronto Star, the Central Committee prepared a secret list of names of the “most worthy Party members.” Their place on the list was their personal passport for special appointments, including top government officials, ambassadors, and other senior positions. “The nomenklatura constituted a private club of individuals whose loyalty to the Party transcended any other obligation:” Handelman explained. Does any of this sound familiar? A recent study in a refereed academic journal has concluded openly that the U.S. has the features of an oligarchy, not a democracy or a republic.

RUN AMOK FEDERAL AGENCIES

The evil is right here in America in run-amok federal alpha agencies – the whole lying rotten pack of disgusting predatory vermin who can’t seem to do their jobs or figure out who in hell they actually work for. On December 14^th President Trump using lots of visual aids in his speech held a ribbon-cutting ceremony in the Roosevelt Room at the White House where he destroyed thousands upon thousands of regulations. Cutting the regulations should require cutting government employees who enforced them.

HOME SCHOOL PARENTS ARRESTED IN CALIFORNIA

Current news has been about David Allen Turpin, 56, and his wife Louise Anna, 49, of Perris, California having been arrested after their 17 year old ran away and called authorities. They have been charged with torture and child endangerment of their 13 malnourished children allegedly being chained and padlocked to their beds.  Neighbors report on occasion they observed some unusual happenings but never anything that they felt warranted a call to authorities. The Turpins, formerly of Texas, registered their home with the State as a private school called Sandecastle Day School and they homeschooled their children. The 13 children ranged in age from 2 to adults 18 and 29. Their FACEBOOK page show the children in matching outfits and smiling and a photo posted for May 2016 depicted an apparent marriage vow renewal ceremony with 13 children surround them.  The unprecented decline in academic quality has precipitated a veritable exodus of children from the government schools so it’s going to be interesting to hear what happens in this case. David is an engineer earning $140,000 a year and their home appears to be new and well kept. His 81 year old mother, Betty, said “We don’t believe anything until we find definite proof” and I personally think something smells like fake news.

© 2018 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Betty Freauf: bettyfreauf@gmail.com

One does not need any special prognostication skills to know that 2018 will see even more intense attacks on Donald Trump and his administration, even given the growing happy talk about the economy. After all, the kinds of numbers that impress mainstream economists — Dow hitting new highs regularly, very low (official) unemployment, low inflation, rising consumer spending, etc. — are all manifest.

Hence insidious counterattacks like the Michael Wolff book Fire and Fury: Inside the Trump White House (just published). Jake Tapper of CNN interviewed Trump advisor Stephen Miller about the book here, and I recommend watching the full video. Miller occasionally gets a few words in edgewise, his intent being to offer more than a couple of soundbites on behalf of those whose point of view is not heard on CNN. For this he was told, “I’ve wasted enough of my viewers’ time,” and his mike cut off.

What interests me about this video is that it is a microcosm for how corporate media elites deal with the alternative voices to which the Internet created space, voices which by the early 2000s were challenging then-dominant corporate media with far fewer resources, and whose influence with voters culminated in the present administration.

Intellectual and media elites would have you believe we have entered a “post-fact world.” Leftists (and some mainstream Republicans) want you to believe Trump is a racist, a fascist or at least proto-fascist; that he is incompetent; that he is mentally unstable; that he plays to a “conspiratorial” view of the world; etc., etc., ad nauseum. That his supporters continue to stand by him drives the media elites nuts. Trump doesn’t always play his hand in the best way. The fact that he doesn’t sing corporate media’s tune but continues to call the shots as he sees them often works against him as his tweets and words are ripped out of context. The wise know that sometimes it is best just to shut up, especially when enemy hawks are circling. Why give them ammunition?

But on the other hand, most Trump supporters couldn’t care less what the media elites think. Their values are not elite values. Their perception of what the facts are is entirely different from what the elites believe. For example, as I write, Trump is being denounced all around the globe for what he said about Haiti and African countries. Did he really say it? I have no idea. I would have to have been in the room to be sure one way or the other, apparently. But if he did, then if his description of, say, Haiti is factually wrong, then why are so many Haitians fleeing? I doubt they are trying to help the diversity bean-counters.

What we are in is a battle over who has the facts: dominant corporate media outfits such as CNN, or upstart challengers (Breitbart, NewsWithViews.com, ZeroHedge.com, PaulCraigRoberts.org, etc.); and which set of values are most defensible.

I therefore decided that my first column of 2018 should review the past instead of trying to look ahead, as so many others are doing. I’ve long held that if we don’t know where we came from, we won’t know where we’re going or why. I stated a quarter century because I needed to pick a reasonable time frame. Obviously I’m not saying our problems began just a quarter century ago. But the specific trends that led to the Trump upset went into high gear around the time the Soviet Union collapsed, or shortly before.

Let’s begin just with the fact, for fact it is, that the progression — Bush the Elder, Clinton, Bush the Younger, Obama — reveal uniform directions regardless of the party differences. The first: into globalism and corporatism, via “free trade” deals and the neoliberal / neoconservative coin (these two being flipsides of one another). The closely related second: into Greenspanism, one might call it: enhancing the financialization of the domestic economy by flooding markets with cheap credit, which drives up the Dow and encourages consumers (also college students!) to go into debt. This has been the true consolidator of wealth and power over the past quarter century, as artificial wealth flows to the top and the general population fills with debt slaves. The third: wars of choice (Iraq under the first Bush, Kosovo under Clinton, Afghanistan and Iraq under the second Bush, etc.) and other interferences often destroying nations (Libya). The fourth: the destruction of real education at all levels with political correctness. A fifth: domestic police-statism, as for the past four years, police have killed an average of over 1,000 citizens per year, often on the slightest provocation. This site offers specifics.

Leopold Kohr (1909 – 1994) authored The Breakdown of Nations (1957) a treatise that deserves more attention than it will probably ever receive, because he put his finger on the problem as well as anyone before or since. Empires are a bad idea by their very nature, Kohr argued. Their natural tendency is to grow aggressive and destructive. They aggress against other nations and their own people, as neither has sufficient resources to hold their power in check or mount effective pushback. This has nothing to do with any particular political party or program; the problem, Kohr believed, is systemic. The U.S. was on its way to becoming an empire after World War II. It had achieved this status in spades by the 1960s. Anglo-America was clearly the dominant political economy when the Soviet Union collapsed. Kohr’s basic thesis is confirmed, except for the one thing he got wrong. We have seen pushback with varying amounts of effectiveness. Kohr wrote well before there was an Internet, which makes it possible to get messages heard and organize outside the domains of power with very few resources.

Alternative media, most of it Internet-based, has been a major form of pushback against dominant corporate media. It was, after all, an alternative site (Drudge Report) that broke the Clinton-Lewinsky story when the Clinton-infatuated mainstream was ready to bury it. We have alternative media to thank for exposing Bill Clinton as the sexual predator he is, which radical feminists (starting with his wife) would have covered up — exposing how that movement is about power, not justice for women. Through alternative media we learned more of our existence in “the matrix” than ever before: the dominance of those I called the superelite in my Four Cardinal Errors (2011) and how all major institutions are structured so as to conceal this dominance from public view.

The Internet made the soft censorship of manufactured consent that existed before the 1990s much more difficult. Alternative views rose and flourished online. They offered a worldview able to compete directly with the dominant one. According to this worldview, mainstream economists and their media shills consistently portray the economy as doing better than it really is; mainstream thought routinely suppress certain facts that don’t fit its narrative on, e.g., race (black-on-white violent crime, for example); it promotes a globalist agenda in which There Is No Alternative to job outsourcing, open borders, diversity engineering in universities including suppression of conservative thought, etc.

In case my repeated usages of globalist are unclear, I use the term to refer to those who, knowingly or not, are promoting transnational authoritarian structures, beginning with (but hardly limited to) those of trade and commerce that require ever more complex systems of agreement and top-down regulation. No one truly believes a “global free market” is even possible, much less would resolve the problems and dislocations resulting from encircling globalist trade policies. The latter are not free market policies in any event but policies designed to further enrich a billionaire ownership class (the superelite). The telos of globalism is a world state: a globe-spanning empire, which, in line with Kohr’s observations, would tilt totalitarian as totalitarian control will be necessary to force cooperation from all the footdragging nations and recalcitrant populations. (My guess: the latter are already being starved into submission as their local economies are shattered.)

It was this, I submit, that Trumpism reacted against, as more and more of those left behind by globalist outsourcing came to question it based on what they could read online, and more and more white males came to question dogmas about diversity social engineering however it manifests itself (“affirmative action,” or “we need more immigrants”). Trumpism in the U.S. has hardly been the only instance of pushback. Brexit, obviously, is another. So is the Viktor Orbán administration in Hungary and the Law and Justice government in Poland headed by Andrzej Duda. Both, obviously, are at odds with the globalist narrative of the EU and its corporate media, which has therefore demonized them and orchestrated attacks condemning them as “anti-democratic” and “fascist” (a favorite word among those who have no idea what fascism is).

Not all pushback succeeds, of course. Geert Wilders lost to the mainstream candidate Mark Rutte in the Netherlands, and Marine Le Pen lost to France’s mainstreamer Emmanuel Macron. Back in the U.S., Judge Roy Moore, a federalist in the original sense of that term, lost in Alabama following a savage corporate media attack based entirely on unprovable innuendo repeated incessantly 24/7 in the weeks leading up to that special election. The allegations against Moore were far weaker than those against Bill Clinton back in the 1990s, with one of Moore’s accusers admitting she added material in a high school yearbook Moore allegedly signed to enhance its credibility. Moore’s signing the yearbook is not a crime, of course, and to this day no one has produced evidence he assaulted anyone. But this is how corporate media works: when you don’t have facts, simply make them up! Repeat them ad infinitum. Then declare that the other side has created a “fact-free world”!  

And declare, via anonymous groups using unsourced material given credibility in mainstream outfits like The Washington Post, that we are all under seize by “fake news” originating with “conspiracy websites.”

Finally, put a Michael Wolff on the Trump administration’s tail.

So again — after his first full year in office — why did Trump win — which might very well have been unexpected (the one claim from Fire and Fury that is somewhat plausible is that Team Trump did not really expect to win the November 2016 election)?

First and most obviously was Trump’s superior command of both mainstream and alternative media. His media savvy vastly outstripped that of other Republicans, Hillary, and CNN’s shill commentators. He could command center stage even from those who hated his guts. He was ratings, and they knew it. Using his Twitter account, he could bypass the haters in mass media and communicate directly to his base of supporters, as he has been doing ever since.

Trump, I would argue, had two different but overlapping constituencies. The first consists of those described above, the so-called “losers” of globalization especially following the start of the NAFTA era (NAFTA, let us remember, was supported by both the first George Bush and Bill Clinton). These communities, even the Washington Post has acknowledged, are in serious trouble. They struggle with unemployment, underemployment, political neglect, and health problems ranging from depression to substance abuse issues (alcoholism and drug addictions) — all a price tag of not “reinventing themselves” as tech-savvy serfs for the “global workforce.”

In addition, these people get to hear about their “white privilege,” which brings me to the second constituency that supported Trump.

To put it bluntly, this group (with whom I identify the most) is fed up with reverse biases of various sorts and the political correctness that has been used to protect them from criticism for around 30 years. They tend to have college educations, but supported Trump anyway (however reluctantly in some cases) because he represented pushback against leftist professors and leftist student groups they had to kowtow to while getting those educations. Now, given how tech-era corporate America (think Google and Facebook, though these are hardly alone) are dominated by leftists, they find themselves still having to kowtow or lose their jobs, as did this fellow who has filed suit against Google. The discovery process has blown the whistle on the hard cultural left mindset that dominates the corporation that controls the world’s leading search engine.

There is a battle of worldviews going on. One favors consolidation, technocracy, and a near-worship of prevailing “experts.” The other wants decentralization, autonomy, and freedom of thought. The first, it goes without saying, is de facto materialist in its larger worldview of reality. The latter contains (but is not limited to) a lot of Christians—though I hasten to add, there is no logical connection here and I know of people who call themselves Christian who I’d have to put in the globalist camp because they support some version of the neoliberal / neoconservative axis (theologically the latter are usually dispensationalists, though that is a larger issue I cannot get into here).

The first worldview, dominant in mainstream media and universities, favors globalism and leftism, portraying them as “sane” and “responsible” and “centrist.” While not altogether unified, it is united on what it supports. The other, represented by alternative media, has been incessantly exposing these efforts while promoting individual freedoms. Alternative media is, ironically, very diverse intellectually. Too much so, I’d argue. There are “left” alternative sites opposing globalism as well as “right” ones doing so. A conversation between the two would be very desirable, but I don’t see it happening.

The battle over which side is presenting “fake news” in a “fact-free” environment will continue, as mainstream corporate media fights to regain the credibility it lost after openly backing Clinton and claiming she would win in one of history’s biggest landslides. At present, the mainstream’s weapons include labeling alternative media as “hate sites,” platforms for “conspiracy theories,” etc. It also includes the soft censorship Google is conducting, designing search algorithms in such a way that alternative sites simply don’t come up anywhere near the top in Web searches. The designers know that busy people usually don’t look past the top ten items that come up in a search.

This battle has already claimed career casualties (Steve Bannon being the most recent, given how he appears to have opened his mouth to Wolff about things he cannot possibly have known first hand), and we can expect that the Trump administration will continue to take new hits almost daily. Trump doesn’t always help himself with his mouth. I’m not thinking here of his lack of political correctness. I worry that he is taking credit for the numbers behind the happy talk about the economy I mentioned at the outset. Last I knew, how these numbers are calculated (e.g., the BLS’s U-3 “headline” unemployment number) did not change on November 8, 2016. Nor did the financialization of the economy change. Wall Street is still in a huge bubble, courtesy of QE. Massive spending on credit has not ceased to leave a person massively in debt. Trump’s pick for Yellen’s replacement, Jerome Powell, is another mainstreamer, moreover, and this is hardly encouraging. If Trump claims to own a real economic recovery, should the economy go into a recession at any point, for any reason, while he is in office, he will own that as well.

We would do best to realize: this battle of worldviews goes beyond Trump, and will outlast his presidency no matter what. Its outcome will determine the future: whether we start to develop peaceful, decentralized communities on an enlarging scale based on such principles as local autonomy and control, voluntarism, and the rule of law, or return to the path we were on for the past four presidencies, which was towards the marriage of Huxley’s Brave New World and Orwell’s 1984 that is likely if globalism ever delivers us into the hands of a world state.

[Author’s Note: if you believe this article was worth your time, please consider supporting my writing with a $5/mo. pledge on my Patreon site. If the first 100 people who read this all donate, my goal of just $500/mo. would be reached in no time! And if we’re honest about it, we all waste that much money each day.

This is an attempt to raise money to publish and promote a novel, Reality 101, to be marketed as the first serious novel of the Donald Trump era, which, so far as I know, it is. In it, a ex-Wall Street globalist technocrat defends his views on elitism and oligarchy before a community wracked by the effects of globalization in a voice filled with irony and dripping with cynicism — to be contrasted with the possibility of freedom outside the world as he sees it.

Promoting a book, in my case, means the necessity of international travel which is not cheap.

I do not write for an audience of one. I write for you, readers of this site. If you believe this work might make a contribution to the world of political-economic ideas, please consider supporting it financially. I am not a wealthy person, and unlike the leftist groups I often criticize, I do not have a George Soros funneling a bottomless well of cash my way.

If I reach the above goal of $500/mo., I may be able to speak at an event in your area (contact info below).

I allowed myself (via a handful of reader emails) to be talked out of going into retirement at the end of 2017, to give this at least one more year, but due to my own situation, that will be the best I can do.]

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

© 2018 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

Many of us who cling to the belief that metaphysical is as real as the physical  and humans by instinct are aware of the limits of their life span as in all elements, man or beasts, things that grow and that the earth itself will eventually become dust as will the cosmos. Currently, we are experiencing the midst of turmoil more frightening than in the historical past. It appears that the world stands at a nuclear precipice of earthly destruction; a cataclysm portrayed biblically in the book of revelations.

Whatever brings religion or whatever is one’s philosophical view all know there is a thread of human conscience that guilt and  that remorse some are not contrarious because they feel no guilt therefore no contrition. There are exceptions but man has propensity to be more wrong than right for many reasons, and a form of madness that enters the human brain where the mind is clouded by drugs, opioids and alcohol or through pornography, fake history and false education and advertising. These people are in the majority throughout humanity and will be judged by whatever controls man’s destiny and judge’s on society’s culpabilities.

There are seers who claim they have the ability to predict the future, many of whom are religiously reprehensible frauds.  One should follow the money or where power over others is more important, using concocted, illogical syllogisms.  The philosophers like Socrates imparted maps in search of truth through the use of repetitious questions, each answer leads to the next question, finally at the end Socrates’ students realize evidence is conclusive and reach satisfaction. This methodology to search for the answer in each step of each part is a process to attain truth. One of Socrates’ pupils was Aristotle, who discovered his own philosophy, a science wherein the embryo of the search for beginnings was born. Aristotle began using a process proving evolving from motion, how the planets formation began in a universe with infinity of shapes. Surely motion  has a source, says Aristotle, and if we are not to plunge drearily into infinite regress, taking back our problem step by step endlessly, we must admit a Prime Mover, unmoved (primm mobile immotum) a being incorporeal, indivisible, spaceless, sexless, passionless, changeless,  perfect and eternal.  He realized that the beginning of the universe is caused by an inexplicable order, a supernatural force.  The force is pure energy, the Scholastic Activity, the mystic force of modern physics and philosophy is a magnetic power that keeps the heavens under synergistic control.

THIS WAY THROUGH DEDUCTION

There are, in man’s history, legitimate seers. Justification is based on the philosopher Aristotle’s process that one can then conclude that if the metaphysical exists through the power of revelation and that subsequent to predictions, one must then logically admit that the revelation, when realized as accurate, it  then becomes a fact.

BLACK SNOWFLAKES FALLING IN HELL

The children in the history of Fatima had a vision of hell provided by the “Virgin Mary” where souls were falling into Hell like black snowflakes in a snowstorm as did St. Theresa of Aquila; receive the vision in a dream. The three children ask the lady who appeared to them why the snowflakes were black. The lady told the three children that through other souls descend to hell because many high prelates and priests abandoned their oaths and mislead other souls. Because of sinfulness and example these souls also abandoned God.

The shepherd children received these visions in the town of Fatima between May 13, 1917 and October 13, 1917.  The children were at first thought to be delusionary by townspeople as did the local priest because the children reported that the lady was sent by God to alert every man, woman and child.  The local priest, who knew the level of education of the children, was still not convinced, until the children said that the “lady” mentioned Her Immaculate Conception.  These little children could never have known about the term. It was never a part of Catholic primary education at that time.  The local priest then contacted his bishop and asked that the children be interrogated further.  More revelations of the first of the three visits revealed that war is a punishment for sin and warned that God would punish the world for its disobedience to “His Will,” by means of war, hunger and persecution.

It is acknowledged by all Christians, that God the Father is linked intrinsically with His son Jesus Christ, the second person of the Blessed Trinity’s Godhead and with the Holy Spirit had no beginning and no end (an unexplainable mystery), yet the through the Holy Spirit actually became man. His mother, who was greeted by the Angel Gabriel as Holy Mary, conceived without sin, when she was greeted, that she would give birth to a son. She replied, “I have not known man to which the angel replied, “You will be conceived through the Holy Spirit.” Thus, the sacrificial “Lamb” mentioned in the old testament as the coming Messiah became fulfilled.

The lady told the three children that God was unhappy that His gift of salvation was violated and that Russia will be God’s chosen “instrument of chastisement” by spreading errors such as atheism across the earth, consequently fermenting wars, annihilating nations and persecuting the faithful everywhere.

THE FOLLOWING OCCURRED (POST 1913):

Just prior to his abdication, Tsar Nicholas of Russia declared Russia as no longer involved as a combatant nation and no longer allied with France, England and the United States.  He then declared his abdication as the head of the Russian people, the majority of which were religious. These people and military of Russia were exhausted and had no intention of further conflicts but there was foreign, outside influences that financed and caused and abetted through infiltration anarchy, by using propaganda to stir revolution within the military and the proletariat Russian people to overthrow the Tsar.  The final result was that the government became secularly atheistic born of Communism created by Lenin.

Communism was an outgrowth from Marks and Engels, it had already made inroads in the United States and Europe, but Lenin and Trotsky were still not settled in a position of power until after the Armistice, November the 11th, 1918.  The abdicated Tsar was imprisoned by the Bolsheviks soon thereafter, along with his wife and entire family and all were cruelly murdered.

Prediction:

The “Lady” revealed to the three children by example: “If My requests  when the Papacy revels the prophesy and insists that people through  prayer, Russia’s conversion will result peace; if the requests are not granted, Russia will spread its errors throughout the world, rising up using wars and persecutions against the Church. The good will be martyred, the Holy Father will suffer much and various nations will be annihilated.”

The news of this revelation became known throughout Europe because of the prediction revealed by the three children during July, 1917, that on the 13th of October, 2017 a visible sign will be shown to the world.  Also revealed, within the second of the three visits in July, She stated that the secrets are in three parts, the first two of which had been publically revealed.  The first part of the Secret was a horrifying vision of hell” where souls of damned sinners go” and contained an urgent need for prayer and sacrifice to save souls.

The second part of the Secret specifically prophesied the outbreak of World War II by her solemn request for the Consecration of Russia as a condition for peace.  Within the second Part, She also predicted the inevitable triumph of Her Immaculate Heart following Russia’s conversion from heresy.

The final secret, not yet been made public, the Pope must announce the third secret; all bishops and priests are to promote the requirement to pray for the conversion of Russia throughout the world. This was written down by Lucy Dos Dantos, the last living Fatima seer, in 1924. That document has been in the possession of the Holy See since 1957 first presented to Pope John XXIII. And as yet, Mary’s admonitions have not been fully implemented by the Papacy.  Most informed sources speculate that the Popes refrained from making the announcement as this portion of the Secret concerns chaos within the Catholic Church, predicting widespread apostasy and a loss of faith beginning in the seventh decade of the 20th Century.  (GO TO Page 5)

Thus, the stage is set for her predictions to become real.

COMMUNISM SPREADS BY RUSSIA’S LENIN

After Russia withdrew from participating and subsequent to “The peace Treaty of 1918” the political process was initiated by the arrival of Vladimir Lenin.

Once he returned to Russia from Europe, Lenin worked consistently to use the Russian Revolutionary situation that had been created by the fall of the Czar and to convert it into a proletarian revolution. He put his own party into power.

Power ended in 1917 with the Bolshevik found himself not only the leader of his party, but chairman of the Council of People Commissars (equivalent to prime minister of the future Federative Soviet Republic) of which was the basis for the future Union of Soviet Socialist Republic. Re: Wikipedia article.

RULLER OF RUSSIA

Lenin became essentially a dictator with unquestioned authority. He seized land from owners and through Gulags (that he established) shared the lands with the peasants, thus establishing the bases for Stalinist Communism.

The die was set for the future chaotic upheavals of WW II; the non-declared continuing wars throughout the 20th and 21st century, not to mention the complete upheaval of the Middle East Muslims vis Christians and throughout Western Europe,  Finally, the horrendous weather storms, and flows, massive earthquakes exceeding patterns during the most recent years, all of which continue  incessantly.

It now appears obvious that the admonitions of Mary as revealed to the three Fatima children followed by the miracle of the sun that occurred when thousands of people were alerted in advance by news outlets throughout Europe, actually appeared in the sky (October 17, 2013).  It was shortly thereafter, that the murder of Arch Duke Ferdinand (June 28, 1914) took place at Sarajevo.

TIME TO CONSIDER RUSSIA AS A KEY PLAYER

Vladimir Putin, Russia’s premier, consider himself now an Orthodox Christian despite the fact that he was head of the KGB, the most powerful position involving every level of Soviet secret security.

The question remains, is a change within Russia taking place?  There may be light at the end of a dark tunnel.  Yet, Communism still is widespread throughout Western civilization and appears to be also established as a powerful influence in the Democratic Party within the United States.

Between Communism and Christian belief in the Ten Commandments, to close this article they are outlined below:

THE TEN COMMANDMENTS
1. No other gods before me
2. You should not make yourself a carved image
3. You shall not take the name of the Lord in vain
4. Remember the Sabbath day
5. Honor your father and your mother
6. You shall not murder
7. You shall not adultery
8. You shall not steal
9. You shall not bear false witness
10. You shall not covet

COMMUNISM
1. Doesn’t recognize God
2. Creates a substitute, the State
3. Doesn’t recognize vulgarity
4. Has no sacred day as a Sunday
5. Doesn’t’ recognize marriage permanent or otherwise
6. Caused the starvation of millions in the Ukraine and millions in gulags
7. Doesn’t recognize adultery
8. Government has the right to steal because it own the currency
9. The state Law is flexible
10. State confiscates private land

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JW Kress: kressretired1982@outlook.com

There are many powerful forces operating today across the nation to divide the American people and silence opposing views. One of the most active of these efforts is the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC).

There are two very serious reasons why the SPLC is in many ways more dangerous than other organizations that are fueling the flames of the far left radicals who use violence and lies to stop honest political debate.

First, the SPLC has contracts with the federal government, specifically the Department of Justice (DOJ) and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), serving as advisors to help define what a domestic terrorist or hate group is, even helping to write official policy for this agency of our government. Here are just a few examples:

• In 2009, the Department of Homeland Security issued a report entitled “Right-wing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment.” It targeted conservative groups that supported local rule over federal control. And it singled out groups that opposed abortion or illegal immigration.
• Two weeks later, DHS issued a Domestic Extremism Lexicon to define Right wing extremists = those who are concerned over the economy, had antagonism toward the Obama Administration or oppose the UN.
• According to these reports and many more, the list of potential terrorists, according to these reports and many more, included anyone who voted for Ron Paul for president, for example.

These reports were basically written by the Southern Poverty Law Center! And they were sent to law enforcement agencies across the nation. Soon after the issuing of these reports police department nationwide could be observed providing bulletins to their officers to be on the watch for dangerous right wing activity.

In 2010 DHS organized a “Countering Violent Extremist Working Group.” Its purpose is to teach local law enforcement how to counter terrorism. It was basically the root of militarizing local police forces.

Serving on this “advisory group” was Mohamed Magid, president of the Islamic Society if North America, who has been accused of funding terrorist organizations. Also serving as an advisor to this group was Richard Cohen, President of the Southern Poverty Law Center. The conclusion of this report is that conservative organizations and spokesmen are possibly bigger domestic terror threats than ISIS!

The SPLC also runs the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center which issues official certification to police groups all over the country for fighting “hate” groups, i.e. Right wing groups. And it is funded by the Department of Homeland Security!

In 2013, Brietbart.com released a report by Judicial Watch confirming a direct connection between the DOJ and SPLC. The report states, “Judicial Watch, a Washington, D.C. based non-partisan educational foundation, released some two dozen pages of emails it obtained  revealing connections between the Department of Justice Civil Rights and Tax divisions and the Southern Poverty Law Center.”

The second reason the SPLC is a dangerous threat to American freedom is its so-called “Hate List.” Each year, the SPLC updates its list of “extremist” groups and individuals it declares to be dangerous. Does the list include Black Lives Matter, ICIS, ANTIFA, or any of the forces that have taken credit for opening fire on crowds attending public events? Nope. SPLC’s list of hate groups are those who oppose Obamacare and  NAFTA, are concerned about the economy, and perhaps stockpile food to prepare for possible bad economic times. These are “Right Wing Extremists.” The list goes on to include people like Stewart Rhodes, founder of the Oath Keepers and Senator Rand Paul. A few years ago it included Dr. Ben Carson, now HUD Secretary. The list also includes nearly any conservative and Christian organizations that advocate limited government or Christian teachings or government adherence to the Constitution.

There is now a new trend moving across the nation that makes inclusion on this list dangerous to the very existence of those listed on it. Since President Trump’s election, the SPLC has ramped up its attacks on the Right with the clear purpose of destroying conservatives’ ability to speak out and counter SPLC’s assault on free speech and freedom of choice.

Joining SPLC in these attacks on the Right are major corporations and social media giants like Facebook and Goggle. These corporations are, in fact, using the SPLC hate list to deny services to some organizations and individuals who are listed. Here are some examples:

• Discover Card, one of the nation’s leading credit card companies, denied a conservative group the use of their card to accept donations.
• Quick Books cancelled a subscription of its product to a Christian organization because it opposed same sex marriage.
• PayPal has refused to let a conservative group use its service for fund raising.
• There have been several reports of social media giant Facebook censuring and banning conservative posts and pages.
• Google has taken steps to deny Internet searches of conservative websites.

Clearly, there is a drive to deny conservative and Christian organizations the ability to exist in the market place or in social media. How far off is the day when conservative leaders are denied access to public transportation, the rental of halls for meetings, or bank accounts are seized, all under the guise of protecting the public from hate and racism? Well, the answer is already in front of us.

First, there was the outrageous and planned violence in Charlottesville, Virginia in which two opposing sides supposedly clashed over removal of Robert E. Lee’s statue. The obvious fact is that the event was staged to make the Right look like the perpetrator. More importantly, the Ku Klux Klan was used as the villain. I’m going to go out on a limb to say there is hardly any real KKK activity taking place in the nation, especially any strong enough to create such violence as the Charlottesville incident. The fact is, the KKK basically exists only in the demented minds of the Southern Poverty Law Center, which loves to place it on the hate list next to groups like the NRA as a broad brush visual tactic. The reality that such groups have nothing to do with the KKK isn’t important to the SPLC.

However, the desired affect of the clash worked. Immediately after the Charlottesville incident, Congress, without any public debates, rushed to approve Public Law 115-58, which “urges the President and his administration to speak out against hate groups that espouse racism, extremism, and xenophobia.”

How is the President to choose what are actual “hate” groups? Of course the plan is for him to use the official list – the Southern Poverty Law Center’s hate list, of course. Again, who is on that list? The NRA, the Family Research Council and the American Policy Center, to name a very few.

It’s interesting to note that the very group that is now looked on by our government as the official definer of hate in our nation, has actually committed one of the most outrageous and dangerous acts of terrorism against certain American citizens.

In 2015, the SPLC issued a “Hit List of U.S. Women Against Sharia Law.” The list targeted 12 leading conservative women who have specifically spoken out against radical Muslims and their authoritarian doctrine that inspires Islamists and their jihadism. The hit list not only named the women, but listed the cities where they reside. Anyone who has studied radical Islam clearly understands that this SPLC hit list put these women in grave danger of reprisal from Muslim extremists.

The SPLC is a dangerous organization, guilty of the hate it claims to fight. Yet it works closely with our own government in its quest to destroy any Americans who hold opposing views, even to the point of denying them a place in society.

The fact is the SPLC would just be another run of the mill leftist outfit if it didn’t have such close ties with our government. Those ties need to be thoroughly investigated by the Congressional Homeland Security Committee and then severed immediately.

To demand those hearings, the American Policy Center (APC) has issued a petition to Representative Michael McCaul, (R-TX), Chairman of the House Committee on Homeland Security. The petition calls for hearings and an immediate investigation into the government connections with the Southern Poverty Law Center.

The only way to end the SPLC’s reign of terror is to pull its teeth – its powerful connections with our government that make it a threat. Concerned Americans can sign the APC petition at our website.

The Southern Poverty Law Center labels any American who advocates that the U.S. Constitution is the law of the land as a potential domestic terrorist, dangerous to the nation. The question that must be answered is why the Department of Homeland Security and major corporations are working with them to make those attacks legitimate. If enough Americans will sign the APC petition, perhaps we will finally get some answers and perhaps even a little bit of justice.

© 2018 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

Contact Tom DeWeese

I think it is quite interesting that he is coming out to attack this President considering he was recently defending an actual oppressive regime.  He went to Cuba a few weeks ago and served as a mouthpiece for the oppressive Cuban government.  He is not criticizing the president because he is against oppression, he is criticizing the president because he has terrible poll numbers and he is, I think, looking for some attention. —Sarah Sanders on Jeff Flake’s Senate denouncement of the President

President Trump is in Astonishingly Perfect Health

Oh yes, the bubble burst for the leftists when it was announced that our President is in astonishingly perfect mental and physical health, but they’ll cast aspersions on the physician, Rear Admiral Ronnie Jackson, who did Trump’s yearly physical.  The Obama lapdog delusionals are the only ones who believe their horse manure, but they’ll search out leftist “specialists” who will, without a personal examination, claim our president is mentally challenged with Alzheimer’s or dementia.  Total cowplop.

Yeah well commie media, you can’t get away with it.  Why?  Because Eric Trump, on a recent Fox and Friends, exposed how exhausted the media became while following his father around during the campaign. Our future President held three, and sometimes four rallies per day, and spoke to every audience for 60 to 90 minutes, then traveled to another rally.  Eric said he’d see the media slumped in their seats, exhausted, asleep, and his dad was still raring to go.

Yes, Trump is a Stable Genius

Because of all of the yammering idiocy of the Dems and their media sidekicks, the President actually requested a cognitive exam.  Dr. Jackson said he saw no indication that such a test was necessary, he stated a few guidelines were available and he agreed to administer one of the more lengthy, difficult and involved tests to President Trump which the President passed with flying colors.  Here is the video of Dr. Jackson answering questions from the media.

During the campaign, the Democrat candidate had fits of coughing, collapsed leaving the 9/11 memorial, took two weeks off before a debate with Donald Trump, and refused to campaign during the last month before the election, yet we never heard the media mention Hillary’s questionable health.

Sarah Sanders Questioned on Trump’s Health

The questions to White House Press Secretary, Sarah Sanders from the assembled media were typical.  Here’s what they asked, “Can you assess the president’s mental fitness for office?” “Did you look into what the cause of the President slurring his words during an address?” “Are you ruling out early onset Alzheimer’s and dementia like symptoms?” “Do you keep a tally of how much golf the President plays and do you consider that exercise?” “Can you tell me how a guy who eats McDonalds and fried chicken and drinks diet cokes can be in as good a shape as you say he is?”

Well media, he doesn’t drink adult beverages, he’s never smoked, and he has the energy of a twenty-year-old, and he’s married to a beautiful and brilliant woman who is 24 years his junior, and that makes you so danged angry you can’t see the forest for the trees.  The man loves his work, he has boundless energy and it drives the left absolutely nuts.

The lighting of the 2016 White House Christmas tree shows the love of this wonderful couple.

This man is so far ahead of all of the media, and that includes those on Fox News, that he’s got them tied in constant knots.  Why?  Because he’s playing chess, and these leftist dummies are playing checkers.

Dicky Durbin’s Lies

Trump is now calling Dick Durbin, Little Dicky, which I find all too humorous.  Durbin is the Senator from the 20^th district of East St. Louis, Illinois and it is a slum, just like the slum Maxine Waters represents from California’s 43^rd district.   Maybe we should call their districts “Sh**holes.” The fools in these districts vote this scum into office, hoping for more government giveaways to the electorate who have no desire to work or improve themselves.  Durbin lied about what the President said in their recent bi-partisan meeting.  He’s lied before, and now he’s admitting this lie.

Kirstjen Nielsen, Director of Homeland Security, testified on 16 January 18 before the Senate Judiciary Committee on immigration. She was in the meeting where Durbin claims Trump used the derogatory term to describe countries. She was great. She told Patrick Leahy that she did not hear the President use the derogatory term, “Sh**hole.”

New Jersey Democrat Senator Cory Booker attacked Nielsen as though she were a slave trader.  Booker failed to maintain any decorum and screamed at Nielsen and his diatribe did not allow Nielsen to even respond.  She served only as the punching bag for globalist Democrat rants.

Apparently, there were profanities being tossed around in that meeting from all people on all sides of the issue. But the left is morally preening as though they are the essence of virtue and that they are spotlessly clean and that qualifies them to sit up on high, morally judging everybody else.  Yet, remember when former Vice President Joe Biden used the “F” word in public, and not just once, and the media said nothing?

Trump Tells Acosta to Get Out

President Trump had had enough of the disrespectful CNN yellow dog Dem cur, Jim Acosta, and ousted him from the oval office.  He should do the same with Acosta’s pal, April Ryan, as neither of these alleged journalists should have the privilege of even asking our President a question when they use such vulgar and contemptuous statements that gain them attention with their communist media associates.

In this instance, Trump was finishing up with a meeting in the White House with the President of Kazakhstan, when he was subjected to the undisciplined attacks of the rogue fake news propagandist.  A female voice thanked everyone, which is the cue that the media should excuse themselves.  However, Acosta refused the cue and started asking offensive questions. He said, “Mr. President, did you say you want more people to come in from Norway, is that true Mr. President?”

As Acosta continued his badgering Trump replied, “I want them to come in from everywhere, everywhere. Thank you everybody.” But that wasn’t enough for the blatantly disrespectful Acosta.

Pushing the race card, Acosta asked, “Just Caucasian or white countries, sir, or do you want people to come in from other parts of the world where there are people of color?”

The President had had enough of this low life liberal’s insolence and disrespect and pointing at the direction of Acosta and the door, President Trump said, “Out.”

April Ryan Stains MLK Trump Event

People in the media like April Ryan should not be permitted to attend important and solemn events where respect and decorum is a necessity.  Like her fellow fake news counterpart, Jim Acosta, she exhibited the same type of rude behavior.  Obviously, these people cannot be trusted to behave in a professional manner.

On 12 January 18, President Trump held an event in the White House honoring Dr. Martin Luther King, and was surrounded by a group of invited and prominent black guests, one of whom was close family friend, Lynne Patton who helped to run the Eric Trump Foundation, and now works for the U.S. Dept. of Housing and Urban Development overseeing New York and New Jersey.

As the President was concluding the event, April Ryan of CNN’s black Urban Radio Network disrupted the event with racist accusations.  Ryan shouted, “Mr. President, will you give an apology for the statement yesterday?” She was referring to his alleged use of profanity regarding “Sh**hole” nations, the leftist lie promoted by Democrats who attended the meeting.

She followed that moronic outburst by asking an insulting, “Mr. President, are you a racist?”

The President refused to dignify her loathsome outburst with a reply, but Pastor Darrell Scott, one of those in the signing ceremony, responded on the President’s behalf, shouting back at Ryan, “No, Absolutely not.” CNN hack Ryan responded to his answer, stating, “I’m talking to the President, not to you, sir.” Scott replied, “I’m talking to you.” This ill-mannered Bolshei continued with her crude and inappropriate questions.

Here is the one-minute video of that event

Conclusion

In the many decades that I have watched politics, I have never seen such disrespectful, abusive, ill-behaved and despicable treatment of the President of the United States. Men of lesser character and strength would have thrown in the towel long ago, but we have a President who is unlike typical globalist politicians.

Jesus said, “Behold, I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves: be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.”  Our 45^th President is not only shrewd, but is far ahead of those he must deal with on a daily basis.  As I’ve said before, he plays chess, while the rest of them are playing checkers.

These crass and culturally ill-bred journalists need lessens in proper comportment, and if they can’t conduct themselves with appropriate decorum and civility, then they should be banned from the oval office.

Pray for our President, as he puts up with the rancor and venom of the socialist media, the democrats, and many in his very own party every single day.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

What many Americans thought would be a battle of three months lasted four horrendous years (1861 – 1865).  The first Civil War cost over 360,000 Union and approximately 260,000 thousand Confederate soldiers their lives. It remains the greatest and possibly the most tragic event in United States history, where an incalculable sacrifice of “brothers blood” was spilled to restore to one republic torn in two.  While the reasons for the Civil War are sometimes still debated, political disagreements between the North and South began soon after the American Revolution ended in 1782. Those arguments gradually increased between 1800 and 1860. Quarrels over unfair taxes paid on goods brought into the South from foreign countries as well as perceived shifts of political power in the federal government to favor the Norther states fueled the Southern call away from central federal authority in Washington and to a restoration of states rights.

Unfortunately, the southern governments desire for more state control wasn’t based upon the Founders concept of unalienable rights for all citizens.  They preferred to be free from the scrutiny of northerners in the federal government who frowned upon the concept of brutal slavery.  In fact, slavery was the defining issue that drove the southern states to make war on the Union rather than accept Abraham Lincoln’s election as president in 1860.  After all, slavery had been a part of America’s history for over 200 years and was protected by southern state laws regarding unlawful seizure of property.  In the early 1800s, slavery was promoted as an economic issue and second as a moral issue, but it eventually evolved into the pivotal issue that divided the nation’s political leaders.

Extensive theological debate was waged over a Biblical understanding of slavery, which Scripture never expressly denounces, though abolitionists gave convincing argument that the spirit of the Bible condemned slavery.  But the bottom line was that if the South lost her slaves, her socio economic system would collapse.  Unfortunately, the southerners either ignored or simply did not wish to adopt a more solid form of economic development that involved the free exercise of the creativity, innovation and manufacturing which was successfully working in the Northern states.  Because that would mean the blacks would be free to live for their own sakes and experience personal achievement, the southern democrats were not ready to see blacks educated and living well off the fruits of their own efforts.

When one closely views America today, there are similar developments.  OK Black Americans are not in physical shackles and possessed like caged beasts of labor and raping like in the days of southern slavery, but there is a form of slavery practiced today that is just as oppressive as the physical slavery of old.

The slavery I am referring to is both mental and philosophical in nature.  When one views the living conditions of many American urban ghettos, things are not much better than what the slaves experienced during the years of forced labor.  For example, slave masters are not today blowing away young black males at record numbers.  But rather, it is other blacks who are today voluntarily harming their fellow black Americans at a level that dwarfs the multiple years of oppression during the awful democrat party ally Ku Klux Klan reign of terror.

Frederick Douglas and most other black slaves desired not only to be free, but to assume their rightful place as Americans.  Their thirst for real knowledge was unrelenting.  It did not matter that the democrat dominated south at the time did not allow blacks to read.  If they had an opportunity to learn even the simplest level of reading, writing and arithmetic they would go for it with gusto.  But today, after decades of programed government school indoctrination at the behest of democrat/leftist control, most black Americans now enslave themselves with self proclaimed victimhood.

Until democrats dominated most school systems in America, even during the Jim Crow era, if a young black American attended school, they were educated and qualified to get into university, of course many democrats did not allow or want blacks to attend college or university.  Ironically, today with leftist democrats in control of the schools, most black students do not qualify to attend university.  Moreover, democrat controlled schools have gotten rid of good skilled trades instruction such as plumbing, electrical, construction, or computer programming.  The democrat/leftist concept of low expectation years ago was enacted to set black Americans on a downward path of low intellectual achievement.  What the democrat/ leftist could no longer do through legal edict is now voluntarily carried out by many Black Americans against themselves.

So now, we have a second Civil War brewing in the United states.  One side is comprised of those who want the status quo of low Black achievement, bitterness against the United States and the self-destruction of black Americans to continue.  It would be wrong if I did not remind you about the leftists goal to fundamentally transform America into another Venezuela or Argentina.  If that were not true, there would not be the vast urban wastelands in our republic that resemble third world countries today. Check out skid row in Los Angeles, for example.

On the other hand, there are many, including yours truly who want to encourage our great nation to fully engage the astute principles enumerated in the Constitution and Bill of Rights. What is taught to one generation dictates the direction the nation takes in the next.  That alone is a very good reason to restore a high quality of authentic education and the traditional family as well.  In addition, a return to America’s Judeo/Christian ethics and belief in God almighty would also reap great benefits.

The opposing sides have been established and the second Civil War is fully engaged.  Which side are you on? Check out The Ron Edwards Experience weekends and The Edwards Notebook now on www.talkamerica.us daily.

© 2018 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

By Paul Cappadona

(Republican RINO) Jeff flake senator from Arizona took a stab at preserving the swamp.  Starting out his attack on the swamp draining he quoted Thomas Jefferson on truth, which must have sent old Tom spinning in his grave.  Mr. Flake stood to proclaim truth and calling our Republic a democracy, I think this guy got problems.  The (truth) he was so honorably proclaiming was the objective, empirical, evidence-based truth of the lame stream media, the same stream that makes draining the swamp so difficult.  The right arm of the democratic divide.

If people loss their faith or trust in the indoctrination of the press business in the swamp will be hard to conceal.  Mr. Flake calling the press, a constitutionally-protected free press is certainly un-true.  When the press becomes a fourth estate or a propaganda podium there are ways to put them in their proper state. One is doing exactly what the president is doing, calling them out and exposing them to the judgement of the people. The other way is to have the Grand Jury consider the allegations and indict or dismiss. Don’t you think it suspicious when the people of the swamp appoint special councils from among themselves to look into wrong doings when we have grand juries of citizens for that very reason?  Oh Mr. Flake, we have enemies, we have people that twist the truth to suit their needs, and we have grand juries to test and evaluate evidence.

A free press is a guardian of the people but what passes for the press these days is atrocious. The media is losing viewership daily and the people have been waking up to the miss-information long before Trump came along. It is a great shame that the people of the president’s party do not stand with him in his attempt to make America Great again instead of siding with the business as usual group of self-serving politicians.

You go on to say that No politician can tell us what the truth is and is not, but you claim the press can. Truth is knowable and easy to arrive at if all views are presented. Could it be you and your kind are threatened by the truth?  Truth is self-evident it can’t be attacked or manipulated only ignored or avoided at all cost. You say the press corrects itself, but If the press of the day corrects itself when wrong, there is lots of correcting for them to do.

The President is right, I think it is high time for the most corrupt and dishonest media award, and I pray that the most corrupt and dishonest politician award complete with trial by jury comes also. Mr. Flake do you understand what you are saying? “the press is the global hallmark, for it is our ability to freely air the (truth) that keeps our government honest and keeps people free.” Are you kidding me do you real believe what you said?

Mr. Fluke also quotes John F. Kennedy; “We are not afraid to entrust the American people with unpleasant facts, foreign ideas, alien philosophies, and competitive values. For a nation that is afraid to let its people judge the truth and falsehood in an open market is a nation that is afraid of its people.” But Mr. Flake seem very fearful as the president challenges of the once mighty media.  Please, please stop the attacks on the truth is your opinion and the truth does not need your help to be the truth.  The truth, the sum of existence, will weather the worst, and Mr. fluke that speech was one of the worst.

[BIO: Paul Cappadona is a home builder and cabinet maker from Cape Cod, Massachusetts, and the author of “Taking Back America“]

E-Mail Paul: devisegood@gmail.com

Nothing has done more damage to America, and continues to do harm, than what we laughingly call our public education system.

A reader sent me a little book that has alarmed me: “Sex, School, and Politics: The Building of the ‘Village’ in the Name of the Children” by Donna Hearn, published in 1997 by the Constitutional Coalition, St. Louis. Mrs. Hearn was an official of the U.S. Dept. of Education under President Reagan; and what I learned from her book is that the problem is even worse than I ever dared to think.

Let me focus in on just one incident discussed in the book. It was a proposal presented at the 1997 National Governors Assn. Winter Meeting. Like all such schemes by “educators,” it was based on the premise that there is “no adequate parenting” in America and that all of society must be totally remodeled by self-anointed Experts.

The speaker was not a governor but a Hollywood movie director, Rob Reiner, best known for his portrayal of “Meat-Head” in “All in the Family.” Reiner’s still kicking around, currently inhabiting a dream world in which liberals undo Donald Trump’s election and install Hillary Clinton as president. But in 1997 he had an even bigger dream.

What this country needs, he told the governors, was Expert intervention, from birth to the age of three, in the life of every single American, along with “supervision” of every family by other Experts, to ensure that each child receives only the kind of care that will guarantee proper “development.” Reiner predicted that once Americans see what a great plan this is, they’ll clamor for it. “They are going to ask for it,” he said. “And then, we as policy makers—“ We? Who made him a policy maker?—“can say okay… these are the programs we can lay out for you… I think there will be eventually a critical mass. It is just a matter of time.”

Yessiree, they’re gonna take charge of every child’s brain, and every family. Chimed in the governor of Nevada, “[W]e can create consistent, predictable, nurturing, structured experiences that build in a healthy foundation or we can have inconsistent, unpredictable, chaotic, and terrifying experiences—“ these used to be called Life—“which build in a disorganized non apathetic brain.”

Reiner then played, if you’ll pardon the expression, his trump card. A Scientist. An Expert. The Scientist trotted out two brains, one of a criminal and one of a healthy individual. I am sure I saw this, the last time I watched “Young Frankenstein.” Anyhow, with all this Expert intervention, we were going to get a full crop of beautiful healthy brains, not these crummy brains with cracks in them—ugh! It must have been sort of like a 1950s TV commercial for mouthwash, “You can see the difference between our brand and Brand X!”

The vastness of the bureaucracy that would have to be created for such an undertaking, and the vastness of the cost, quite take one’s breath away. Which is probably why this howler never got off the ground.

That was twenty years ago: just a little glimpse of the chain our betters imagined themselves forging for us. As Marley’s ghost might say, “And you have labored on it ever since. It is a ponderous chain!” Since then we’ve been hit with “gender coaches” for our kids in kindergarten, extra credit to our college students for taking part in riots, “comprehensive sex education,” and a host of other innovations whose inanity is only matched by their inherent wickedness.

If you’ve already read R.J. Rushdoony’s “The Messianic Character of American Education”, in which the creators and developers of public education testify against themselves in their own words, you already know what they’ve always been shooting for: a docile, totally indoctrinated public, easily managed by the Experts, with unfettered sex thrown in as an opiate. The vision is statist to the core. It always has been, always will be. I don’t like to imagine the field day these people would be having, had Hillary Clinton been elected president.

Until such time as our country’s education system can be scrapped and then rebuilt from scratch according to Christian moral principles and American tradition, it’s very hard to justify leaving any of our children stranded in it.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week in my blog, http://leeduigon.com . Stop in for a visit; a single click will take you there.

© 2018 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

“According to U.S. Senator Lindsey Graham (SC), you could take our entire population and swap it out for 320 million Chinese or Indians or Africans or Canadian or people from New Zealand, and the place would be no different, so long as the idea was still there,” Tucker Carlson of Fox News said. “Does anyone actually believe that?”

The United States houses 42 million foreign born in 2018.  Demographic experts state that 100,000,000 (million) more immigrants will land on America’s shorts within 30 years—at current immigration rates.  Question: do you think we will survive those numbers as to water, energy, arable land, resources, environment and quality of life—and/or survive the most suppressed subject: sociological chaos from adding 100 million from different cultures, religions, world views and ethos?

One reader wrote, “I was in a discussion with a liberal friend of mine about illegal immigration and she proclaimed there should be open borders! Oh, I said, why’s that? She said people should be free to go as they please and come to this country as they please. Really, I said, well tell me…. why do so many Mexicans want to come to the United States?

“She said for a better economic future and a better place to live. I said, ‘You mean it’s better here than Mexico…. she said duh, of course it is. OK, I said…. now tell me…. why is that? She was a little surprised for a second then she said well, they have a bad economy, no jobs, violence……it’s full of slums. I see, I mulled that for a second or two then asked her…. why is that? She said, I don’t know. I said……when you do, come and talk to me about open borders.

“Mexico is the neighbor of one of the most affluent countries in the world in a rich region….it has two great oceans on either side, ports, natural resources, considerable population and tons of culture and history……yet, it’s a s**t hole. Why? How come there is no automobile industry, no airliners produced there, no vibrant maritime shipping industry, a stable government, a history of law and order…. why? Well, look at the US, we have all that and while we have violence, criminal activity, corruption and a government that is involved all over the world in political adventurism with our military…. we still are a better place to live.

“Mexico uses illegal immigration as an economic and social relief valve. By allowing the teaming masses of unemployed, disgruntled or whatever Mexicans to migrate north they relieve themselves of some of the political pressure to change. How much more successful would stopping illegal immigration be if our trading partner to the south helped to enforce the border from their side?

“What if those deported for violating immigration laws were incarcerated upon their return to Mexico for a short stay in jail rather than being immediately free to find another coyote to take them across the Rio Grande? Simple answer is, Mexico likes illegal immigration……a tribute and admission of their failed state and indictment of their leadership. Why is that?

“Now let’s assume that through mass immigration and the power of the vote, Mexicans succeed through invasion immigration in making the southern US into Norte Mexico? Do you think it would be the same successful region it is now??…. look at the history of Latin countries.

“Do you see any of them being on a par with the United States? Answer is a resounding no. So, while Mexico remains the romantic homeland for many, it is in fact a failed state, racked by violence, organized crime and a dismal economy for most of its people. So, open borders?  Tell me why we would want it here. As for immigration being good for this country, a small trickle of educated, talented or skilled from around the world that bring something to the competition would be good but, we have all the non-assimilating, uneducated, unskilled and not affiliated migrants we could ever want.

“After World War Two, Truman deported several million Mexicans to make jobs for returning US veterans. Just like you don’t drink your mother’s milk anymore, the days of needing open immigration are gone. We are in a new world with over 330 million Americans.”

You the American taxpayer shell out of your pocket $296 billion annually for all immigration costs across 15 federal agencies.  Immigrants send back $120 billion of your dollars annually.  They eat your schools alive.  Los Angeles, Chicago, Miami, Detroit and more face failure. And we stand at $20 trillion in debt nationally.   (Source: www.NumbersUSA.org) At some point, all Americans must come to the reality of an added 100 million more immigrants, and do they want their kids living in that population nightmare.  If not, we need to change course by stopping all immigration into the United States.

Our children face this:

Share these videos all over America:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

Take action by joining for free:

America: www.CapsWeb.org ; www.NumbersUSA.org ;  www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacity.org
Canada:www.immigrationwatchcanada.org
United Kingdom: www.populationmatters.org 
  Australia: www.population.org.au Sustainable Population Australia

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

I voted for America’s first legitimate black Presidential candidate Alan Keyes for President…twice.  So keep your race card in your pocket.

I find a great deal of amusement in watching the Never Trumpers whine about the direction that President Trump is taking us.

I find it especially humorous when I think about the radical Marxist that squatted in the White House the previous eight years.  Every time I get discouraged I simply reminisce and thank God that Obama is gone.

I hear the pundits on the TV pontificate about how Donald trump is so “un presidential” in his actions, but there are millions of folks like me who are ready for some straight shooting from our politicians.

I like the crudeness with which President Trump tells me the truth as opposed to the classiness with which President Obama told me lies.  I am a big boy.  I can handle a bit of harsh truth.  I grew up in a locker room.  I know what real men sound like.

It is good to have a straight-shooter sitting in the oval office.

A great number of Americans have been brainwashed by actors.  We have actors in politics, actors in the media, and actors in the pulpit.  I am so sick of people acting like something they are not.  I’m ready for a double-dose of straight shooting.

Turn on the TV and you will find non-stop attacks upon President Trump.  Amazingly, it comes from both sides of the political spectrum.  With all of the assaults upon President Trump it is easy for us to lose perspective.  For the most part, Americans have a very short attention span.  Well. Not me.  I remember very well the mess that was the Obama administration.

I remember when President Obama turned up the “race” card with Skip Gates, Trayvon Martin, and the riots in Ferguson Missouri. I cannot forget his role as agitator in chief and how he never missed an opportunity to pick the scabs of the racial divide.  In my opinion, his actions were so un-presidential.

I remember when President Obama forced socialized medicine down the throats of unsuspecting citizens with his famous double-headed lie “if you like you Dr. you can keep your Dr. and if you like your plan you can keep your plan.”  That didn’t seem very presidential to me.

How can one forget his flip-flopping on traditional marriage and the lighting of the White House in the colors of the rainbow when the diabolical Oberkfell decision was shoved up the hind ends of God fearing American moms and pops?

I remember the smoochy  smoochy relationship he had with Planned Parenthood and his unrelenting desire to see as many American babies slaughtered inside their mother’s womb as was possible.  He even joked about his own future grandchild being “punishment” to his daughter.

I feel my blood pressure rising with every letter I type on this keyboard. He may have “acted” more “presidential” but I am so glad Obama is gone.

I cannot forget the lectures regarding Global warming as he and his wife gallivanted around the world on Air Force One while the rest of the little folks were encouraged to drive electric cars and use incandescent light bulbs.

I remember how his policies were designed to spy on average Americans while all of the while refusing to release his college transcripts, birth certificate, and other pertinent documents that might better explain just who this guy was.

I remember his Islamaphila and his protection of what he loved to call the “religion of peace.”  His affinity went so deep as to make sure never to call a terror attack “Islam terror” but rather “workplace violence.”

I remember his failure to rescue the four brave Americans in Benghazi and the lies he told to cover up his treasonous plans…as well as his jailing of an unknown Youtube film maker.  I remember his Iranian deal which set up his Muslim buds in the Middle East, and his failure to destroy ISIS.

I remember his hatred of the 2^nd Amendment and his desire to take guns from law-abiding middle-America citizens.  I can never forget his doubling of the national debt and how his cut-and-run foreign policy in the Middle East strengthened the hand of his Islamic brethren.

Although we all know that our policemen aren’t perfect I will never forget how he did his best to demonize the men in blue and how he accused them of “acting stupidly” when simply doing their duty.

I hated how he bowed to foreign leaders and the American apology tour he undertook soon after being elected President.  I hated his support for the UN and his love of Globalism which was always causing America to take a back seat on the world stage.

I remember the lying media covering for him and the Hollywood deviants fawning all over him…not to mention border security, illegal immigration, free welfare for non-citizens and a cache ‘of other un-American scams that he pulled on the American people.

He militarized the Deep State against a duly elected President.  He used the IRS as a weapon.

President Obama did everything he could to destroy family, marriage, Christian morality, gender, and old fashioned American values.  He worked overtime to muddy the idea of right and wrong.  He may have been born in America but he certainly was no American.  We have yet to find out all of the damage that this anti-American plant did.  Aren’t you glad we have an American in the Oval Office?

I am so glad Obama is gone.

© 2018 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By now many of our readers have heard that a U. S. District Court Judge in Nevada has dismissed the federal government’s case against Cliven Bundy and his two sons for an April 2014 armed standoff at the Bundy Nevada ranch between a heavy contingent of armed Bureau of Land Management (BLM) agents and hundreds of private citizens (some of them armed).  But most Americans are not aware of the details behind the case and why the BLM lost and why it was so important that the BLM lose this case.  The case reeks of federal government overreach and abuse by the BLM, and egregious prosecutorial misconduct.  The government was out to bury Cliven Bundy and his sons for daring to challenge the all-powerful federal government.  They almost succeeded.

The issue resolved around rancher Cliven Bundy grazing his cattle on federal government land that surrounded the Bundy ranch.  The federal government owns most of Nevada.  In fact, the federal government owns 84.9% of Nevada Land.  You can’t spit in Nevada without it landing on federal land.

The Bundy family for several generations have been grazing their cattle on federal land since before the turn of the 20th Century.  Bundy did not recognize federal land ownership in Nevada and paid his grazing fees to the state instead of the federal government.  Of course, the FEDS didn’t like that and took Bundy to court.  Bundy lost in federal court, twice.  Now the BLM was Hell bent on rounding up Bundy’s cattle on federal land, which led to the armed standoff in April of 2014.

On that fateful day in April 2014, the BLM assembled a large team of armed agents to oversee the rounding up of Bundy’s cattle by a private contractor and then positioned snipers (snipers mind you) and surveillance cameras on the high ground surrounding the ranch.  What was the BLM afraid of?

Having gotten wind of the pending BLM occupation of the Bundy ranch, citizens from all over the West (some of them armed) descended on the ranch to confront the BLM “army.”  Had a shot been fired, a blood bath would have taken place on the Nevada desert that day, a blood bath that would have been unprecedented in Western history.  Fortunately, because of heavy media coverage of the event, the BLM backed down.

The 2014 event eventually ended up in the occupation by Bundy’s two sons, Ammon and Ryan, and other militants, of the Malheur National Wildlife Preserve in South Central Oregon in January of 2016 because of the BLM abuse of Oregon ranchers Dwight and Steve Hammond.  To read the full story of what the BLM did to the Hammonds, click HERE.

The Oregon Preserve occupation ended up in the assassination of Lavoy Finicum on a remote Oregon Highway by State and Federal Officers and the capture of the occupiers.  Nevertheless, a federal trial against the Preserve occupiers amazingly ended in an acquittal.

But the FEDS weren’t through with Cliven Bundy, his two sons Ammon and Ryan, and others.  Right after the Oregon Preserve occupation trial, federal officers arrested the Bundy’s and through them in a Nevada jail to await charges for the April 2014 armed standoff.  The four defendants were charged with threatening a federal officer, carrying and using a firearm, and engaging in conspiracy.  The case looked like a slam-dunk to the government.

As in most federal cases against landowners, the “deck” against the Bundy’s was heavily stacked, in favor of federal prosecutors, relying on damning evidence provided by the BLM.  Had it not been for an expose’ of the BLM by BLM special agent Larry Wooten, the Bundy’s could have gone to jail for many years.  The Title of Mr. Wooten’s report is very revealing:

“A Disclosure and Complaint Narrative In Regard to the Bureau of Land Management Law Enforcement Supervisory Misconduct, and Associated Cover-ups, As Well As Potential Unethical Actions, Malfeasance and Misfeasance by the U. S. Attorney’s Office Prosecutors from the District of Nevada (Las Vegas) In Reference to the Cliven Bundy Investigation.”

For those interested in reading the report, we have uploaded it to our website HERE.  It is fascinating reading and exposure of blatant BLM corruption.

Wooten, a BLM special investigator, spared no words when describing BLM behavior in the Bundy case.  He accused the BLM of “a wide spread pattern of bad judgment, lack of discipline, incredible bias, un-professionalism and misconduct, as well as likely policy, ethical and legal violations among senior and supervisory staff at the BLM’s office of Law Enforcement and Security.”  He further went on to accuse “BLM law enforcement supervisors of making a mockery of the BLM’s position of special trust and confidence, portraying extreme unprofessional bias that adversely affected our agency’s mission and ignoring the intent and letter of the law regarding the trial of Cliven Bundy and his alleged co-conspirators.”

The unrelenting attack on BLM corrupt behavior by special investigator Wooten could not be ignored by U. S. District Court Judge Gloria Navarro who dismissed the case against Bundy and others with prejudice, meaning they could not be tried again for the April 2014 event.

“Navarro rebuked federal prosecutors — using the words “flagrant” and “reckless” to describe how they withheld evidence from the defense — before saying ‘that the universal sense of justice has been violated’ and dismissing the charges.  Navarro didn’t buy the prosecution’s assertion that it had provided all evidence to the defense and shredded the government for a ‘reckless disregard for Constitutional obligations.’  She said she was troubled by the prosecution’s tardiness in delivering information about the government’s placing of surveillance cameras and snipers outside the ranch.”  (a quote from a Los Angeles Times article)

It didn’t used to be this way with the BLM.  Before the rise of radical environmentalism and the passage of the National Environmental Policy Act in 1969, other federal environmental acts in the early 1970’s and UN’s Agenda 21 in 1992, the BLM had a symbiotic relationship with ranchers and farmers.  The use of federal lands by ranchers for grazing and watering cattle and other livestock were handled by allotments, some of which were actually attached to a landowner’s deed and ran with the land.  The BLM worked well with ranchers on those allotments, that was until most BLM agents became rabid environmentalists, after graduating from our liberal colleges.  They were bound and determined to drive ranchers and farmers off of those allotments and went so far as to illegally round up cattle and sell them at auction (a Nevada case – Wayne Hage), or fence off water sources (a New Mexico case – Sacramento Grazing Association).  The BLM became decidedly environmentally militant, which led to the five-year incarceration of Oregon ranchers Dwight and Steve Hammond on a trumped-up charge of arson ….. and other abuses throughout the West.

A little BLM history from their website:

With historical roots dating back to the earliest days of the nation, the BLM administers the lands that remain from America’s original “public domain.”  Created in 1946 through a government reorganization during the Truman Administration, the BLM is the successor to the General Land Office (established in 1812) and the U.S. Grazing Service (originally called the Division of Grazing and renamed in 1939).

This year (2016), the BLM is commemorating two milestone events: its 70th anniversary as an Interior Department agency, and the 40th anniversary of the principal law defining its mission: the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, commonly referred to by its acronym of FLPMA.

As the manager of more land (245 million surface acres or one-tenth of America’s land base) and more subsurface mineral estate (700 million acres) than any other government agency, the BLM carries out a dual mandate under FLPMA: that of managing public land for multiple uses (such as energy development, livestock grazing, mining, timber harvesting, and outdoor recreation) while conserving natural, historical, and cultural resources (such as wilderness areas, wild horse and wildlife habitat, artifacts, and dinosaur fossils).  In the language of FLPMA, the BLM’s responsibility is to administer public lands “on the basis of multiple use and sustained yield” of resources.

What this means, on a practical level, is that the BLM – except in areas specifically set aside for conservation purposes – must multitask to fulfill its duties.  Nevertheless, consistent with the BLM’s goal of good stewardship of public land resources, “multiple use” does not mean every use on every acre.

 This all sounds benign and friendly, except that their actions on the ground don’t comport with their mission and gloss over their hidden radical environmental agenda and evil intent.  If the BLM doesn’t comply with strict environmental law or the FLPMA, wealthy, powerful environmental groups sue them.  Who pays when environmentalists win?  The taxpayer.  And environmentalists win all the time.

Today, ranchers and farmers are in a constant battle almost to the death with the BLM, the Environmental Protection Agency, the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Agency and the Department of the Interior.  Many landowners are driven out of business.  Many have committed suicide.  (That’s right, suicide)

The Wayne Hage family of Southeastern Nevada has been fighting the BLM and U. S. Fish and Wildlife Agency in court for 24 years.  They were awarded $14,000,000 by the U. S. Court of Claims but the government keeps appealing the case and the Hage’s have received not a penny after spending over $2,000,000 in legal fees, expert witnesses and court costs.  The elder Hage’s died during the long trials and now the son has taken up the family banner to pursue the case, that is if the family doesn’t run out of money first.  The government is great at stretching and delaying cases until the Plaintiff goes broke.

The federal government and all of its alphabet-soup agencies aren’t the only ones going after farmers and ranchers in America.  State and local governments, blinded by the religious cult of environmental protection at any cost, are piling layers upon layers of regulations and taxes on landowners and hiring armies of code enforcement officers to enforce those regulations.  A landowner can’t turn sidewise without bumping into a regulation or the officer enforcing the regulation.  Fines and penalties mount and many landowners go broke or end up in jail on minor offenses, you know, like collecting rain water on your land ….. without a permit.  In Washington State the State Supreme Court ruled that you can’t drill a well on your land.

Code enforcement officers show up and trespass on your land and after trespassing, hand you a laundry list of violations and steep penalties if you don’t comply.  Many jurisdictions have turned what would be civil cases into criminal cases, allowing criminal warrants and searches and seizures.  Los Angeles County created a fully armed nuisance abatement team to go after and arrest landowners at gunpoint that don’t move swift enough to correct a code violation.

You may not be a rural landowner but what happens to them, eventually trickles down and happens to you.  After all, they grow or raise the food you eat.

Ladies and gentlemen, all this is why we formed the National Association of Rural Landowners in 2005 to act as advocates for the beleaguered rural landowner.  We provide products and services to the landowner to defend against government abuse and illegal trespassing.   Over 7,000 of our powerful, legally intimidating 18″ x 24″ No Trespassing signs have been installed on rural lands all across America, blunting trespassing by government agents and law enforcement.  Our unique, one-of-a-kind Rural Landowner Handbook is only available on our website.  It could take you a couple of weeks to digest all of the vital information on the website and in the handbook, specifically designed for the rural landowner.  It’s not just the BLM that will come after you and make your life miserable, it’s all the other state and local government agencies that relentlessly pursue landowners for compliance.   Defend yourself and be on your guard, or become a victim.

If you are a rural landowner and have questions or concerns, contact us HERE.

© 2018 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

“Just because you’re not using N word, harboring Ill will toward black doesn’t mean you’re not racist.” –Oprah Winfrey

If you remember right, it was one month ago that I had stated on my radio program, “You can mark my words.  They will attempt to put Oprah Winfrey in the peoples’ White House in some capacity.”

And now, we are here.

Before we begin, I need to make one quick point before going into detail. From coast to coast, from city to city, from state to state, and from first-hand experience, I do not see what the CIA-controlled media is continuously spewing out when it comes to racial issues which, for the most part, are a thing of the past.

This is an issue that is water under the bridge and does not belong to the up and comings of the last 6 decades.  Yet, there is an all-out attempt to use people of a revengeful nature, who have never experienced what they decry, in an attempt to bring about more division.

They found this is one such person, Oprah Winfrey.

First, I would like to make you aware of what President Roosevelt said back in the 1930’s.

“In Politics, nothing happens by accident, if it happens, you can bet it was planned that way.”

He is also known for saying:

“Presidents are selected, not elected.” (Jeremiah 11:9)

Let me show you how this works.  Do you not remember when Oprah Winfrey did a show with Donald Trump while planting the seeds back in 1988 concerning the possibility of a run for the presidency?

[YouTube Video]

Apparently, the favor had been returned when Donald Trump was asked by Larry King, “Do you have a vice presidential candidate in mind?”

“Oprah, I love Oprah,” Trump replied.  “Oprah would always be my first choice.”

[YouTube Video]

People need to understand that Oprah has been groomed over the past decades and has been placed in this position for reasons that are now unfolding before your very eyes (Matthew4:9).

Let me ask you, how do you know who Oprah Winfrey is?  Did you come to know her via the aisle at the grocery store, where her magazines are placed right before your eyes, or was it the 25 years of exposure on her television program, which aired from September 8, 1986 to May 25, 2011? Or is it Oprah’s new position as a correspondent for 60 Minutes?

If television was not the source that she was exposed to you on, maybe it was the movies?

• The Hundred Foot Journey(Movie) 2014
• Selma (Movie) 2014
• The Great Debaters(Movie) 2007
• Oprah Winfrey Presents: Their Eyes Were Watching God(TV Show)
• Their Eyes Were Watching God(TV Show) Beloved (Movie) 1998

Somehow, Oprah is now dominating the Golden Globes. Where she is being pushed as a candidate for the 2020 presidential run.

Everyone, for the most part, knows who Oprah Winfrey is.  The CIA-controlled media would have you know who she is. After all, they have labeled Oprah as the “most influential woman in the world!”

Do not forget that these are the same people that have given her the exposure needed, as well as the opportunities that have been taken advantage of by getting her into the position that she now enjoys (Mark 8:36).

Do you see where this is going? Good, let’s now talk of her possible run for the people’s White House.

Do an internet search on her run for the presidency and you will find the major networks are reporting in a supportive and favorable manner for a run in 2020.

NBC honors Oprah Winfrey as “our future president.”

[YouTube Video]

When looking to Oprah Winfrey, that is when she is not paling around with Harvey Weinstein or George Soros, one must consider her overwhelming support for the most corrupt administration in the history of America, criminal and “race baiting” Barack Hussein Obama (Proverbs 26:8).

Remember, “Birds of a feather, flock together.”

[YouTube Video]

Also, we can see that the apple does not fall too far from the tree when they all have the same divisive talking points: Oprah Winfrey, Barack Hussein Obama, Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson, Colin Kaepernick. What is the difference?

[YouTube Video]

Pay close attention to what Oprah has been spewing out over the years leading up to the present?

The Washington Examiner reported:

A correspondent for the BBC asked her if she felt that racism was the reason some Americans opposed Obama and his policies. Oprah, the one person responsible, more than any other, for Obama being president, of course said yes.

But she said much more than that. Specifically, she said this when asked if the problem of racism in America had been solved:

“Of course the problem [of racism] is not solved. … As long as there are people who still— there’s a whole generation — I say this, you know, I said this, you know, for apartheid, South Africa, I said this for my own, you know, for my own community in the South — there are still generations of people, older people, who were born and bred and marinated in it, in that prejudice and racism, and they just have to die.”

In one quick, thoughtless breath, Oprah added another tenet to Libthink: Not only are all racists white, but they also need to “just die,” every last one of them.

It is of interest to note that the media promotes Oprah as the “voice for the people.”

Apparently, she means to be the voice for the people of color as she attempts to drive the wedge of division among all people (Acts 17:26; Matthew 12:25).

These revengeful people are in a struggle for power, what they fail to realize is, black power is just as dangerous as white power. BEWARE Americans.

Finally, let me be clear that there is nothing wrong with success.  Oprah Winfrey’s net worth of $3.2 billion, I’m sure, was hard-earned. I understand that one does not get to the top of the mountain by falling there, but the fact of the matter is that you have anti-American forces in place that support her every move and position, and those forces are aimed at “fundamentally transforming” this country (Isaiah 5:20).

Posted with permission from Sons of Liberty Media

© 2018 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

This week, while many Americans commemorate equal rights champion Martin Luther King, Jr., I took the time to read my old copy of Letter From a Birmingham Jail.  I have always been so impressed by his writing prowess, and like my hero, the Apostle Paul, he did this from a primitive jail cell in Alabama.

He emphasizes the Declaration of Independence and demands for more Christlike action from the professing Christian Church with statements such as:

“There was a time when the church was very powerful…In those days the church was not merely a thermometer that recorded the ideas and principles of popular opinion; it was a thermostat that transformed the mores of society.”

“By their effort and example they brought an end to such ancient evils as infanticide and gladiatorial contests. Things are different now… Far from being disturbed by the presence of the church, the power structure of the average community is consoled by the church’s silent — and often even vocal — sanction of things as they are.”

Former President Barack Obama, who is one such leader of this power structure and fearless of Christian morality, was speaking with former late-night talk show host David Letterman on Letterman’s new Netflix show, “My Next Guest Needs No Introduction.”

During the interview, Obama stated, “One of the biggest challenges we have to our democracy is the degree to which we don’t share a common baseline of facts.”

Obama went on later to pronounce, “If you watch Fox News, you are living on a different planet than you are if you, you know, listen to NPR.”

Aside from his democracy blunder,  I believe the former president was right; America has become “delusional”.

This got me to thinking about the implications and consequences of our “delusional” behavior.

Webster’s 1828 Dictionary defines delusional as “a misleading of the mind…an error or mistake proceeding from false views.”

While most in America enjoy pointing the finger at politicians for the woes of America, we might want to consider that the American Church, and Americans in general, just might be the most delusional people in the world.

And our delusions are dangerous. For example:

Delusion #1: We could form our government acknowledging that God is the Source of our rights and our law, then steadily ignore Him for generations and expect to prosper.

Delusion #2: For the sake of our own convenience, we could murder sixty-million of our pre-born children and call it “legal.”

Delusion #3: We could attempt to redefine marriage (or gender) – which God has already defined in His Word – and not suffer the deadly consequences of disobedience.

In all of my travels speaking to youth all over America, I have doubtlessly found King’s conclusion to be the case: “Every day I meet young people whose disappointment with the church has turned into outright disgust.”

Like King, we believe, “If today’s church does not recapture the sacrificial spirit of the early church, it will lose its authenticity, forfeit the loyalty of millions, and be dismissed as an irrelevant social club with no meaning for the twentieth century.”

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

They are being financed and led by Communist George Soros and Obama who stayed in D.C. with a house within five minutes of the Oval Office. No other past “president” has done this, nor was this arrogant.

© 2018 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

By Joan Swirsky

I started watching Miss America and Miss Universe competitions when I was a little girl, mostly because I loved the gowns. To this day, I still tune in, especially toward the end, when all the gowns are on display. A couple of years ago, I saw my all-time favorite! As the expression goes: TDF––to die for!

I also love the Country Music Awards shows because it’s the only time I hear genuinely thrilling voices without the caterwauling and preposterous over-production that camouflages the dearth of talent in the pop-music industry.

But with rare exceptions, I never tune in to the orgies of self-congratulation, self-importance, and self-indulgence known as the Golden Globes, the Emmys, and the Academy Awards, not only because the presenters and winners are so insufferably narcissistic and vapid but because movies and TV shows have devolved to such a point––with notable exceptions, of course––that this past summer, according to The Los Angeles Times, Hollywood suffered its worst-attended summer movie season in 25 years!

Apparently, this is because the moguls who now run Hollywood and TV and the print media are so out of touch with mainstream America––unlike their bête noire, President Trump, who has his finger on the very pulse of America’s wants, needs, and desires––and so obsessed with leftwing politics, and so hysterical that all their efforts to undermine and sabotage and defeat and impeach him have utterly failed, that they’ve done what millions of losers have done in the past, i.e., doubled down on their efforts.

Who are these desperate people? They are not just the moguls, but all the lefties, including the pussy hat women who have now given up that symbol because it’s too pink and not sensitive enough to perhaps darker colors of the female sex organ and not transgender enough to be “fair” to all women. Can’t make this up!

CHOOSING COLORS

When our Founding Fathers chose the colors of the American flag over 240 years ago, they chose white to signify purity and innocence, red to signify hardiness and valor and the blood they spilled in the cause of freedom, and blue to signify vigilance, perseverance and justice.

On Israel’s flag, the blue lines symbolize the stripes on a traditional Jewish prayer shawl and the Star of David is the widely acknowledged symbol of the Jewish people and of Judaism.

When Lech Walesa, who led the Solidarity movement in Poland in the 1980s, flew the red and white flag of his country, red stood for blazing a trail and white for the movement’s pure motives.

WHO DIED?

To let the world know that they were speaking out in solidarity with the #metoo movement against the sexual harassment they had not said one word about for 20 years, and in some cases 40 years, they chose to dress in provocative, breast-baring dresses with skirts featuring split seams strategically displaying an entire leg right up to the crotch.

The message to the men in the worldwide audience and to the men in their lives––boyfriends, producers, directors, publishers, editors, et al––was clear: “You can look, drool, desire, salivate… but don’t you dare tell me I look great or smile at me in any way I consider lascivious, or suggest, even subtly, that you have sexual interest in me––or else I’ll remember it and use it against you in a lawsuit with the express intention of ruining your career and your life.

And what color did these angry feminists choose to wear to demonstrate their “solidarity” with their victimized sisters?

• Not green, the color of renewal, nature, energy, growth.
• Not blue, the color of trust, wisdom, confidence, intelligence, truth.
• Not yellow, the color of hope, positivity, optimism, enlightenment, honor.
• Not purple, the color of stability, power, wealth, creativity, dignity.
• Not orange, the color of enthusiasm and determination.

Uh uh. They put their collective heads and, ahem, IQs, and evolved life experiences together and came up with––ta da––black, as in mourning.

Significantly, the oh-so-caring women of Hollywood could find not one microsecond in the entire evening to salute and support the freedom-loving, freedom-seeking women in Iran––whose black hijabs are the ultimate symbol of true oppression––many of whom have lost their lives in this struggle and now lie in coffins wrapped in black shrouds.

Come to think of it, where are the voices of the leftist women in the U.S. Congress in support of the female Iranian freedom fighters? Clearly, they have more important things to do, like announcing that they too will wear black to President Trump’s upcoming State of the Union speech on Tuesday, January 30, 2018.

I can just see the political cartoonists having their most energetic field day in years with this travesty!

Meanwhile, what will the net result of this moment in history be?

I predict that the glut of animated films will increase, to the point that fewer and fewer movies are made because of the disgust that movie producers have toward the women who willingly complied and got everything they wanted from them and then turned on them when the phony baloney #metoo movement came along.

Heads up, you starlets––look up the fate of the buggy whip!

I also predict that Melania Trump and Ivanka Trump and Tiffany Trump and KellyAnne Conway and Sarah Sanders and Hope Hicks and Nikki Haley and all the other fabulous women––many of whom occupy among the highest positions in our government––will not be wearing black to the president’s State of the Union address, but will be decked out in the gorgeous and colorful and optimistic colors that are emblematic of America!

#MAGA!

[BIO: JOAN SWIRSKY, the recipient of numerous Long Island Press Awards, wrote health, science and feature articles for The New York Times Long Island section for over 20 years, as well as for many regional and national publications. A former obstetrical nurse, Lamaze teacher, and psychotherapist, Joan is the book-and-lyric writer of four musicals, one of which, “Oh Baby!” – about three couples facing parenthood – was produced in New York City in 1983.

For eight years, starting in 1985, Joan was a science writer for The Women’s Record on Long Island, during which time she wrote over 175 articles on the issue of breast cancer on Long Island – its clinical, psychological, political, environmental, and social implications. She has been publicly acknowledged as being responsible for two redesigns of the New York State Study on breast cancer and as being the first journalist in America to put the breast cancer-environment relationship “on the map” of public consciousness.

Joan is a clinical nurse specialist (R.N., M.S., C.S., C.E.) and NY-State-certified psychotherapist. She was awarded a Nurse of Distinction Award by the New York State Legislature in 1991, received the Master’s Faculty Leadership Award from Adelphi University, and is a member of Sigma Theta Tau Nursing Honor Society.]

© 2018 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: www.joanswirsky.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

“For we are not fighting against flesh-and-blood enemies, but against evil rulers and authorities of the unseen world, against mighty powers in this dark world, and against evil spirits in the heavenly places.” – The Bible (Ephesians 6:10 TLB)

Although the documents reproduced below by intelligence analyst and instructor Dr. Lyle Rapacki detail events surrounding the Baltimore riots back in 2015, they still contain valuable intelligence describing organizational, training, and operational methods for a number of George Soros organizations under the umbrella of the ANTIFA movement (Anti-Fascism Group).

The revelation of these documents and content demonstrate that training and monies were very much a part of the riots as earlier Intel reports revealed they most likely would be, according to Dr. Rapacki in his latest law enforcement and security briefing.

The documents – provided to the editor of Conservative Base by Rapacki — reveal a high level of organizational structure, with strong financial backing, and well-planned and practiced tactics. “It is highly anticipated that future confrontations will be better prepared, equipped, organized and financed,” said Rapacki, who owns and operates the private security firm Sentinel Intelligence Services, LLC.

Confidential documents appearing to belong to Friends of Democracy – an activist group run by George Soros’ son Jonathan Soros – describe an acceleration of civil unrest to justify the rollout of martial law nationwide. According to intelligence experts, the goal of such action is to throw the nation into a state of chaos with citizens battling the proponents of the Deep State ‘puppetmasters.’

According to the documents (reprinted below), the group sought to use the protests over the death of Freddie Gray – who died while in police custody – as a detonator for larger violent demonstrations in the Baltimore area.  “Do not worry about violent action, we have secured limited protections from friendly BWI officials and LE to permit some aggressive activity,” one ANTIFA memo states.

Dates mentioned in the documents, Saturday April 18, 2015 and Saturday April 25, 2015, coincide with the actual Baltimore riot dates.

The organization also points out an “ideal post-action objective” would be “civil unrest that leads to deployment of martial law-like policies for BWI, creating a feedback loop.” In other words, a domino effect that would spread nationwide.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

PICS OF DOCUMENTS:

President Donald J. Trump articulates the most colorful comments heard by any leader since Teddy Roosevelt—one of the most popular presidents in U.S. history.

Trump blurts out what everyone mutters in the bar-rooms, pool halls, card games, living rooms, diners, restaurants, recreation centers, car pools and conferences.  He articulates what average Americans grumble daily.

Last week, he hit the big time when one of most anti-American U.S. Senators, Dick Durbin (D-IL), a man representing the most lawless city in America, Chicago—snuck out of a meeting to paraphrase the president with his own interpretation of failed third world countries.  Durbin created the “S***hole” rendition of that meeting.

That comment gave the mainstream press a field day for their moral and righteous indignation.  Jake Tapper, Shepard Smith, Anderson Cooper, Jonathan Karl, et al.  Surely, House reps Maxine Waters, Sheila Jackson, John Lewis and other “esteemed” members of the Black Caucus—puckered up their lips—with their own versions of Trump’s vernacular.

Exactly what do you call countries like Haiti, Honduras, El Salvador, Congo, Pakistan, Sudan, Ethiopia, Zimbabwe, Somalia and the like—destination resorts for Carnival Cruise ships?  Your favorite retirement countries of choice?  The wings of humanity’s highest and best aspirations?  Paragons of happiness and human triumph?

Let’s get real: they represent s***holes, and everyone tries to escape them, but the reason they remain horrible places stems from the fact that the people who created them, won’t change them, and recreate them in the countries they invade.  Look at the streets of Minneapolis, Los Angeles, Chicago, New York, Miami and other places where those people migrate.  Look at downtown Paris, France or Montreal, Canada—where immigrants trash the places as if every street corner equated to their own garbage cans.   Has anyone seen the outskirts of Mexico City?   I saw at least 1-3 million people living in cardboard shacks, with tires holding down roof tarps, and everyone does their daily constitutional with the chickens.  No toilets, no running water, no decency.  Yet the Mexican government won’t do anything to put in toilets or porta potties or some kind of sanitation system.  The Mexican elite won’t do anything to improve their own country or the citizens of Mexico.  They live on the edge of disaster because of their choices.

At the same time, many presidents said much worse, much nastier, much more racist comments, and more to the point.

A brief history of presidential profanity…please calm yourselves, everyone!

Abraham Lincoln: “There is nothing to make an Englishman sh*t quicker than the sight of General George Washington.”

Barack Obama (speaking in the 3rd person): “Obama really drew the ire of the pious, calling opponent Mitt Romney a ‘bullsh*tter.’ Sometimes the dirty word is the most precise.”

Joe Biden: “This is a big f**king deal.”

Dick Cheney: “Cheney reportedly told Vermont Senator Patrick Leahy to ‘go f**k [himself].’”

George W. Bush: “Commented on the presence of New York Times reporter Adam Clymer. Believing he had an audience of one, Bush called Clymer a ‘major-league asshole.’”

Barack Obama: “I don’t think I should take any sh*t from anybody on that, do you?”

Richard Nixon: “The Watergate tapes put the phrase ‘expletive deleted’ on the map.”

Lyndon Johnson: “I do know the difference between chicken sh*t and chicken salad.”  LBJ also said that when he passed the voter rights acts, “Those ni**ers will be voting for democrats for the next 50 years.”

John F. Kennedy: “This is obviously a f**k-up.”

Harry Truman: “In Truman’s eyes, General Douglas MacArthur was a “dumb son of a bitch,” and Nixon was ‘a shifty-eyed goddamned liar.’”

Source: CNS News

Colorful language from Trump?  You bet!  He says it like most Americans in those coffee shops tell it: like it is!

The fact remains: our elected leaders like U.S. Senators Dick Durbin, House rep Nancy Pelosi, Barbara Boxer, Michael Bennet, Charles Schumer, Jeff Flake, John McCain and the majority of the House and Senate members keep screwing the American people by NOT protecting our borders, by NOT stopping 350,000 illegal anchor baby births annually, by not stopping chain migration and diversity visas, by importing Moslem terrorists, by not passing E-Verify, not stopping mass immigration from s***hole countries, and worse.

But they do maintain endless and useless wars like Iraq, Afghanistan, and Vietnam (go see the latest movie “The Post” where Daniel Ellsberg exposed the Vietnam War for what it was: a money maker for the elite and killing field for all of our kids), finance with our money 450,000 military personnel on 700 bases in 80 countries around the world—for NO purpose whatsoever ever other than “empire” that none of us asked for or want.  They keep importing refugees that cannot function in our society and leech our welfare dollars meant for our citizens, i.e., Somalians, Sudanese, Congolese, Mexicans, Haiti, Pakistanis, Ethiopians, and the like.  They refuse to bring jobs to our inner-city ghettos and they keep compounding our $20 trillion debt, while they vote raises for themselves for doing such poor jobs.

To tell the truth, the biggest s***hole in America, you guessed it, the 535 members of Congress that remain on course to turn our country into another Haiti or El Salvador or MS 13 stronghold, or Moslem caliphate if we don’t force term limits and eject those people out of the halls of Congress.

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Calls to ban Muslims from entering the U.S. are offensive and unconstitutional.  —Mike Pence – 8 Dec 2015 Twitter

In 1991, Coretta Scott King, wife of Martin Luther King, said, “Hold employers accountable for hiring illegal aliens.”

During Mike Pence’s six terms in Congress, he became very good friends with Jeff Flake and Paul Ryan.  But why did Pence invite “Gang of Eight” Senator Flake, who is retiring at the end of his term, and other pro-amnesty Senators to meet with President Donald Trump on 9 January 18.  Talk about inviting the fox into the hen house!  Other Gang of Eight members in attendance were Senators Lindsey Graham, Chuck Schumer, Dick Durbin, Robert Menendez, and Michael Bennett.  (In 2010, Dick Durbin advocated ending chain migration, but now he says the very term insinuates racism.)

As Senator, Flake embraced the amnesty cause and became a charter member of the disastrous 2013 “Gang of Eight” amnesty group. Led by Democratic Sen. Chuck Schumer, the gang’s amnesty bill helped the Democrats lose nine seats in the 2014 midterm elections, and allowed Trump to win the 2016 primary race.

Senator Jeff Flake was/is a fierce critic of Donald Trump, but when Trump chose Flake’s good friend Pence for Vice President, Flake responded, “Best choice Donald Trump’s made so far.”  I believe VP Pence is Trump’s Trojan Horse, and his latest actions belie his Christian conservative veneer.

In the recent White House bi-partisan immigration meeting with Trump, Pence declined to support Trump’s plan to change the law so that immigration rules help Americans, and he instead touted a quick amnesty for ‘DACA’ illegals.  It’s obvious that VP Pence sides with his pro-immigration buddies Flake and Ryan rather than with his boss, President Trump.

Flake Defends Castro Regime

Flake is a longtime supporter of improving ties to Cuba’s communist dictatorship and has defended the Castro regime.  John Binder of Breitbart stated, “Flake has advocated for opening up relations with Cuba’s communist regime and was a vocal supporter of Barack Obama’s ‘Cuban thaw’ that involved the opening of diplomatic channels, the lifting of travel restrictions, increased levels of trade, and the reopening of embassies in Washington and Havana.”

Flake met with Cuban Communist leaders early this month regarding a sonic attack on the American Embassy in Cuba last August.  Flake claimed there was no evidence of Cuban attacks, but the attack triggered another diplomatic incident between both countries and led to Secretary of State Rex Tillerson withdrawing all non-emergency personnel after dozens of workers reported cases of hearing loss, headaches, concussion-like symptoms, and brain damage.

Senator Flake and Immigration

Flake’s hinting that Trump’s pro-American immigration demands are “unrealistic expectations” is straight out of Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer’s (D-NY) talking points against Trump’s agenda.

Senator Flake has made it clear in posts on Twitter and in speeches that not only is the Republican establishment negotiating against Trump’s popular immigration agenda, but they are unwilling to even fully fund the southern border wall the president promised voters.

Jeff Flake and other pro-amnesty Senators were there by invitation to urge the administration to cave to the big business lobby, which wants an expansive amnesty in which DACA illegal aliens are given work permits so that wages can be kept stagnant, rather than rising for Americans.  All these pro-immigration Senators were brought into DACA discussions with Trump by Vice President Mike Pence, an ally of the pro-mass immigration, and pro-Constitutional Convention GOP mega-donors, the Koch brothers.  More on Pence and the Kochs in another article.

Also, White House Legislative Director Marc Short has taken a prominent role in DACA discussions, and he is another ally of Pence.  Short is the former Chief of Staff for moderate Senator Kay Bailey Hutchison.

As Breitbart News reported, Short has a long history of opposing Trump’s “America First” immigration agenda, working alongside the Koch brothers and Pence before taking a job in the administration.

Pro-Amnesty Congressman Mike Pence

In 1988 and 1990, Pence ran for Congress against Democratic incumbent Phil Sharp, but lost both times.  During the second race, Pence used political donations to pay the mortgage on his house, his personal credit card bill, groceries, golf tournament fees and car payments for his wife. While the spending was not illegal at the time, it reportedly undermined his campaign, and well it should have.

Mike Pence was elected to Congress in 2000, succeeding David McIntosh’s one term from the 2^nd district of Indiana.  Pence served 12 years and then ran for Governor of Indiana.  McIntosh is now the head of pro-amnesty Club for Growth, who was staunchly against Trump, and avidly worked against him in the Iowa caucus.  While in Congress, McIntosh voted “Yes” on more immigrant visas.

Pence’s record shows that he would do much more than support a mere amnesty. In 2006, Pence used a Wall Street Journal article to tout very different legislation which would allow employers to hire an unlimited number of cheap and temporary foreign workers instead of middle-class American voters.

The Congressman unveiled an immigration plan (which he described as “No Amnesty Immigration reform”) that would include increased border security, followed by strict enforcement of laws against hiring illegal aliens, and a guest worker program.

This guest worker program would have required participants to apply from their home country to government-approved job placement agencies that match workers with employers who cannot find Americans for the job. Link The plan received support from neo-cons such as pro-amnesty former Congressman and Freedom Works founder Dick Armey. Link  However, it attracted criticism from conservatives such as Phyllis Schlafly and Pat Buchanan, who viewed Pence as lending “his conservative prestige to a form of liberal amnesty.” They were right!

And Pence is still doing it by inviting his good friend Senator Jeff Flake of Arizona and other pro-amnesty Senators to President Trump’s 9 January 18 meeting.  While in Congress, Pence supported proposals to allow illegal aliens to gain legal status, even while denying that such policies amount to amnesty. During the 2007 debate on amnesty legislation, Pence originated the pointless idea of requiring illegal aliens to leave the country and then being permitted to return legally – an idea that Donald Trump flirted with during the course of his presidential campaign.

Pence also opposed efforts to strengthen cooperation between state and local law enforcement and ICE. He also supported cuts in funding for border fencing, technology, and infrastructure.

During his congressional tenure, he thankfully voted against the DREAM Act amnesty which would grant the undocumented children of illegal immigrants conditional non-immigrant status if they met certain requirements.

Pence and the 14^th Amendment

In 2009, Pence partially opposed birthright citizenship (the very misguided principle set forth by the Citizenship Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment to the United States Constitution) that “All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the State wherein they reside.” Rep. Pence co-sponsored a bill that would have limited citizenship to children born to at least one parent who is a citizen, immigrants living permanently in the U.S. or non-citizens performing active service in the Armed Forces.

Senator Jacob Howard who introduced the 14th Amendment’s citizenship clause, said its grant of citizenship would not include persons born in the United States who are foreigners or aliens.  So, who changed the original intent and meaning?  The anchor baby scam was invented 36 years ago by a liberal zealot, Justice William Brennan, who slipped a footnote into a 1982 Supreme Court opinion announcing that the children born to illegals on U.S. soil are citizens.

Publius Huldah clarifies anchor babies in her short article on the 14^th Amendment.  The correct interpretation of the 14^th Amendment is that an illegal alien mother is subject to the jurisdiction of her native country, as is her baby.

Four Pence Staffers Depart

Longtime senior Pence staffers Mark Paoletta and Daris Meeks are leaving Pence’s office. The announcement was made by chief of staff Nick Ayers in a staff meeting in early January 2018.

Paoletta and Meeks’ departures follow two other top Pence aides who have left the Office of the Vice President: chief of staff Josh Pitcock and press secretary Marc Lotter. The vice president’s staff is considerably smaller than the West Wing, making the departures a more notable shift at the beginning of the new year.

Nothing happens in Washington by accident.  Four Pence aides are fleeing Washington before things they may have been involved with concerning Pence become public and they might even get called to testify if they are still around Washington.

Mike Pence and Jack Kemp

Pence has described himself as an acolyte of neo-conservative, Jack Kemp.  House Speaker Paul Ryan also describes himself as a protégé of Jack Kemp, the man who was Ryan’s mentor.  Congressman Jack Kemp was also the running mate of presidential nominee, Bob Dole.  He also served as Housing Secretary in the administration of President George H. W. Bush from 1989 to 1993.

Kemp was a liberal libertarian, and as such was pro-illegal immigration.  According to a 2013 National Review article by John Fonte, Kemp rejected the argument that border security and enforcement of existing immigration laws should be toughened before a guest-worker program was established, explaining that enforcement-first policy could not be reconciled with “the need for future immigration to meet the demands of a growing economy.”

Conclusion

A recent caller on Rush Limbaugh’s show said, “My kids have dreams too, and we’re sick and tired of paying for the DACA kids.”  He’s right. There is little doubt that opposition to amnesty and support for meaningful immigration enforcement is heavily favored by voters who propelled Trump to the Presidency.

In exchange for a DACA amnesty — against the will of his base of supporters — Trump has said since October 2017 that any deal would have to include three pro-American immigration reforms: An end to chain migration, an end to the Diversity Visa Lottery, and funding for his proposed wall along the U.S.-Mexico border.

The majority of today’s so-called conservatives are Rockefeller Republicans.  They were typically moderate to center-right, vehemently rejected conservatives like Barry Goldwater and his policies, and were often culturally liberal.

Phyllis Schlafly warned that if immigration is not stopped, “We’re not going to be America anymore.” She was right, our entire culture is being destroyed.  Over 50 years ago, Schlafly wrote, A Choice Not an Echo, in which she coined the term “Kingmakers,” or what we call them today, the Establishment.  Kingmakers describe a select group of cosmopolitan elites who control the Republican Party and have historically determined the Party’s presidential nominee.  But this time they lost, and they lost handily because of grassroots Americans.

It is up to those of us who voted for Donald Trump to keep up the fight, to elect true conservatives, to vote in every primary and to constantly let Kingmaker Republicans know we are angry that they are negotiating against Trump’s popular immigration agenda.

Capitol Switchboard for your Senators and representatives (202)-224-3121

If you don’t know your representatives, go to who is my representative.com and enter your zip code or state.

The White House address is 1600 Pennsylvania Ave NW, Washington, DC 20500
See a map

You can write to the President at the above address or visit whitehouse.gov to send a message to the White House.

White House Phone Numbers
Comments: 202-456-1111
Visitors Office: 202-456-2121

White House Email Addresses
President: president@whitehouse.gov
Vice President: vice_president@whitehouse.gov
Comments: comments@whitehouse.gov.

Social Media Addresses
Twitter: twitter.com/whitehouse
Facebook: www.facebook.com/WhiteHouse
Instigram: www.instagram.com/whitehouse

At the beginning of this new year, I’d like to thank everyone who helps NewsWithViews with their monthly donations.  The website exists because of one man’s love for his country, and because of your financial help.  Please continue to support us throughout the year, and don’t forget to tell others to sign up for E-Mail Alerts on the website to receive NWVs daily articles in their inbox every morning.  The sign up is on the top right side of each article. Please keep us strong by donating here.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

This last week America witnessed, in my opinion, one of the most disgusting displays of outright lies from the Democrat Party that I think I’ve ever seen.  In a meeting where the nation of Haiti was discussed, and it was purported, only by Democrats, that President Trump referred to the nation as a ‘s***hole’.  This claim was made by Senator Dick Durbin, which almost guarantees that Trump didn’t use the term.  President Trump denies saying it and that’s good enough for me.  All we have to do is listen to what has been coming from the left since Trump was elected and it becomes obvious that this is nothing but another pathetic attempt by the Democrats to discredit Trump.  The idiot from Texas, Representative Al Green is going to call for impeachment, again, because of the alleged statement.

What is hard to understand in all of this is why is there not the same amount of outrage over certain comments made by members of the Democrat Party?  We have this fool from Illinois, Representative Louis Gutierrez, who encouraged businesses to ignore our immigration laws: Rep. Luis Gutierrez (D-IL), who suggested on Monday that “every institution” in America should ignore the nation’s immigration laws until Congress passes amnesty legislation, said President George W. Bush will go down as the last Republican president in history if Congress does not act on immigration. 

“I give you George W. Bush–the man who will go down in history as the last Republican president in American history,” Gutierrez said Tuesday on the House Floor. 

He added:

If you do nothing on immigration, I guess you can take comfort in knowing that from Abraham Lincoln to George W. Bush, you had a pretty good run. Freeing the slaves, winning the Civil War, the interstate highway system–those all go in the highlight column.

Suggesting that he was offering Republicans helpful advice, Gutierrez said that if Republicans in the House do not act on amnesty legislation, the only thing children in the future will know about Republicans as “a national party will be what they read in the history blogs.”[1] Here we have a member of Congress, sworn to uphold the Constitution of the United States, telling businesses to violate that very Constitution.  The left never even blinked.  This so-called representative of the people of Illinois has been arrested at least twice protesting AGAINST our constitutional immigration laws defending the illegals that have broken our immigration laws!  One has to ask why is this lowlife still in Congress?

Representative Al Green, who wants to impeach Trump for allegedly making the statement, has been accused of sexual harassment by a former staffer: With the wave of sexual assault and sexual harassment allegations rocking Capitol Hill in recent weeks, some notable figures are trying to get ahead of the curve.

One notable Democrat really wants everyone to know that he and Lucinda Daniels, a former staffer who once accused him of sexual assault, are just friends.

Democrat Rep. Al Green of Texas and Daniels released a bizarre joint statement on Monday explaining that they are “consenting friends,” leading many to question the timing of the statement.[2] Where are the calls for him to resign?  Oh, I forgot, he’s a Democrat and that is allowed, with impunity.

Back in the day when Senator Harry Reid was majority leader he referred to President Bush as Hitler and there was even a D.C. school assignment relating to Bush being compared to Hitler, there was no uproar over that comparison:  A Washington, D.C., public school, apparently in an effort to shape students like the majority of residents in the District of Columbia, recently assigned sixth-graders a homework assignment that required students to compare former President George W. Bush and Adolf Hitler.

The assignment, given out at McKinley Tech Middle School, asked them to draw examples from two assigned reading texts and fill in a Venn diagram with similarities and differences between the two. “Now that we have read about two men of power who abused their power in various ways, we will compare and contrast them and their actions. Please refer to your texts, ‘Fighting Hitler — A Holocaust Story’ and ‘Bush: Iraq War Justified Despite No WMD’ to compare and contrast former President George W. Bush and Hitler,” the assignment read.

An unnamed outraged parent called the school office to complain and was told the assignment was part of an approved curriculum unit. However, a spokeswoman for the D.C. Public Schools said while the readings had been suggested, the texts were not meant to be compared in the manner assigned. “The teacher deeply regrets this mistake, and any suggestion to malign the presidency or make any comparison in this egregious way,” she said, adding that the school would send home letters informing parents and that the teacher, who admitted she showed “extremely poor judgment,” would apologize to students.[3]

Reid even called President Bush a loser to a group of high school students during a civics discussion: Senate Minority Leader Harry Reid called President Bush “a loser” during a civics discussion with a group of high-school students yesterday.

“The man’s father is a wonderful human being,” Reid, D-Nev., told students at Del Sol High School when asked about the president’s policies. “I think this guy is a loser.”

Reid called the White House to apologize shortly after the event, his spokeswoman Tessa Hafen said. Reid spoke with Bush adviser Karl Rove, asking him to convey the apology to Bush, who was traveling in Europe.

Reid expressed “regret for the comments, that it was inappropriate,” Hafen said. The senator was giving a late speech in Salt Lake City and was unavailable for comment, she said.

Reid visited the school to discuss Congress and the debate over judicial filibusters. He repeated that Democrats will use various tactics to bring the Senate to a standstill if Republicans change the rules regarding filibusters to hasten the approval of Bush’s judicial nominees.[4]

Then there was the time when Harry Reid was accused of running the Senate like a ‘plantation’ by Representative Bill Cassidy, R-LA and Reid demanded an apology changing the subject when reminded that Hillary Clinton made the same statement concerning the way Republicans ran the Senate: Good ol’ Harry Reid. He just can’t help himself.

Confronted with his hypocrisy over saying he deserved an apology when U.S. Rep. Bill Cassidy, R-La., recently said he ran the Senate like a “plantation” but dismissing Hillary Clinton’s nearly identical statement about Republicans running the Senate “like a plantation — and you know what I’m talking about” in 2006, the Senate majority leader simply changed the subject.

“I didn’t listen to [Clinton’s] speech,” said Reid, who was then the Senate minority leader, according to the New York Post, “but no one can question her civil- and human-rights credentials. They’re the best.”[5]

Ever since Trump won the election the left has been in full meltdown mode.  They have looked at anything they can to bring him down. Maxine Waters has been calling for his impeachment even before he was sworn in and then she denied it. On Tuesday, Rep. Maxine Waters (D-CA) told MSNBC’s Craig Melvin that she has never called for President Donald Trump’s impeachment, despite having done just that – on live television and in writing – on too many occasions to count.

Waters’ bogus claim came just hours after she tweeted she would fight every day until Trump is impeached. A few days prior to that, the California congresswoman led a crowd in a chant of “Impeach 45!” at the Washington Tax Day march Saturday.[6]

I just hope that the American people open their eyes and see what the real objective of the Democrat Party is.  Trump is for upholding the Constitution, our immigration laws, Americans first and the Democrats are against everything Trump is for.  Let that sink in.

© 2018 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

1. Luis Gutierrez George W Bush will be last republican pres without amnesty bill
2. Rep Al Greens sneaky way out of sex harassment allegations
3. http://www.timesfreepress.com/news/opinion/freepress/story/2014/sep/15/eye-on-the-left-bush-hitler-reid-pelosi-and-the/267065/
4. Senator calls Bush A loser
5. http://www.timesfreepress.com/news/opinion/freepress/story/2014/sep/15/eye-on-the-left-bush-hitler-reid-pelosi-and-the/267065/
6. Maxine Waters denies calling for Trumps impeachment then this video surfaces

One of the most frequent commands of Scripture is the command, “Fear not.” By my count it occurs 190 times. Fear of anything but the Fear of God is disobedience to God.

It is instructive to see how the enemy of our souls cultivates fear in our hearts. For example, on January 11th, 1944, the 32nd President gave a State of the Union speech in which he said:

“As our nation has grown in size and stature, however—as our industrial economy expanded—these political rights [secured by the Bill of Rights] proved inadequate to assure us equality …We have come to a clear realization of the fact that true individual freedom cannot exist without economic security and independence… We have accepted, so to speak, a second Bill of Rights under which a new basis of security and prosperity can be established for all… Among these are:

• The right to a useful and remunerative job
• The right to earn enough to provide adequate food and clothing and recreation;
• The right of every family to a decent home;
• The right to adequate medical care and the opportunity to achieve and enjoy good health;
• The right to adequate protection from the economic fears of old age, sickness, accident, and unemployment;
• The right to a good education.

All of these rights spell security.”

So he promised that he would create government programs that would dispel the fears of old age, sickness, and accidents. What are those fears? Financial want, inadequate medical care and lack of employment. This is the same President whose first inaugural address included the sentence,

“So, first of all, let me assert my firm belief that the only thing we have to fear is fear itself…” He proposed that civil government itself was the answer to our greatest fears.

Video of the sermon

When you examine his policies, you will find he was a socialist to the core and his New Deal wasn’t anything new at all; it was what the old standard tyrannical governments throughout the centuries have offered – legalized plunder. With the support of the majority they would steal from those who have, to redistribute that wealth to those who the government favors. As many have discovered as of very late, that New Deal was a Raw Deal for America. It has left us 100 trillion dollars in debt, a debt that will be paid by our children, grandchildren, great-grandchildren, perhaps endless generations. It is a policy that has made Americans debt slaves.

With justice I think we might call FDR the great manipulator; he used fear and economic distress to sell the American people into debt slavery.

What has been the result? Has fear been eliminated? Today more people fear the civil government than ever before. They know for example, the IRS, without any evidence of wrong doing on your part, can steal your bank account, your paycheck, and your car without you ever having stood trial before a jury of your peers and been pronounced guilty. Businesses know that they can be ruined in an instant by a completely unaccountable gang of wicked bureaucrats at the EPA whenever they choose to concoct a new set of standards everyone must abide by.

We have been sold down the river by a set of tyrants far more wicked and evil than King George III ever dreamed of being. All of this has been done using fear as a tool to manipulate us into debt slavery.

Now fear is a powerful emotion. But it is rooted in our perception of what is real. We call someone who has irrational fears, delusional. They believe something to be true that is actually false. By not seeing the truth, they react with fear to something which is not there. There is however another type of irrational fear that is less recognized, it is a fear based upon a partial grasp of reality.

Let me give you an example. 2 Kings 6:14-18 is a scene where the king of Syria wanted to arrest and likely kill God’s prophet Elisha.

“Therefore sent he thither horses, and chariots, and a great host: and they came by night, and compassed the city about. And when the servant of the man of God was risen early, and gone forth, behold, an host compassed the city both with horses and chariots. And his servant said unto him, Alas, my master! how shall we do?”

The servant of Elisha saw the trouble they were in, surrounded by a powerful army on all sides. No option for escape, certain arrest and probably death awaited not only Elisha but his servant as well. But was this a realistic evaluation of the situation? You might say of course it was, and his fears were rational. But look at how Elisha answers his servant.

“And he answered, Fear not: for they that be with us are more than they that be with them.”

Now we might respond, what are you talking about Elisha? Can’t you see the reality of the army from that great super power Syria arrayed against you?

“And Elisha prayed, and said, Lord, I pray thee, open his eyes, that he may see. And the Lord opened the eyes of the young man; and he saw: and, behold, the mountain was full of horses and chariots of fire round about Elisha. And when they came down to him, Elisha prayed unto the Lord, and said, Smite this people, I pray thee, with blindness. And he smote them with blindness according to the word of Elisha.”

And that blind army could do nothing to Elisha nor his servant.

Yes, fear is a natural response to threatening circumstances, but it is rooted in our perception of what is real. To believe something to be true that is actually false is delusional. By not seeing the truth, they react with irrational fear. A far greater problem is a fear based upon only a partial apprehension of reality.

When we leave God out of the picture, we have an unrealistic fear. And this is what FDR preyed upon – if you leave God out of the equation, if you turn aside from His Holy Law as it addresses each of the fears FDR manipulated, then of course you will turn and bow down to the idol FDR was erecting; the Socialist State which promises to provide for you from womb to tomb. What we see today is that the New Deal was a Raw Deal, manipulating our fears it has sold us into debt slavery.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

“It (self-esteem) cannot be replaced by one’s power to deceive.  The self-confidence of a scientist and the self-confidence of a con man are not interchangeable states, and do not come from the same psychological universe.  The success of a man who deals with reality augments his self-confidence.  The success of a con man augments his panic.”  John Galt, Ayn Rand’s hero in Atlas Shrugged.

The news the past few days has been about Donald Trump’s supposed verbiage used to describe nations known by all civilized societies to be hell holes.  The President theoretically used a different word… but I wouldn’t believe anything Democrat Senator Durbin from Illinois said if my life depended on it.

There were six members of Congress in the room.  Dick Durbin is the only one who heard President Trump say “s**t holes.”   I find it interesting that Durbin had nothing to say about Barrack Obama when he called Libya a “s**t show.”  There is evidently a difference in Durbin’s mind between a “s**t hole” and a “s**t show.”

In this instance, Donald Trump is the realist to whom John Galt refers; Dick Durbin is the con man… and panic motivates this kind of behavior, as Rand’s John Galt said it would.

The fact is, Trump is right in his assessment.  And it has nothing to do with race.  It has everything to do with poverty, dependency, violence, poor health, and the drain the natives of hell holes place on our economy when millions of them enter our country illegally every year.

If one seeks truth, one cannot ignore a significant fact about which no one speaks.  It is this:  All of the nations of the world being invaded are white-dominated societies; all of the invaders are non-whites.  If that simple fact makes me a racist, so be it.  It makes the fact racist, too.

A second fact is this:  The only race of people in history that has consistently avoided or quickly thrown off the bonds of slavery is the white race.  This may lead you to recognize a third fact.

That third fact is this:  It is a distinct possibility that the reason all white nations on this planet are being invaded by non-white populations is not because the invaders are in any way inferior.  Nor is the invasion of white worlds occurring because corrupt politicians worldwide want to hold out a compassionate hand to those in need.  It’s quite possible the invasion is because as long as whites dominate by number any nation, it is impossible to enslave that nation.  And the world government theme is based on precisely that:  enslaving the labor class to serve an elitist class… the planned oligarchy.  History tells us that non-whites do not defend against slavery as determinedly as whites do.  It’s as simple as that.  Pick up a history book and check it out.

Over the years, I have learned that when progressive liberals flood the front pages of the liberal media with flashy, sexy, divide and conquer headlines, it is because they are hiding what is really occurring.

What you are hearing about Donald Trump calling some nations “s**t holes” really has no significance relative to what is really going on.  The Democrats have no issue on which they can win an election and their issue has become telling any lie they can about President Donald Trump and finding every way they can to play the race card.  It’s all they have… and it is a deplorable card to play.

Think about some inconvenient facts with which liberal progressives are now wrestling… a very difficult conflict.  Answer these questions:

1. On whom do Democrats rely to win elections at both the state and federal level?  Answer:  Black people.
2. To whom is the Democrat Party now giving all of its attention?  Answer:  Illegal aliens, most of whom are Hispanic.

If there is any way to support illegal aliens, progressive liberals are for it… from no wall, to an international lottery which lets nations with societies that are the hell holes send the worst of their problem makers to America, to making the “Dreamers” (DACA) sound like the most honorable and hard-working people in the world.  To hear Democrats talk about those who come to America illegally is to hear them talk about how they are serving in our military to protect America.  There are some who do and they are to be commended above and beyond the normal “thank you for your service” statements that are sincerely given civilians to members of our military.

The fact is:  Only 7/10ths of one percent of non-Americans serve in our military.  So when you hear Democrats make it sound like half of our military personnel are illegal aliens, it’s a huge lie… excrement from male cattle.  The fact is, 21 percent of those behind bars in federal prisons are illegals.  Many are anything but contributors to American society.

3. The above facts create a problem for Democrat liberals and progressives.  They are giving full attention and support to those who are Hispanic, illegals who cannot vote, and are ignoring their Black constituents on whom they depend to win elections.  Oops.

What startles me is that the Black population is allowing itself to be drawn into this political conflict of interest.  Those they elect to support Black communities support illegal aliens who cannot vote (legally, at any rate) and are ignoring those who can and on whom they rely to win elections.  It’s not the smartest strategy in the world and Republicans have an opportunity to play the race card against the Democrats (if they’re smart enough to know how without offending people).

Within the first year of Barrack Obama’s presidency, the Black unemployment rate hit 16.8% and it stayed high during his entire administration.

In the first 8 months of the Trump Presidency, Black unemployment is down to 6.8 percent, its lowest level in many years.

Black family income fell by more than $900 a year under Obama.  Within just 8 months of Trump’s presidency, Black family income is up more than $1,000 – that is a $1,900 per family net turn-around.

Will our Black population wake up, open its eyes and realize that Democrats are abusing them by favoring illegal aliens?  Democrat abuse usually comes in the form of making promises that are lies and then ignoring them – but this is more apparent and it is worse.

Who is taking jobs away from Blacks?  Why, it’s none other than the same people white workers have complained are taking jobs from them:  Illegal Hispanic aliens.

It was made pretty clear on Laura Ingraham’s radio show last week when Black men from Chicago, Atlanta and a few other large cities called to complain that jobs normally filled by Black men are now being filled by lower-paid illegal aliens.

Democrats evidently believe the most effective way to keep Black eyes on Donald Trump as the racist problem rather than Democrat policies is to invent ways to call the President a racist and to tell their Black constituents that the President is insulting nations with Black populations… like Haiti, Sudan, Somalia, and El Salvador.  Here are some stats from those nations. published by Laura Ingraham on her Fox News broadcast last Friday:

El Salvador

Its capitol has the highest murder rate in the world;
Cities and towns are among the most dangerous on the planet;
40”% of migrants deported from the US were fleeing violence;

Somalia

5.5 million people are at risk of getting cholera;
Is a safe haven for terrorists;
ISIS has established a faction there;
Is one of the largest sponsors of terrorism.

Sudan

Is on the list of State Sponsors of Terrorism (1 of 4 countries);
Poverty rate 50.6%;
Over one-third of the population lacks access to food.

Whenever a Democrat’s lips are moving and the comments being made involve race, look for a racial crisis Democrats are responsible for but are hiding from public view.

The only thing Democrat liberals and progressives understand is divide and conquer.   The problem is, they have painted themselves into a corner from which it will be very difficult to extricate themselves.  Their policies that support the illegal immigration of Hispanics into America are destroying employment opportunities for their most loyal voters:  Black people.  Not very smart… but who would expect anything else from the Dick Durbins of the world?  The panic of the con man, as John Galt said it would, is becoming apparent.

President Trump is right about immigration, legal and illegal.  America needs to make sure that those who come to our shores are capable of supporting themselves and have the potential to add, not detract, from our society.  I don’t care what color they are, I don’t care what religion they are (or are not).  They need to migrate legally, want to become American, be productive, and be loyal to their new country.

The days when the American economy can afford to support the world are long gone… and the lies Democrats tell about the positive impact illegal aliens have on the American economy are, too.  Many do make a positive contribution… but the percentage of social welfare given to illegal families is very, very high (some say as high as 80 percent).

Wake up, my Black friends.  It is you the Democrat policies are hurting most!

© 2018 Marilyn M. Barnewall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Marilyn Barnewall: emembee@charter.net

As President Trump and Congress are debating DACCA, refugees from impoverished countries who will not assimilate, we learn the true motive of the Democrat Party is for a permanent underclass to vote Democrat. Meanwhile Congress is racing to avoid a shut down and I began drafting this article that the Oregon Public Retirement System, one of the largest in the country, is likewise again in trouble and if the Democrat -controlled legislature doesn’t do something this time, Oregon faces bankruptcy.

All of this could have been avoided had our elected legislators known their Constitution which they took an oath to uphold which reads: Article 1, Section 20: “No law shall be passed granting to any citizen or class of citizens privileges or immunities, which, upon the same terms shall not equally belong to all citizens.” Now a group of pre-school children can understand that law: Put them in a row, give half ice cream cones and we all know what the other half would say, “Where’s mine?” The ultimate outcome is union “class warfare” on the way to socialism.

I originally covered PERS in a Part 1 and Part 2 in February 2013 with an article entitled, “Government Certifiable Nincompoops.”  and  I received a letter from a federal worker who said, “your ‘certifiable nincompoops’ column really nails it.” He said he managed to land a “heavenly” maintenance career with the National Park Service in the 80s but soon became disillusioned and it is worse today. Now let us hear about it from the state level.

In October 1981 Oregon government workers were clamoring for more pay so Jean Roberts wrote in a letter to the editor she was chosen Employee of the Year in District 8 and also for the entire state and had the plaques to prove it. She was viciously attacked when she said “state workers produce nothing.”  She said many of them can read, write and telephone but no one has been able to use the dictionary. They should look up the word “producers.” She didn’t say they didn’t work or weren’t dedicated. She said they were not producers but still received a check every month and if you work for the state, they pay for your mistakes. She closed her diatribe by saying if government employees think they are underpaid, why don’t they seek jobs in private employment?

RETIREMENT CUT ‘IMMORAL’ SAYS STATESMAN JOURNAL

The Statesman Journal showed on 2/14/2017 hundreds if not thousands of workers and retirees taking center stage before the Capitol and later giving testimony before the Senate Committee on Workforce. Two proposed bills- one that would change the calculation used to determine final average salary, and a second that would direct employee contributions away from individual account programs and would have the potential to reduce the unfunded liability by billions of dollars. This sounds like more hocus pocus to a layman.

In order to cover the “unfunded liability” which is around $20 billion, a November 2, 2017 Statesman article reported a PERS 7-member task force was finding more than a dozen routes to raise up to $5 billion over the next five years which includes privatizing public universities and selling SAIF, the state’s worker’s compensation insurance agency.

ALLEN ALLEY DESCRIBES PERS DILEMMA

Our local Christian talk show host on KPJC (1220) in Salem and also an Oregon legislator, Bill Post had businessman Allen Alley, 63, as a guest for an hour trying to describe what must happen for the Oregon Public Employee’s pension to remain solvent emphasizing repeatedly those that have been in the system since its unconstitutional creation in 1945 under Democrat governor Earl Snell, are safe but legislation must be passed that all new public employees will be given 401Ks. In 1975 legislators became eligible for PERS under Democrat Governor Robert Straub; however, Bill Post says a couple years ago that was rescinded and he is not eligible. As early as 2002 Republican legislators tried to “reform” PERS but Democrats promised a staged walkout if the bill was brought up for a vote even though the legislature had a $482 million shortfall.  While the PERS was unconstitutional in the first place, it got worse when the COLLECTIVE BARGAINING ACT was included in 1963.

And, of course, Salem is a company town so if jobs were threatened to be cut, the fewer dollars that would flow into the local economy caused the local fish wrapper editorial board to say more families would need help from food banks and other social-service agencies. Maybe those services could be set up in the 60+beautiful building the retired government workers in Salem enjoy as their “ private club house” financed and paid for by the citizens of Salem.

BUMBLING BUREAUCRATS WITH COLLEGE DEGREES

It is common knowledge that in order to get a job at the Salem Capitol and/or in government, the many unconstitutional agencies that are always created during some crisis are filled with dysfunctional bachelor’s degrees generally registered as Democrats whereas high school grads are destined for the typing pool on the first floor to correct and retype letters from the upper floors.  In November 2017 it was noted Oregon had overpaid almost $75 million for Medicaid.  Back in April 2000 (Kitzhaber)and April 2004 (Kulonski), 28,042 public retirees were overpaid and then PERS wanted it back via a reduction in their monthly checks or repayment plans if they didn’t have the cash readily available. A rant in our paper asked, “After many years of hearing through TV and reading in newspapers how inaccurate the PERS data system was for calculating PERS retirements, why should we now accept the payback calculations?” Bear in mind, dear readers this was 18 years earlier!

PONZI SCHEME ANSWER

With tongue in cheek, Alley said rather than try to reduce the size of the pension liability, why not “just hire a bunch more people. So you double the payroll of the state and your pension liability looks much smaller, the definition of a Ponzi scheme,” he said.

So, because some employees were overpaid, PERS was going to approach the Democrat-controlled legislature Emergency Board in May with a request for more than $2 million. The money was to pay for temporary employees to oversee collection efforts and some staff overtime in addition to possibly hiring “private” collection firms to pursue payment from retirees who have moved outside the State of Oregon who refused to pay back the money. In order to solve this “crisis”, hire more workers who will become Democrats and union workers, and eligible for PERS.  So, once again, the taxpayers had to pay to recoup the money that the unaccountable lickspittles were paid to mismanage. In addition, PERS guarantees an 8% profit each year even if their investments fail to produce that amount.  If I am correct the state had 105,000 employees in 2012 and now 160,000 illustrates 55,000 new employees which sounds outrageous and I’m sure someone will correct me or is it possible Allen Alley was correct when he said the solution for this dilemma is to keep hiring more people paying into the system to keep it afloat?

So why is Bernie Madoff in prison and no one is held responsible in Oregon? Madoff was found guilty of ripping off hundreds of people who thought he was successfully investing their money in fast growth stock but wasn’t and some $65 billion was bilked from investors.

PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT SYSTEM GRADUATE COURSE

Alley gained much recognition in 2009 when he walked 36 days across Oregon meeting people before filing to run for State Treasurer and began to investigate the Public Retirement System.  Later in 2010 and again in 2016 he ran for governor on the Republican ticket but lost in the primaries and the victors went on to be defeated by a Democrat.  So should we be surprised on his own time and his own dime, and to his patriotic credit, he has gathered sufficient information about PERS to put together what he calls the Public Employment System graduate course to share with people and/or organizations across the state.

THE PERS SOLUTION

He learned the State Treasurer has been responsible for handling the money and investing on behalf of the retirement system – about $50 billion. He wanted to find out where the money came from, where it went, what the liabilities were, etc. and then tried to connect the dots.  He is not running for office now, but I’m guessing he may be in the near future so he is offering his approximate one-hour presentations throughout the state explaining the dilemma to the people and trying to help them understand without offending public employees saying they will not lose their promised retirements.  He calls it the Public Employment System Graduate level course and says PERS is a massive problem and much bigger than what we’ve been led to believe. His only solution is that all future employees receive a negotiated 401K-type system, what some people in the private sector have today. It is called a “defined contribution plan” because the contribution that is made is “defined.”

The Public Retirement System is called a defined BENEFIT plan so if you hire today, and if you work for 30 years and at some point in the future, you will be making a lot more money then you are today and then  we are going to give you 45% of whatever your highest earnings are and we are going to give that to you for the rest of your life plus a 2% increase; however, nobody knows what that number is so we get into this weird calculation, Alley says,  of how much money do I have to set aside for this PROMISE that was made to me.

INFRASTRUCTURE THREATENED BY 105,000+ EMPLOYEES IN 2018

From my radio audio tape transcription, he endeavored to explain all the problems that most laymen would not understand but Alley says to put it in perspective, within about 8-10 years the general fund which legislatures wrestles over every 2-years will learn the pension liability is going to be the same size as the general fund so you take 100% of the general fund and put it in the pension liability means nothing left for health and human services, nothing for schools, police, our roads won’t get fixed, ad infinitum. – basically bankrupt.

Bill Post mentioned a Superintendent of one of the two schools in his district told him by the next biennium the number of 41% of her entire school budget would be devoted to PERS so only 59 cents of the dollar is going to the kids in the class room.  Allen said that will vary around the state.  Readers must remember  the public employees are: Firemen, prison guards, bus drivers, secretaries, administrators, football coaches and many I haven’t mentioned  and for 160,000 employees working right now costs $10 billion but for already retired people the costs is $ 4½ billion and it goes up by one-half billion every year.  In 1995 it was determined that 52.1 state employees in Oregon for every 1,000 people. And Oregon’s population in 2016 was 4,076,350.

FORMER FOOTBALL COACH MIKE BELLOTTI RECEIVES $496,000 PER YEAR

Now it isn’t just trying to pay retirees what they’ve been promised, what often isn’t addressed is some of the employees have worked two or three different jobs so their salaries are calculated differently and more confusion- there is Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 and not to mention the numerous options when a person retires – take it all at one time or spread it out.  Thousands of employees in the public sector only dream of having such a dilemma.

Current Democrat Senator Peter Courtney was first elected to the Salem City Council in 1974, where he served until 1981 and was first elected to the Senate in 1998. He is serving a record seventh term as president of the Oregon Senate. He is retired from Western Oregon University where he was an adjunct professor. He has also served on the Salem Mass Transit Board.

Former Democrat Governor Kulongski nets PERS times 3. He served in all 3 branches of government  Kulongski’s combined pension of $4,876.12 – about $58,513 per year – ranks 11,292 out of more than 105,000 PERS retirees listed in the benefit database in 2012. But it gets better.  His pension is one-eighth of that received by PERS top beneficiary, retired University of Oregon football coach, Mike Bellotti who receives $496,000 per year in pension checks.

And then there is four-time elected Democrat Governor John Kitzhber who turned his Capitol office into a brothel and his live in girlfriend opened up a business. Ethics eventually fined him $1,000.   Compare his fine to the Klein’s in the following paragraphs. Then there is the public employee who gets fired in 2009 after internal investigations found she misued grant money, improperly transferred money among accounts, misled the board about finances and bullied employees. In 2012 she sued and collected $200,000.00.

LUCRATIVE PERS SALARIES

Bill Post said his wife is a retired teacher who had no idea when she enrolled how lucrative her retirement benefit was going to be. She did it because she loved the kids; however, the paper pushers in the hundreds of crisis created regulatory agencies should be questioned. For instance, Brad Avakian is the Bureau of Labor and Industries commissioner whose job it is to protect employment rights, advance employment opportunities and protect access to housing and public accommodations that are free from unlawful discrimination. The Oregon Legislature founded the agency in 1903. But Brad, who will retire with lucrative retirement checks, initially imposed the amount of $135,000 as a fine on Aaron and Melissa Klein for refusing to bake a wedding cake for a lesbian couple claiming their First Amendment guarantees of “Freedom of Religion” no longer existed.

LEFT LEANING CORRUPT JUDGES GET PERS

Left leaning judges and bureaucrats eligible for PERS retirement are shutting down business entities that don’t cater to homosexual wishes; however, the Kleins had sold to the lesbian couple before but they just couldn’t with a good conscience bake a wedding cake.  The same thing happened to a florist in the State of Washington and the U.S. Supreme Court was to rule on cake maker Jack Phillips in Colorado who claimed a right to refuse selling his “art” at his Masterpeice Cakeshop in Lakewood, Colorado when he refused to bake a cake for the marriage of two men. His case reached the U.S. Supreme Court in December and the most important case for LGBT people since the 2005 Supreme Court ruling that allowed same sexes to marry. So far, no decision about which I know about.  Why not?  Trump lawyers were urging the court to rule for the Colorado cake maker. While the Kleins did end up losing their business, a Go Fund Me was opened for the Kleins.

In 2009 the legislators were questioning the bonuses for PERS managers. Performance rewards were scrutinized in the recession. In Feb. 11 employees received bonuses ranging from $9,860 to $57,000 paid to investment managers who oversee the Oregon Public Retirement Fund who have done some pretty risky things that vary widely and far too complicated to explain or understand by me but Alley’s advice is simple: Stop kicking the can down the road and all that does is makes the road shorter. Stop! Honor the commitment and put new people on 401Ks.

As I close, I’m sure readers will have noticed that Progressive Democrats have center stage. William Castle, Jr. in his 1916 book WAKE UP AMERICA said Socialism, the final stage in the imaginary PROGRESSION is, of course, to be marked by the total cessation of competition. We are typically told in our indoctrinated government schools that the Progressive Era was a time when “good government” saved America from free markets run rampant, but historical facts tell a different story.  Why would any free thinker want to remain in the Communist Democrat Party?

© 2018 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Betty Freauf: bettyfreauf@gmail.com

“All propaganda has to be popular and has to accommodate itself to the comprehension of the least intelligent of those whom it seeks to reach.”

Breitbart recently reported that former President Barack Obama took the title of “Most Admired Man” for the tenth consecutive year in a row, and former first lady and secretary of state Hillary Clinton is the “Most Admired Woman” for the 15^th consecutive year in a row, according to a Gallup poll.

This is clearly nothing short of propaganda.

prop·a·gan·da

präpəˈɡandə/

Noun

derogatory information, especially of a biased or misleading nature, used to promote or publicize a particular political cause or point of view.

Propaganda, in this case, is an attempt to cause the readers to believe that they have the support of the masses, which they do not.

Remember their tactics America:

“Power is not only what you have, but what the enemy thinks you have.” – Saul Alinsky, “Rules for Radicals: A Practical Primer for Realistic Radicals,” p. 126

The truth of the matter is that the headline should have stated, Barack Hussein Obama (Soetoro Sobarkah), the “Most Despised Man” in America, and Hillary Clinton, the “Most Despised Woman” in America.

First of all, there is Barack Hussein Obama, the person with 47 different Social Security numbers. This is the person who has his Harvard Law School, Columbia College, and Occidental college records sealed. He is the person who has his Illinois State Senator records sealed, Illinois State Bar records sealed, his Client List sealed, Punahou School and financial records sealed, Noeiani Elementary records sealed, name change records sealed, marriage license between father and mother sealed, records of Obama’s mother’s repatriation as US citizen on return from Indonesia sealed, his adoption records, baptism records all sealed.

And he is the most admired man in America, according to this report?  No one knows who he is except for what they have seen him do and it is not admirable in any sense of the word. Just think Americans, he campaigned on transparency (2 Corinthian 11:14-15).

[YouTube Video]

I reported on August 18, 2014,

CNN’s president resigned last year due to the low viewership it received. Maybe this will shed some light as to why he resigned: Amber Lyon, former news anchor for CNN, said she was ordered to report fake stories, delete unfriendly stories adverse to the Obama administration and construct stories in specific manners while working for the left-wing network. Lyon said CNN is paid by U.S. and foreign governments for reporting on some events and not reporting on others. She also stated that the Obama administration pays for CNN content.

The New York Times actually blurted out the truth in their confusion (to their credit, I might add) that all information coming out of the Obama administration is first vetted.

Or what about MSNBC?  I’m sorry I even have to bring them into the equation, but their slogan during the election campaign happened to be “Lean Forward,” which is directly derived from the communist playbook.  MSNBC parades people like radical lesbian Rachel Maddow, the shameful uncivil rights want-to-be leader Al Sharpton and Chris “It’s a terrible place to be when your brains are in someone else’s head” Matthews.

Nothing could be further from the truth!

Don’t you remember that in the 2010 elections, 63 Democratic representatives were unseated?

Do you remember that Barack Hussein Obama had to move the 2012 Democratic Convention from a 74,000-seat arena to a 20,000-seat arena, and he still couldn’t fill the seats by giving away free tickets?

Do you remember when it was reported in Milwaukee that people filled up an 18,000-seat arena to see Barack Hussein Obama, when in fact there were only 5,000 seats available?

Do you remember that 70 percent of Obama’s Twitter followers were found to be fake accounts, created out of thin air?

Do you remember when Stevie Wonder couldn’t get 200 people to show up for a fundraiser for Barack Hussein Obama?

Did you forget that during the re-election inauguration there weren’t even enough people in Washington, D.C. to fill up the hotel rooms?

And of course, you surely haven’t forgotten the massive voter fraud that took place in the United States in the last election.

Communist dictator Josef Stalin said, “Those who cast the votes decide nothing. Those who count the votes decide everything.”

Who supported Barrack Hussein Obama then?  Well, the homosexuals do for one, who make up less than 1.7 percent of the population – the very ones who are being used as a political battering ram only to make way for Shariah law (They just haven’t realized that yet).

Planned Parenthood supports him, only to be used as a political battering ram to eradicate human life under the guise of “choice” (Which in truth is population control).

In effect, Obama’s support only comes from those who are at war with our Constitutional Republic and those who are at war with God who gave us our rights to establish our Constitutional Republic (Exodus 18:21).

Without the United States, countries like Cuba, Venezuela, China, Russia, the Muslim Brotherhood, etc. have expressed their support for Obama as well.

Furthermore, why are the illegals so important to Obama if he has all that support?

No wonder this administration sees fit to “Lean Forward” to open the floodgates to illegal immigration. So, does this administration have the support you might think they have?

Absolutely not!

The Gallup poll, which has been conducted every year since 1946, asked respondents to name their top two picks for most admired man and woman.

Pope Francis, who even though he is becoming more despised by the Catholic Church on a daily basis, mysteriously followed with three percent of the vote, and Rev. Billy Graham came in fourth with two percent of the vote.

Adding insult to injury, the poll also mentioned other political, business, and religious leaders, including “Songbird” Senator John McCain (R-AZ), Microsoft co-founder Bill Gates, the Dalai Lama, and Tesla CEO Elon Musk.

For the woman, it again was reported that Hillary Clinton topped the list for “Most Admired Woman” — a title she has held onto for the past 15 years.

However, Gallup notes that she may not hold onto this title in future years because her polling numbers were at their lowest in 15 years and are unlikely to improve as her political career is “likely over.”

Where did all of that support come from to support those polls America?

I’ll tell you, out from the offices of the propagandists.

What has been reported concerning this poll and what the facts truly are, are in stark contrast to what we found.

When going to Facebook alone, what pops up are pages such as “Hillary Clinton Sucks,” “Hillary Clinton is WRONG for America,” and several titled “HILLARY CLINTON FOR PRISON.”

Even more telling was that when Clinton was in her position as Secretary of State, the Associated Press reported that the State Department was buying Facebook “likes.”

In 2013, the State Department, which has more than 400,000 likes and was recently most popular in Cairo, said it would stop buying Facebook fans after its inspector general criticized the agency for spending $630,000 to boost the numbers.  In one case, its fan tally rose from about 10,000 to more than 2.5 million.

But that isn’t all. When Hillary opened up her campaign in Iowa, there were actually more reporters who attended than voters.

Clinton’s Iowa campaign kickoff event roused a whopping 22 people!  National Journal reports:

Gone are the soaring speeches and the big rally crowds, swapped out for roundtable discussions and meet-and-greets with local activists.

But the dozens of reporters both in the room and chasing after her van outside were a reminder of just how difficult it will be for one of the most recognizable public figures in the world to hold events that truly feel intimate.

On Tuesday, for example, Clinton was seated at a table with just seven other people for the discussion, with an audience of another 15. But those Iowans were far outnumbered by the dozens of reporters who were bunched together behind a thin yellow rope at the back of the room.

Indeed, despite some limits on the number of press credentials handed out by Clinton’s Iowa team—each outlet had one person in the room, and national television and photography was pooled—it still was a big group. Bigger yet was the press crowd outside, where reporters who weren’t admitted to the event chased Clinton’s van when it first pulled up here, contributing to the feeling of a media circus surrounding the former Secretary of State’s Iowa launch.

Clinton joked about the horde of reporters as the event opened, telling the seven-roundtable participants: “Well, thank you for having me here—and a few of my friends.”

That is not all friends.  According to her Twitter account, as of April 14, 2015, Clinton had 3,351,547 Twitter followers.

However, as the Daily Mail reports:

According to two popular online measuring tools, no more than 44 percent of her Twitter fan base consists of real people who are active in using the social media platform.  And at least 15 percent – more than 544,000 – are completely fake.

Brazenly and shamelessly it was reported that former first lady Michelle Obama took the runner-up slot, with seven percent of the vote, while Oprah Winfrey took third place with four percent.  Gallup surveyed 1,049 adults from December 4–11 with a four percent margin of error.

It absolutely amazes me that the American people continually fall into the talking points of the media that they decry as nothing short of what it is that they are, “Propagandists” (Jeremiah 5:21).

[YouTube Video]

© 2018 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Hope everyone had a wonderful holiday season.  2017 was certainly one for the history books, but how will it be remembered? If you are conservative and are tired of identity politics, low wages, a lousy economy you will remember 2017 with cheers. If you are liberal, after Hillary lost, 2017 was unbearable. How can Americans have two totally opposing views?

With only one word I can tell you why.  The answer is SCHOOL. Hate – Racism is an emotion. You are not born a hater, you have to learn. Where do you learn? SCHOOL, family and clergy (morality).

In order to promote hate, you have to destroy the family unit and eliminate morality.  Once belief in family and morality are destroyed, the only thing left to cling to, is the government school.

Are we there yet?  When Welfare programs were initiated in America, we all though they would be great; we can take care of our people in a down time.  The government can assist.  How far from the truth!  Welfare was designed to create single parent households granting entitlements based on the amount of children.  What is wrong with this picture?  What message does it send? As single parent household grew, stress on single parents grew.  Less and less time was spent with their children. Parents gave control of children to school. G-d was eliminated from school. This marked the beginning of the end of the family unit and morality.  The values that made America great were tossed out the window.  Today there are more social programs in school than educational programs. Ask your school board and superintendent:  “How much do you get from the Feds?”  Answer will be in between 5-10% of budget.  Then ask:  “How much does it cost to implement these programs?”  Answer will be between 20-30% of budget.  Does that make sense?  Now you should understand why basic math is no longer taught.

Why is racism still an issue at this magnitude?  Answer: money and ignorance.  The race baiters need the race issue for donations so the ignorant Human Capital (their words) learn to be racist in SCHOOL.

How Karen, no one teaches people to be racists?

Real easy! Students are learning by omission.  By only showing the worst of America and promoting the disgrace of America – slavery, the Globalist omits the best of America – Guaranteed Freedom for All Americans. All means all, no group, no special class.

Ask any legislator, school board member, Superintendent, DO YOU LOOK AT THE CONTENT OF THE MATERIAL THE HUMAN CAPITAL READ?   You will get an overwhelming NO.  Most use the material approved by their State Dept of Ed.  But who monitors the texts in the state DOEd? Do you know if there is objectionable material in those texts? [Link]

So remind me again why are we paying their salary?

Education fails basically because no one is focused on the 2 reasons kids learn:
1. Content of material:  Today CCS is highly bias, confrontational and racist
2. Method of learning:  Today called training. Skinner/Pavlov training to be exact. Your child will be trained like a pet. They will comply. Data mining insures that your child will answer questions with the required answers.  If not they are “re-educated” until their behavior is the one desired by the state.

“Where you came from is not as important as where you go,” was the subliminal message from some TV show last week.  Not true.  The show’s message is: HISTORY is not important.

Knowing History, our past experiences, help us make decisions based on correcting our past mistakes. Not knowing history means we will repeat the same mistakes over and over creating a losing cycle.

Did you know today in school Human Capital being told not to talk to seniors? Why? Because seniors know history!

Where you come from gives you the experience, direction and the ability to make informed decisions with less mistakes.  We all know the one with the fewest mistakes wins.  If you know history, you can eliminate many mistakes. The Regime thrives on mistakes because mistakes lead to chaos. Have you ever noticed that there is never a discussion on unintended consequence creating chaos, once a policy is put in place?  Chaos creates the public scream for more government control continuing the cycle leading to loss of Rights. So understanding the goal: “loss of rights and property,”  it is easy to see why History is no longer taught. CCS must eliminate history, because history is the Globalist’s competition.

Look at history of intelligence in America. Remember when your grandparents said, I just went to the 8th grade.  Our seniors learned more from 1-8 than is learned in 1-12 and yet we are spending more and getting dumber.  Could there be a reason?   Can any legislator or bureaucrat pass a test from the 1900’s? Notice how all questions are open ended.  Students actually had to use their cognitive skills. [Link]

• Our founder’s IQ 120-130
• IQ in 1950  110-120
• Today under 100
• Mission accomplished.

School was not necessary after 8th grade. School was not filled with social programs that did nothing for learning. Schools taught skills enabling students to make informed decisions. Local communities were involved in education, civics and government allowing for local ideas and plans. Social problems were attended by family and charity.

America was very integrated in the 1900 but Pres Wilson returned segregation back into governmental agency positions. Wilson was a??? DEMOCRAT.  A bit of unlearned history skewed in school.

In the 1980’s after enough teachers were trained in the NWO divisive education, a massive “modernization” of education was instituted.  Education was redefined by Shirley Mc Cune, from the Mc REL Foundation, under G Bush 41 and Bill Clinton, president of the Governors Association.  Did the governors make that decision also or were they coerced?

Students are now called Human Capital and are defined by the amount of work they can do for the state. (Their words –  human capital aka sheeple).  Keynesian economics now taught, focuses on debt.  Students are taught, the one with the most debt is the winner.  Debt is leveraged and money is loaned to the US collateralized by work done by its citizens. Like a bad pyramid scheme, Americans need new workers to feed the beast for massive government entitlement programs. You saw by the last Immigration press conference, Democrats have already tossed out the middle class, the American worker and are focusing on legal and illegal immigrants.  Dems recognize that in order for any program to work they need new workers to tax (and vote).

1989 Governor Association on Education direct from Shirley:

• Students are HUMAN CAPITAL Education’s purpose is to train students to work. Training takes the expense of corporate training and pushes it on the tax payer enabling corporations to become hugely profitable while taxpayers pay, pay, pay.
• Purpose of Education was to Transform Society from individualism to collectivism.  America is individualism, slavery is collectivism.
• Fact Based Education is no longer the primary focus of education            Fact based education creates a strong foundation.  Value driven is indoctrination into someone else’s opinion.

Remember Rachel Jeantel (Zimmerman witness) She is a direct result of the Bush-Gates-Clinton-Bush Obama, NWO education still found in our schools. “I can not read sir, I can not read and write cursive.” Rachel exclaimed.

• People who can not read are called slaves.
• People who can not read and write cursive have NO SIGNATURE or individuality. They are but a number now called HUMAN CAPITAL.
• People who can not read and write cursive can not read America’s founding documents and have no idea of their power.
• People who can not read and write cursive often have poor eye-hand coordination. Cursive writing promotes eye hand coordination.

What will the world be like when no one has an identity? Look at your 2012 paper money. Find the Sec Treasurer signature. Don’t look at the name printed, look at the signature. The Sec of the Treasury, Jack Lew can not read and write cursive. Who is signing your money? Anyone can make a scrawl like that.

Relying on one kind of program (progressive) without offering choices (individualism, exceptionalism) is a bad idea. You can not have critical thinking if you are only trained in one concept. You can not prepare for life’s variables if have no idea what they could be.

Using techniques to divide people with words, content and other programs have allowed the Florida schools to determine that they only expect 75% from the black community.  How racist is that?

According to the new modern education the purpose of education is:

1.  To replace family with school
2   To replace God with Government
3.  To replace America with the UN
4.  To replace choice with sustainability=control

American history is erased.

Prior experiences are gone.  Adults are demonized; they know history. Seniors are called names and discounted in school.  History now starts in 1865 with little discussion on Constitution or founders or the glory and struggle to bring Freedom to all. Many Schools only study the Constitution on Sept 17.  As a result, most people will have no idea why the Constitution is important or what it actually says or protects. (3rd generation of indoctrination)

Today all learning is based on sustainability, a failed formula already proven wrong by their own scientists. Why is it still in our schools?  Money, Power, Control.  Sustainability indoctrinates: doing more and getting less.  Lenin:  “An educated populace will make too many demands on the government. Best we keep the people down.”

Remember: *Nothing happened randomly,  *There are no coincidences,  *Everything has a plan, *All plans are based on lies.

Schools Indoctrinate Global citizenship – what is that?
Global citizenship means you give your life, liberty and personal property to the government. The government decides what you can have depending on your category (divisive and racist). You own nothing except what the government wants you to own.  The UN Global Initiative called World Wide Common Core, now found in US schools wants education for Global Citizens. Do you?  Bill Gates already admitted that Common Core is a mistake, yet we are continuing to promote its failure.  Why?  Education is a Billion dollar business.

American citizenship means your life, liberty and personal property are yours.
Which do you prefer?
By not teaching America, people have no idea what they give up.
People can not be an American citizen and a global citizen simultaneously. Yet schools promote being a Global not American citizen. Why?

Global Citizen follows social justice which divides HUMAN CAPITAL into categories – women, gays, blacks, Hispanics, etc.  Every group has a different set of rules. They are defined socially and follow the rules of that group as defined by the government. But the government changes the rules which demonizes one group and pits them against each other so they constantly can be divided.  The division becomes more important than the message.  Wonder why the left will give a pass to a supporter who may be charged with a different infraction example, an illegal got a pass for murder.  No outrage. Why?  They are more upset that we claim, he is an illegal. The illegal part and his prior felonies were not allowed as evidence.   Murder of an American by an illegal was not important because he became a victim.  An Illegal is a victim.

The schools teach social justice not equal justice because divided people do not communicate and that is the final objective. Eliminate communication among Americans and the Progressives win every time. Gobs of donations come into any NON-Profits touting racism while the media screams.    Racism is learned in school and those that are successful enjoy a billion dollar Race Industry all to making sure Americans don’t speak to each other.

Exactly what are they afraid of?

Simple:  We are many, they are few.  The only way for the Regime to win is to divide the people.  The only way for the People to win is to expose the lies and tell the truth.

Will you help expose the textbooks in your school?  Help is needed contact me. 954-864-0530, kbschoen@bellsouth.net.

I will not comply, Will you?

© 2018 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

US Army Special Forces, the famed Green Berets are admired and feared throughout the world.  The Green Berets have earned that respect through their effective operations throughout the world.  These effective operations were results of their demanding standards, selection process and the motivation of the Green Berets themselves.

Could that be changing?

Ray Starmann over at U.S. Defense Watch  has an eye-opening expose of what he says is happening to U.S. Army Special Forces (the Green Berets), as Army leadership doggedly rams through the 2015 Obama Administration directive to open all combat slots to females.  Where is Trump on this issue?

Reportedly, standards are being relaxed because leadership wants women warriors, so that’s what they’re going to have, willy-nilly, even if it destroys readiness.   Starmann  writes that…

It was only a matter of time…
Since 2015, no woman has successfully made it through SFQC, or the Special Forces Qualification Course since Ash Carter, with a stroke of a pen, created the single greatest disaster in US military history, the authorization for women to serve in the combat arms and special operations units.
But, that is about to change…
The army’s leaders, which in 2017, consist mainly of social justice warriors, flaming liberals and back-stabbing ticket-punching, perfumed princes, have consistently demonstrated that they possess neither the warrior ethos nor the moral courage to challenge the social engineering insanity invading the lean green machine.  Our country’s national security is being damaged every day and the army’s senior leadership is more focused on political correctness and diversity than war fighting.
Green Beret Training Standards Now Lower than Army ROTC Camp in the 80’s
Ray Starmann, US Defense Watch, Dec. 19, 2017

Starmann quotes from an anonymous letter from within Special Forces, complaining about this.  The letter was  “…written by one or several training personnel from the John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School…indicting senior Green Beret officers and enlisted men for essentially erasing any physical standards for those who seek the Green Beret, in order to successfully pass females through the program, while placating feminists in the Pentagon.”

If what the letter says is true, it’s very disturbing.

The Green Beret runs a demanding training program for applicants, and trainees can wash out if they don’t pass the tests.   According to the letter, however, the program is being altered so that trainees so graduates can complete the training without passing physical tests or land navigation tests.   Can this really be?

Starmann even compares it with an ROTC course he took in the 1980s, which he finds more demanding than the requirements of current Green Beret training.

You can read the whole article here.

Major General Kurt Sonntag, who runs the John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School at Fort Bragg  says that “no fundamental SF standard has been removed. No academic or character performance standards have been adjusted.” (See here).

Supposedly the Army is investigating.  Are Army investigators going to get to the root of the issue though?  Would they question the whole rationale for having women in the Green Berets and combat units in general?

Where is the Trump administration on this?

© 2018 Allan Wall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Allan Wall: allan39@provalue.net

Whether it is an individual or an entire community of people, everyone encounters some level of setbacks.  But it is how one responds to problems that dictates whether they end up as victims or victorious.  One cannot deny the horrendous life that Frederick Douglas was born into.  He was destined for a life of miserable slavery, or so his cruel masters thought.  His mother had been forced upon by her owner and Frederick was born during the year 1818 in Talbot County Maryland.  Frederick Douglas who was later to decide for himself to not be a victim of his circumstances, never allowed the circumstances to snuff out his goal of obtaining his freedom.

Young Frederick Douglas was subjected to a series of often repeated lies.  One of the favorites the southern Christian democrats used to tell their black slaves was that black people were cursed by God to be in bondage.  Douglas would often ponder that statement, wondering how a loving God would do such a thing to the entirety of a race of people.  Though that and other statements bother Douglas, he remained open to the possibility that he was being lied to.  He figured that if what they were telling him was true, then they would have allowed him to read it for himself in the Bible.

Frederick Douglas had a knack for noticing the blatant and cruel hypocrisy often displayed by his masters and the democrats in general.  For example, it was often noted that men should always be gentlemen toward ladies and not beat them.  After all, he was taught to always show the utmost respect for any white woman he encountered.  But one day after a Sunday church service one of the black women slaves was whipped unmercifully until the bones in her back were exposed.  Her beating was touted as a means of frightening other slaves into not even thinking about attempting to escape.  Such cruelty enraged Frederick Douglas and only served to strengthen his resolve to free himself from the cruel drudgery of such existence.

Even as a young lad of servitude in Baltimore, Frederick was always attracted to knowledge and finding better ways to conduct his chores.  For a season, he was blessed to obtain reading lessons from the wife of the master who brought Frederick there to serve at her beck and call and on the city ship yards as well.  But after the husband found out and sternly reprimanded his wife for daring to teach Frederick to read she not only stopped teaching, but became increasingly cruel to him as well.  But rather than become bitter and focus on the obvious setback, young Frederick turned his thoughts toward finding other ways to quench his thirst for knowledge.

One remarkable story I will always treasure is how during the infrequent times he was allowed to spend time playing out of doors with some of the neighborhood children, Frederick would trick his white playmates into helping him completely learn the alphabet.  He would suggest word games and then play stupid.  The white children were all to willing to show their superior knowledge by telling him the proper spelling and pronunciation of words.  Frederick Douglas was always willing to try and better himself intellectually and spiritually as well, because he always knew that he would eventually obtain his rightful position as a free American.

Of course, after three tries, Frederick Douglas secured his freedom.  But just being free was not enough for him.  After making his permanent escape in 1838, he was married and embarked on a quest to find his place in American society and with God.  To his great surprise he quickly learned that the word of God is for all people and thus accepted Jesus Christ as his Lord and savior.  It was not long after that before Mr. Douglas researched the marvelous words of the United States Constitution, Bill of Rights and as many of the Federalist papers he could get his hands on.  To his amazement he discovered that as with the hallowed word of God, the great documents of this republic were formed for all Americans.

However, America was not living up to her lofty goals of life liberty and the pursuit of happiness for all of “We the People.” But that did not diminish Douglas’s admiration for the nation.  He operated successful businesses including a news paper called the North Star, Frederick Douglas also became arguably the greatest orator of the 19^th century, in his mission as an abolitionist to precure freedom for those who remained under the bootheel of slavery.  His quest for personal excellence did not sit well with many of Douglas’s fellow abolitionists who thought he spoke to well for a “black man.”  They wanted blacks to free, but not too bright, or self sufficient, kind of like democrats today.  President Lincoln called him friend and was greatly influenced by Mr. Douglas in the effort to end the inhumanity of slavery.

Douglas followed the Biblical encouragement to use his God given gifts to the best of his ability and that through excellence, those well applied gifts would make room for him far above the level of those who only saw him as a lowly nigger worthy of nothing good.  It would behoove black Americans today to escape from the bottom feeder mentality of bitterness and hatred toward America, if it is a better life they are in search of.  Like Frederick Douglas black Americans must stop the self fulfilment of the desire of Democrats in general to see Black Americans as needy beggars at the table of their dominators, or democrat party masters and government school indoctrinators.  The horrific conditions experienced throughout many of the urban black ghettos throughout America were first fueled by decades of government school indoctrination against higher intellectual development and critical thinking.  Then the stabilizing family was rendered unstable as black females in droves chose government welfare payments over the presence of a strong breadwinner father figure.  Today, the demise of the black American community is legendary.

Unfortunately, the problems faced by many Black Americans today are self fulfilled via negative proclamations over their own lives , the republic and everybody who is no longer bitter about America’s past democrat slave culture.  Unless Black Americans get over the past, they will continue their current self induced destruction of themselves and future generations, much to the pleasure of their democrat party plantation masters and elites like Bill Gates, who has been accused of putting sterilization drugs in vaccines for Africans.  I am pleased to announce both Edwards Notebook commentary and The Ron Edwards Experience talk show are now part of the talkamericaradio.us terrestrial radio and internet broadcasting network.  Fridays at 4:00 PM EST, 1:00 PM PT it’s The Ron Edwards Experience on KCKQ AM 1180 Reno, Nevada, www.shrmedia.co and www.americamatters.us and weeknights at 9:00 PM EST on www.freedominamericaradio.com

© 2018 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

What would America be like, if the Far Left got everything they say they want?

Thanks to America’s bloated, overfunded “higher education” system, we are able to get a few glimpses into that chamber of horrors. As a class, America’s college professors are all on board the wacko express. They try hard to “teach” their students to be as out-to-lunch as they are.

As part of a recent “Social Justice Lecture Series”—students got extra credit for sitting through these sessions—a Diablo Valley College political science professor exhorted students to “violate the laws” and “abolish white democracy”. Your tuition dollars at work!

According to the prof, “We exist in a white supremacist, patriarchal, heteronormative, capitalist system,” and it’s just got to be fundamentally transformed into… well, what?

There must be several dozen genuine white supremacists in America, who never had it so good. Not so long ago, they were a handful of ineffectual nobodies. Now they’re the boogie man. Our colleges have painted them out to be several hundred times more important than they are.

Okay, Far Left America won’t have any role for white people anymore. Except maybe to keep on paying taxes and cheerfully taking the blame for anything that’s wrong in anybody else’s life.

Gotta get rid of that patriarchy, too—whatever it is. The only thing worse than a man is a white man.

But that heteronormativity stuff, that’s infinitely worse! The only thing worse than a white man is a non-gay white man. I’m not sure what the leftids want to do about heteronormativity. Make homosexuality compulsory? Bob Hope was only joking, when he mentioned it some fifty years ago. But the Left is not known for its sense of humor.

And of course capitalism has got to go. It causes Income Inequality. It causes Global Warming. It causes people to have jobs they don’t like—something that never happens under communism. That it also provides thousands of brainless university professors with a damned nice living doesn’t seem to inspire any gratitude.

“Democracy” will be out, too. White people ruined it. Maybe they could set up a really inclusive form of democracy that excludes white people. That might work.

To bring about these utopian conditions, says the prof, college students have to get into the habit of violating the law. A few killjoys have pointed out that the professor never said which laws ought to be violated. Did he leave that out simply because his whole schtick is half-baked, muddle-headed, and incoherent? Or did he mean to suggest that all laws should be violated? Because he refuses to be interviewed, it’s hard to guess what he really meant. Possibly he doesn’t know.

Still, a society with no written laws ought to appeal to leftids. If you don’t have a criminal code on the books where anyone can read it, then any act, or any failure to act, is potentially a crime and may be punished as such. This is great for keeping the deplorables in line. If you never know when they’re going to drag you off to jail for something you never knew was against the law, or for not doing something that they say you should have done—hey, it worked for the Soviet Union, didn’t it? They just love to hear someone crying “What did I do? What did I do?” as he’s being propped up for the firing squad or sentenced to a stint of Sensitivity Training. It’s what made Mao Tse-tung’s Red Guards tick.

So violate all the laws until there is no law except for whatever the Party says happens to be the law on any given day. Keep everybody guessing.

It would be interesting to ask the parents of these students what they think they’re getting for their money. We could also ask whether this kind of “education” does our country any good; but I think we already know the answer.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com . Stop in and visit. A single click will take you there.

© 2018 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

According to a May 2014 report of the Center for Immigration Studies, of the 36,000 criminal aliens who, while awaiting deportation, were set free by U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, 193 had been convicted of homicide, 426 of sexual assault, 303 of kidnaping, 1,075 of aggravated assault, 1,160 for stolen vehicles, 9,187 for possession or use of dangerous drugs, and 16,070 for driving drunk or drugged. Those 36,000 criminal aliens are roughly equivalent to three-and-a-half divisions of felons and social misfits released into our midst. And this does not include the 68,000 illegal aliens against whom ICE declined to press criminal charges last year, but turned loose.  —Pat Buchanan

When you read this article, remember that our President plays chess while Congress plays checkers.

DACA illegal aliens cannot be legalized without sacrificing the “rule of law.”  No more amnesty Mr. President!  These Dreamers don’t come cheap to American taxpayers!

Notice the communist clenched fist, and they claim they’re here to stay despite the fact they are illegal aliens.

Congressman Steve King’s assertion that a DACA amnesty would lead to more illegal immigration is readily backed up by border-crossings in November 2017 and the rate of illegal aliens coming to the southern border when Obama was implementing the DACA program.  John Binder of Breitbart News says, “The spike in illegal immigration coincides with talks of DACA amnesty by the GOP establishment and DHS Secretary.

Yes, we want the southern border wall, and an end to chain migration and the Visa lottery system, but American taxpayers have shelled out enough of their hard-earned dollars for illegal aliens. The truth is, the cost of illegals is just too damned high in too many ways. Build the Wall, stop chain migrations, stop Visa lottery, stop anchor baby citizenship.

The anchor baby scam was invented 35 years ago by liberal zealot, Justice William Brennan, who slipped a footnote into a 1982 Supreme Court opinion announcing that the children born to illegals on U.S. soil are citizens.  Unconstitutional poppycock.

Dumping DACA

In a 2015 interview with NBC’s Chuck Todd, candidate Donald Trump said he would end birthright citizenship and “immediately terminate” Obama’s Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) amnesty.  After his election though, he appeared to waver on the DACA position, telling ABC’s David Muir in an interview that recipients “shouldn’t be very worried.” He added: “I do have a big heart. We’re going to take care of everybody… But I will tell you, we’re looking at this, the whole immigration situation, we’re looking at it with great heart.”

Obama enacted DACA in 2012, which provided work permits to children who were brought to the U.S. illegally.  President Trump rescinded job benefits because he was convinced former President Obama had created them illegally.

During the 2017 Labor Day weekend, President Trump felt he had only two realistic options: wait for federal courts to likely end the DACA program abruptly, or phase it out gradually by executive action and give Congress six months to devise a solution for the nearly million young people, who are no longer young, affected by his decision.  Trump wanted it done within the six months; the deadline is 5 March 2018.  The President told reporters at the White House that he had “no choice” but to order an end to the program.

Those 25 and younger make up two-thirds of active DACA recipients – 29% are ages 16-20 and 37% are ages 21-25. About a quarter (24%) are ages 26-30, while one-in-ten (11%) are ages 31-36. (No DACA recipients are older than 36 because the program required applicants to have entered the U.S. before their 16th birthday and have been under the age of 31 as of June 15, 2012.) [Link]

The Dreamers

The DREAM Act (short for Development, Relief and Education for Alien Minors Act) was a bill in Congress that would have granted legal status to certain undocumented immigrants who were brought to the United States as children and went to school here. Although several versions of the bill have been introduced in Congress since 2001, it has never passed, but is being talked about again.  It is the most expansive amnesty being considered in Congress and would give potentially 3.5 million illegal aliens who are shielded from deportation by DACA and those eligible for DACA a pathway to U.S. citizenship.

Legalizing 2 million illegal immigrant “Dreamers” would cost the government $25.9 billion over the next decade, as those now-legal people would claim more tax, education and other benefits they haven’t been able to get before, the Congressional Budget Office said Friday.  The CBO also said newly legalized Dreamers would sponsor 80,000 more immigrants to enter the country as part of “chain migration.”

Michelle Malkin, a former Trump bashing so-called-conservative wrote a fabulous article wherein she states, There is No Such Thing As a Deserving Dreamer!  She is absolutely right, they are all about “I, I, I, me, me, me, gimmie, gimmie, gimmie and deserve, deserve, deserve,” when they deserve nothing!  They are lawbreakers who are bleeding America’s taxpayers dry with their constant demands.

The Dreamers have cost American citizens billions of dollars, and we are sick and tired of paying for them.  Taxpayers have been bled dry, our debt is $21 trillion, and we hear nothing about spending cuts with the tax bill.  It’s time to get serious and protect the taxpayers because we are a dwindling breed.  Ten thousand of us retire every day, and according to the most recent tax data, 138.3 million taxpayers reported earning approximately $9.03 trillion in adjusted gross income and paying $1.23 trillion in federal income tax. There are approximately 245.3 million adults in the Unites States.  That means 107 million American adults pay no taxes.

Trump Says No DACA Without Wall

President Trump tweeted, “The Democrats have been told, and fully understand, that there can be no DACA without the desperately needed WALL at the southern border and an end to the horrible chain migration and ridiculous lottery system of immigration etc. We must protect our country at all cost!”  [Link]

What is chain migration? Essentially, it is the fastest and easiest way to gain legal entry into America, via sponsorship by a family member who’s already a legal resident or citizen of the United States. In fact, 70 percent of all immigrant arrivals in recent decades are chain migrants.

What is the Visa Lottery?  The United States issued nearly 30,000 visas to people from nations officially designated as sponsors of terrorism over the last decade through the Diversity Visa “lottery” program, the White House said last November.

According to State Department statistics, since 2007, the U.S. has admitted 20,739 individuals from Iran; 7,232 from Sudan, and 812 from Syria through the Visa Lottery program –Iran, Sudan and Syria are currently the only countries designated by the State Department as “state sponsors of terrorism.”  Recent New York City terrorist attackers were found to have been beneficiaries of either chain migration or the diversity visa lottery program.

Investigative reporting has revealed that the visa lottery and chain migration have resulted in the deaths of Americans and put millions more at risk. Open borders advocates should realize that the immigration system they seek would cause more loss of American lives.  Link

The Real Cost of DACA

Jim Hoft of the Gateway Pundit reports that a recent study of DACA Dreamers found that most of these new Democrat voters reside in Republican states.  Paul Ryan, Mitch McConnell and the Democrats are determined to pass amnesty for this group of illegal aliens.  They know there are enough Dreamers to swing many red states to blue ones.

The DACA Dreamers claim they haven’t received government aid, but they have, and it’s through their U.S.-born children. U.S. taxpayers have spent billions of dollars a year for K-12 education for illegal immigrants, about 690,000 of whom have qualified for DACA.  A study by the Center for Immigration Studies showed that 62 percent of households headed by an illegal immigrant received some type of welfare.  American taxpayers have spent more than $80 billion on Dreamers.

According to the Federation for American Immigration Reform (FAIR), the cost to American taxpayers to educate English Language Learners (ELL) nationwide totaled 59.8 billion in 2016.  Believe me, I am not a fan of FAIR because it is owned by white supremacist, pro-eugenics, and population reduction proponent, John Tanton, who also owns Numbers USA.  Nevertheless, these statistics and figures are true according to the CBO.

DACA Fraud

New research has shown that DACA itself is a jumbled mess of fraud and unaccountability.

“There’s a ‘huge’ rate of fraud in the DACA program,” a former insider warns, and many of the people who are in the DACA program have provided false information in order to escape deportation and remain in the U.S.

“As many as half of the approximately 800,000 people who now have work permits under DACA may have lied on their applications to get approved,” said Matt O’Brien, an attorney and until last year a manager in the investigative unit of the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Service (USCIS).

“Based on what I had seen and what I discussed with my colleagues, the fraud rate is 40 to 50 percent. It’s possible that it was higher,” he told LifeZette this week.

So why in hell would we want to give these lawbreakers and liars free citizenship in the United States?  And why doesn’t the Trump administration know this?

DACA and Crime

DACA does not give residency status, but temporarily protects them from deportation and allows them to work legally. The protection can be revoked at any time and some of these illegals have lost their DACA protections after being arrested for vicious crimes, yet many are still not deported.

The DACA screening process is woefully inadequate. The eligibility bar was set very low, explicitly allowing people with multiple misdemeanor and certain felony convictions to be approved.  American families have lost loved ones murdered by Dreamers.

Federal immigration authorities are revealing a surge in Dreamers losing their freedom “due to criminality or gang affiliation concerns.” Officials said the number has surged 30 percent in 2017.  The U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services said that 622 had their deferred action status pulled last year due to criminal activity.

The numbers on revocations and terminations:

• 2013 — 56.
• 2014 — 153.
• 2015 — 460.
• 2016 — 848.
• 2017 — 622.
• Total — 2,139.

DACA Benefits

DACA and every other illegal amnesty needs to be destroyed.

A Drexel University professor has openly encouraged people to destroy government property of ICE vehicles in order to stop DACA deportation.  Not only should he be charged with inciting illegal activities, but he should be fired from Drexel.  George Ciccariello-Maher teaches Global studies at Drexel University, and he made headlines last December when he tweeted out that the one thing he wanted for Christmas was “white genocide.”  This liberal ass is a white boy, so he should off himself.

Given the competitiveness of admissions, it is all the more outrageous that the University of Miami is offering Dreamers a full scholarship worth $62,000, as well as lower GPA and SAT standards. Link  The Dreamer scholarship is “renewable for up to four academic years or such time as is required to complete the baccalaureate degree.”  So, illegals who have broken the law get a free ride, while again American taxpayers take it in the arse.

To top it off, Janet Napolitano, former Sec. of Homeland Security under Obama, filed a lawsuit  protesting the phase out of DACA by the administration, declaring that it is being done by executive whim. Maybe Trump should have just had his DHS Secretary write a memo. Then they could treat it as if it were a law.

The reality is that DACA is still growing, they’re not sending their best and brightest (never have), it will cost Americans a huge amount of money, it encourages more illegal immigration, it imports crime, it helps democrats, and it is fundamentally illegitimate. [Link]

It’s up to us to stop more amnesties!

Email: – https://www.whitehouse.gov/contact/

The White House phone number – (202) 456-1111

Capitol Switchboard for your Senators and representatives (202)-224-3121

If you don’t know your representatives, go to who is my representative.com and enter your zip code or state.

P.S.  We must fight for what is right, if we don’t, then the loss of this great nation will be on our shoulders.  The same goes for NewsWithViews.  It is up to all of us to keep the free flow of truthful information available.  Thank you for continuing to help NWVs with your monthly donations, we appreciate every one of you.  Please donate here.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

“The stresses caused by population growth cannot be solved by international migration. They must be confronted by and within each individual nation. Fundamental to the concept of national rights and responsibilities is the duty of each nation to match its population with its political, social, and environmental resources, in both the short and the long term. No nation should exceed what the biologists call its ‘carrying capacity.’” Dr. John Tanton, www.TheSocialContract.org

The ultimate debate about DACA must be the end result of endless immigration.  Journalists Ann Coulter and Michelle Malkin said sending  DACA foreigners home ranked above MS-13 deportations.

Fellow American your members of Congress continue representing illegal aliens and other immigrants more than your interests—and you pay their salaries.  They do nothing to stop 350,000 anchor babies from illegal mothers annually, 50,000 “free ride for life” diversity visas paid for your taxes and millions of chain-migrated immigrant relatives.

Vicki Martin of Clearfield, Utah offered this solution:

Martin said, “Illegal aliens follow the Mexican philosophy “No Reglas Fijas”  (no fixed rules) in blithely committing three felonies to get American employment but certainly obeying “send children to school” law.

“Politicians caring more for foreign criminals than law abiding citizens are complicit in creating a 12-20 million illegal alien population.

“The 12-20 million illegal aliens in America steal jobs from our most vulnerable entry workers— disabled, ex-con, low educated, minority, vets and youth. CNS News reports the unemployment rate of black youth is 393 times higher than the national rate.

“DACAs can prove they love America and become LAW ABIDING by returning home and applying to participate in President Trump’s immigration based on the needs of American economy.  If there’s no criminal behavior and if they have the experience and education we NEED they could become legal immigrants.  It would be a shame to waste over $100 Billion yearly of taxpayer funded social services stolen by illegal aliens.   NPR reports education purloined by illegals averaged $10,615 yearly per student in 2012.

“Compassion, mercy, forgiveness are virtues performed by individuals toward their abusers.  Governments must enforce their laws to maintain order and safety for citizens.  We are supposed to be a nation based on constitutional laws.  Representative Barbara Jordan emphasized the first responsibility of a nation is to control who enters.  Congress has responsibility to make immigration laws.

“Obama’s petulant executive DACA orders circumvented Congress and are illegal and un-constitutional. His non-enforcement of immigration law has created more international gangs, human trafficking, drug smuggling, job loss for American workers, and murders such as Kate Steinle killed by a five times deported felon.  It is a travesty and misplaced “compassion” for organizations like Holy Cross Ministries to support perpetration of these sins.

“Senator Schumer explains DACA workers contribute 1/40 of one percent to US economy.  We can get by without that income—and without paying their social services.

“It’s a win/win/win solution: our Constitution is upheld, qualified DACAs can return legally, and jobs will open for American workers.

“We must also enforce US Code 8 1324 to penalize employers hiring illegals and US Code 8 1182 to deport undesirable foreigners.

“Please ask your congressional delegation to sponsor this legislation and encourage Mia Love and the 46 other Black Caucus members to support their community by sponsoring this solution.”

The reason or DACA?  Your two senators and House reps refuse to pass E-Verify to force employers to hire American citizens at a living wage.  They would rather make the employers rich with 21^st century slave labor and you poor by making you pay for their education, health care and food stamps.

If you take 800,000 DACA kids X’s $10,000 to educate them annually from K through 12^th grade, that’s into the billions of your tax dollars. Add the free breakfasts and lunches, we’re talking about a vacuum cleaner hose attached to your paycheck to suck it out of your family’s hands.

End result: endless illegal aliens dragging their kids across the border to make you pay, and pay and pay.

In a five-minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself.

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

Take action by joining for free:

America: www.CapsWeb.org ; www.NumbersUSA.org ; www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacity.org
Canada:www.immigrationwatchcanada.org
United Kingdom: www.populationmatters.org
Australia: www.population.org.au Sustainable Population Australia

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

You Gotta Make People Think

I have to admit that I have this love/hate relationship with Facebook.  Social media, whatever that means, is all of the rage and whether or not we like it that is where you have to go if you want to be in touch with the world.

World is a pretty big word but Facebook really does put you in touch with the world.  I continue to be amazed that I can take a picture on my cell phone and in a matter of seconds my brother can view it in Europe.  Not only that, but I can do a live broadcast on my mobile phone that can instantly be seen around the world.

Facebook is a big part of this Brave New World.

The hate part of this relationship is that I find myself connecting with so many people that I would rather not connect with and as a result I find myself become increasingly discouraged by the intelligence of some of the people who label themselves as my “friends.”

Friend is a pretty nebulous term these days.  I have reached my quota of “friends” and have to confess that I have no idea who most of these people are.  It is sort of like going to a mega church where you “worship” with a whole boatload of people whom you have never met.

Like so many other things in our self-consumed culture “friend” has really become a meaningless term.  I have a myriad of fake friends on Fake book.

I bring this up because I love to use my Facebook posts to provoke people to think.  It is a lost art…thinking… and I am on a personal mission to irritate others to engage in this obsolete exercise.  In today’s touchy-feely culture most people have substituted emoting for thinking.  “Feeling” has supplanted truth as the foundation upon which an argument will be built.  Facts no longer matter.  Feelings rule the day. Anything that makes you feel good must be good, anything that makes you feel bad must be bad.

Recently one of the pieces of red meat that I threw out on my Facebook page didn’t take long for some of my “friends” to begin to accuse me of “discrimination”, as if that was a bad thing.  Just like the monkey-see monkey-do programming was designed to do their reaction rolled off of their tongues like balls down the gutter at the local bowling alley.

Words have lost all meaning.  The average Fake-booker, when regurgitating the word discrimination automatically thinks about race.  In the mind of the average American those two words are synonymous…racist and discrimination.  Nothing drives them battier than to point out that the world is full of discrimination and that discrimination is actually a good thing.

The fun part is watching them get angry as you point out the folly of their argument.  Anger has been substituted in place of a logical argument.  Remember, emotion rules the day.  The madder they get the more they think they have won the argument.

So, permit me to offer a few words or advice on how to use Fake-book to your advantage.  Because I have a method to my madness I find myself laughing at the responders rather than getting angry with them.  I throw the chum out on the table and watch them swallow the hook.  I rarely respond to what they post and that simply drives them crazy.

It is the dialogue that is important to me and I love to follow the post and enjoy watching my “friends” try to convince my other “friends” of their own wisdom.  Remember this…people get on Fake-book not to LEARN something but rather to TEACH something.  Everyone has an opinion and they love to pontificate in an effort to sway complete strangers to their way of feeling.

The most effective way to fight is to simply ask questions.  Don’t waste your time trying to win them over with persuasive arguments but rather put your effort into asking questions about what they just said.  Point out the foolishness of what the person just wrote and ask them to defend it by simply asking questions.

Just this week my Fake-book page blew up when I posted a series of seemingly non-connected statements.  Each one was designed to gore a sacred cow.  I have come to understand that it is through DIALOGUE not MONOLOGUE that a person is most likely to be persuaded.  Don’t make it a battle over who is right and who is wrong.  Heck, no one wants to lose that one.  But focus the debate on truth and facts.  You will be much more effective if you ask questions that will guide them to the truth rather than trying to cram the truth down their throats with your literary skills.

The greatest way to get them to change their mind is for them to come to the truth on their own.  Don’t worry about winning.  Just plant seeds.

The following are a list of questions that I posted on my Fake-book page last week.  I threw out the meat and I simply let the dogs fight over it.

♦ The dead sea is dead because nothing flows out…merely in.  Sound like most churches?

♦ Hillary loves planned parenthood.  Pp is racial genocide.  90% of blacks voted for black genocide.  Not very christian.

♦ Why do so many children born to bi-racial parents identify as black?

♦ If so many Christians are pro-life why is planned parenthood still funded?

♦ If whites are so racist why didn’t 90% of them vote for the white guy?

♦ Only fake Christians can’t see that Obama was a fake christian. Man in the mirror.  Hillary too.  Ryan too.  McCain too.

♦ Obama was a foreign government agent.  They convinced you he was black.  Color irrelevant.  Loyalty crucial.  Nation of fools?

♦ To deviate: veer of the norm.  Deviant.  Not normal.  Sexual deviants.  Kevin Spacey? Bruce Jenner?

♦ Have you noticed that most pedophilia in Hollywood is men on young boys?  isn’t that an odd way for heterosexuals to behave?

♦ Kevin spacey liked younger boys.  Weinstein liked younger women.  Was Corey Feldman molested by women?  why not?

♦  Stop buying the propaganda.  Think for yourself.  Easy to connect the dots if you take time to think.

♦ Facebook is a tool.  Use it to your advantage.  Don’t use it to make fake friends.  We must use it to challenge the status quo.  Simply light the fuse and watch the sparks fly.

© 2018 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

“We hold these truths to be self-evident: that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain inalienable Rights; that among these are Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of Happiness…” -The United States’ Declaration of Independence

Did you hear the deafening sounds of silence at the Golden Globes bash this past Sunday where the hordes of self-proclaimed champions of women’s rights busily applauded each other and didn’t bother to say a single word in support of valiant Iranian women presently risking everything to be free from Islamic fundamentalist misogyny while they threw away their Hijabs?

Indeed, it is times like this when principled freedom fighters are separated, by their words and deeds, from Hollywood frauds.

People such as Pamela Geller and Robert Spencer, have set themselves apart from the shameful gang of self-serving loudmouths who find themselves suddenly tongue-tied when speaking up does not serve their myopic and parochial agenda. If President Trump is for it, they are against it, no matter what.

I am certain that I speak for millions of severely tormented Iranians, where women in particular are subjected to unbelievable atrocities, in thanking you. You are true friends of freedom. You are standing with the people of Iran in their life and death struggle. We thank you for your support.

In my opinion, the liberty-loving people of America and the world owe a debt of gratitude to Pamela and Robert, for valiantly exposing the racist and supremacist nature of the barbarity of Islam, for fearlessly braving where others dare not tread, and for passionately defending freedom of speech, rights of the individual and oppressed people of the world.

Both Pamela Geller and Robert Spencer have been sounding this alarm from the very beginning about the true nature of radical Islam and jihadists’ imminent deadly threats to our way of life and American values. While America is the last haven of hope where liberty can reign, Islamic jihadists draw heavily from their treasury flush with oil extortion money to bribe politicians and hire mercenaries to further their evil objectives.

In my opinion, both Pamela Geller and Robert Spencer are true heroes. They stand for all that is dear to free people. They are in stark contrast to the masses of the politically correct, the apathetic, and the hired Islamic apologists.

It is noteworthy that their work not only serves what is right, it also serves the best interests of America and all of humanity. It proves to the world that these two-liberty loving cherish and support freedom and the rights of all people to speak freely.

“Where are the champions of … what did they call it? Oh yes, the “Arab Spring” — that great euphemism for the oppressive Islamic supremacist movement that sought to overthrow secular rule for the vicious and brutal and sharia. Here, now, when a genuine movement for freedom takes hold in a viciously oppressive Muslim country, the left stands with the murderers and oppressors. The media, aligned with the jihad force, will never report fairly or even remotely accurately on these matters, as they are the tip of the spear of the anti-freedom, anti-American fifth column in this country.” Pamela Geller

“Today, as the Iranian people courageously stand for freedom, it is most fitting that the removal of the hijab has become the symbol of this movement. We can only hope that the protesters will succeed in overthrowing or at least drastically weakening the Islamic Republic, such that the rights of women, and of all people, can flower. Iranian women deserve better than the Islamic Republic. The Iranian people deserve better than the Islamic Republic. The protesters deserve the wholehearted support of all free people.” Robert Spencer

Sadly, during these times of great peril, truth is sacrificed by the politically correct, the myopic self-serving in the liberally dominated media, and the ruling class.  Against this backdrop, two people of great courage and integrity labor tirelessly in speaking the truth and in the defense of liberty.

As US Ambassador to the UN, Nikki Haley, said it beautifully: “We must not be silent. The people are crying out for freedom. All freedom loving people must stand with their cause. The international community made the mistake of failing to do that in 2009. We must not make that mistake again.”

On behalf of all freedom loving Iranians, I want to say: Thank you. Thank you for reporting the Truth while the MSM blocked the accurate flow of news from reaching the public. Thank you for standing with the valiant Iranian people.

Both Robert Spencer and Pamela Geller are champions of freedom, liberty and human rights. They rightfully deserve to be nominated for the Nobel Peace Prize. I am honored to call them my friends.

© 2018 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

National Sheriffs Association (NSA) Executive Director blasted California State government officials’ and lawmakers’ latest excursion into lawless before the nation celebrated the incoming New Year: total sanctuary for illegal aliens. [YouTube Video]

The fraternal organization that represents the only law enforcement and corrections chiefs who are elected by voters released the following statement in response to Governor Jerry “Moonbeam” Brown signing into law California’s Sanctuary State legislation.

“Americas Sheriffs are saddened and disappointed that Governor Brown signed this reckless bill into law. It is unfortunate that California’s law enforcement has become pawns in this political game, but they will continue to do their jobs diligently to protect their communities.”

“We also implore leaders in Washington to take action and pass sensible legislation that would prevent careless legislation from hamstringing law enforcement and would give them the tools to combat dangerous policies like this.”

Meanwhile, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) Acting Director, Thomas Homan, fired a warning shot to the Golden State, telling them that they’d “better hold on tight” in the fight over illegal immigration. In an interview on Fox News Channel’s “Your World with Neil Cavuto,” Director Homan revealed what he thought of the new California law.

“I think it’s terrible,” Homan said.. “If [California Gov. Jerry Brown] thinks he is protecting the community, he’s doing quite the opposite,” Homan said.

“[California’s political leaders are] knowingly putting law enforcement at risk.” Homan also added that, “no matter what California does, the crackdown over illegal immigration will continue.”

The “sanctuary state” law prevents local and state law enforcement from working with ICE officers. To compensate, Homan said that ICE would double its officers in California.

Although the Democrats in California continue what appears to be false bravado for the benefit of their illegal immigrant constituents, Immigration and Customs Enforcement is warning them to avoid interfering in the legal process of arresting the lawbreakers and deporting them back to their home countries.

“In other words. ICE agents will enter California and perform their lawful enforcement. Meaning they will ‘kick butts and take names,’ sanctuary or no sanctuary,” said Raymond Gleason, a former federal law enforcement supervisor.

As directed by presidential executive order, the men and women of ICE began the year with a roadmap of guidance and support to accomplish its homeland security mission. The agency no longer exempts any category of removable aliens from potential enforcement and its efforts are focused on enforcing the law and securing the United States’ border. While this year’s results reflect a great deal of progress, Deputy Director and Senior Official Performing the Duties of Director Tom Homan understands there is still much more work to do.

“Throughout the organization,” Homan said, “our deportation officers and special agents succeeded across a broad range of initiatives and operations. From disrupting and dismantling illegal drug trafficking networks to arresting and removing aliens, including criminals who are too often released back into our communities, our workforce came together in 2017 to do what we do best – enforce the law.”

As the largest investigative agency in DHS, ICE enforcement and investigative activities are handled by two distinct directorates; Enforcement and Removal Operations, or ERO, and Homeland Security Investigations, or HSI.

In ERO, the most significant gains were made in administrative arrests and interior removals. Administrative arrests totaled more than 143,000; of those, 110,568 occurred after January 20, which is a 42% increase over the same time period last year.

Despite numerous stories and allegations in the media falsely accusing ICE of conducting indiscriminate raids and sweeps, the fact is that 92% of all aliens arrested by ICE this year had criminal convictions, pending criminal charges, were an immigration fugitive, or were an illegal re-entrant.

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

There has been a lot of talk about book releases recently.  There is, of course, Hilary Clinton’s new book, which we will discuss in the coming weeks because it is being powerfully overshadowed by a recent release of Michael Wolff’s book, “Fire and Fury: Inside the Trump White House”.

Though “Fire and Fury” has caused just that among news networks, it is not because of the brilliance of the author, but rather his ability to capture the comments by former Trump advisor Steve Bannon that seemingly question the mental ability of the President.

Now, billionaire investor Tom Steyer has made the claim that he has purchased 535 copies of the book so he can have them hand-delivered to every member of Congress.  Apparently this member of the “3 percenters” believes it will lend some credibility to his recent campaign to impeach Donald Trump.

Look, we are wasting our time talking about the mental ability of a man who won against seventeen incredibly brilliant and capable people, taking down both the Bush and Clinton dynasties as well as the entire major media complex with its estimated 90% negative coverage, and finally overcoming billions of dollars in special interest money working against him.

Let’s talk about something that matters. More specifically “a book” that matters. The book that has spawned the greatest healthcare, childcare, education, disaster relief, housing, and anti-slavery systems the world has ever seen.  That book happens to be the top-selling book in the world and in America.

It is a book that so heavily influenced the inception of our current Constitutional government that our founding fathers required government action to make sure it would remain a mainstay and place of prominence in American life in the colonies: the Bible.

You see, during the Constitutional framers’ era, printers in the American colonies were prohibited from printing any English Bibles by governmental decree. Only three British printing establishments were allowed to do so.

As a result, when the American Revolution began, the supply of EnglishBibles to America was cut-off.

Distressed about the shortage in July 1777, the Continental Congress responded to a request placed before it by three clergymen: Francis Alison, John Ewing, and William Marshall.

So urgent was the matter that Congress took up the request from the three clergymen the same day —Monday July 7, 1777— and appointed Daniel Roberdeau, John Adams, and Jonathan Bayard Smith a committee to look into the matter.

The conclusion of the committee?

“[T]he use of the Bible is so universal, and its importance so great, …The Committee recommends that Congress will order the Committee of Commerce to import 20,000 Bibles from Holland, Scotland, or elsewhere, into the different parts of the States of the Union.”

Whereupon, Congress agreed with the Committee, and ordered twenty thousand copies of the Bible to be imported.

America’s Founding Fathers, both publicly and privately, were advocates of the distribution of the Bible.  Many of these founders worked and financed Bible societies after the establishment of the government of their new nation.

While many current members of Congress might believe “Fire and Fury” be worth the fire, I cannot find one founder in all my research who would denounce the efficacy and importance of the Bible.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

Many states are in a tizzy because U. S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions has announced that the United States is going to finally enforce the Controlled Substance Act (21 USC P. 811), (CSA) with regard to medical and recreational marijuana use ….. well sort of.  Sessions left it up to the individual U. S. Attorney’s offices to prosecute, or not prosecute.  That’s all America needs right now is another “sort of” law.  After all, Hillary Clinton was only “sort of” guilty.

The cannabis smokers (mostly millennials) are up in arms for fear they might lose their marijuana pacifier high.  The money-hungry states that have legalized recreational marijuana are apoplectic over the potential loss of the marijuana tax revenue and have threatened to sue the FEDS if the Controlled Substance Act is enforced.

Washington State is pulling in well over $350,000,000 in annual tax revenues from recreational marijuana.  State Republican and Democrat legislators were equally aghast at the potential loss of that much tax money if the FEDS move forward with enforcement.

California, that just legalized recreational marijuana in 2018, is set to rake in many hundreds of millions of dollars more than Washington State.  They need that money to fund all those Democrat-sponsored social programs, the rising drug-infested homeless population, heroin injection stations and the millions of illegal aliens sucking up millions more taxpayer dollars, or killing legal Americans, as in Kate Steinle.  Meanwhile, the state of California and its people are set to get on a permanent buzz from legal marijuana.  Driving a car now becomes even more perilous.  How nice!

For decades we’ve had to deal with tens of millions of alcoholics in America and the associated costs to the public in family breakups, lost jobs, lost production, homelessness and medical treatment.  Now we can add millions more “mariholics” to the list as America proceeds towards national self-destruction.  On top of this is the opioid epidemic that’s taking 60,000 lives a year in overdoses.

Why the need to get “high” all the time?  Are we just plain stupid?  It’s kind of hard to confront your enemies, keep government accountable, or pay the bills, or drive a car when your brain cells are fried from drugs, painkillers, or alcohol.  No wonder America is falling apart.

We won’t go into the statistics on alcoholism.  They are fairly well known, as are the huge financial and emotional costs.  Millions of families are seriously impacted by alcoholism every day of the year.

In this article we will just touch on those people on drugs, any kind of drug, with an emphasis on marijuana, using statistics from 2012, 2013 and 2015.   These statistics don’t take into account the sudden explosion in opioid abuse and overdoses.

The greatest use of illicit drugs occurs in the age group from 16 to 34.  This statistic, in and of it self, is not too surprising.  That just happens to be the age group of the greatest sexual activity.  Drugs, alcohol and sex seem to be co-equal partners in the human process of procreation.   Babies and children take some of the greatest toll with babies being born addicted to drugs or alcohol.

Ironically, most other mammals of earth, besides humans, don’t seem to have that problem.  They can do it without getting “chemically” high.

In the political world of power-hungry politicians, the co-equal partners are power, money, drugs and sex, not necessarily in that order.  Money usually comes first and foremost.

In all substance use, not including alcohol, marijuana is by far the drug of choice to get high.  In fact, compared to all other artificial intoxicants, not including hard drugs or alcohol, drug users are 70% more likely to choose marijuana.  That probably accounts for the sudden rise in states legalizing marijuana.  Teenagers are the hardest hit victims.  Obviously, government doesn’t really care how “high” you get, just so long as they can tax the crap out of the substance “taking” you to new “highs.”

Nearly 21 million Americans ages 12 and older had a substance use problem in 2015, according to a new federal estimate.  Among those with a substance use disorder, three out of four people (or about 15.7 million) had a substance use disorder related to alcohol.  In addition, 1 in 3 people with a substance use disorder had a disorder related to drug use, and 1 in 8 people had a disorder involving both drugs and alcohol.

Alcohol is still the main driver of getting high, but the other intoxicants are growing rapidly (like marijuana, opioids and synthetic heroin) most likely due to lower costs, availability and the public’s and government’s growing acceptance of drug use.  Sadly, parents are on drugs or alcohol and grandpa and grandma are steadily losing their influence over their grandchildren, who, parroting their parents, are also getting high.

Since any and all drug or alcohol use reduces an individual’s inhibitions, the potential for jumping to another drug that produces a greater “high”, looms in the fog of inebriation.  This is especially true for the teenage years where adult maturity and consequences have not yet materialized.  Thus, marijuana being a gateway drug is not a fabrication, but a very real and dangerous possibility.  Not only that, drug use and drug addiction, grows in a society just as quickly as an infectious disease, with little natural immunity, infects the masses.

The strength of any nation is wholly dependent on the totality of the physical, mental and moral strength of its people.  Physical, mental and moral strength of the individual is gained from the parent’s example and direction, personal experience and is further forged in the adversity of life.   If life offers no adversity where everything comes too easily, physical, mental and moral strength decline.  The physical, mental and moral strength of the American people were last tested in World War 2 as an entire nation.  Its people have not been so tested to that degree since, giving rise to the easy life, a chicken in every pot and a government on its way to tyranny.

After the Great War, with life so easy and money so plentiful, whether earned or not, the tendency to indulge in getting “high”, sub-standard entertainment and the pleasures of the flesh, or even crime, grows.  If left un-corrected by morality or adversity, it expands into a run-away condition, like a train with its throttle wide open and a sharp curve in its future.

America, as a nation and as a people, is on that doomed train. With 57% of the American people (our last article) crying out for more government, the “disaster-waiting-to-happen” train is speeding up.   Sadly, not many Americans are aware of the decline the nation is in, the reasons why we are in that decline, or the ultimate demise we face.  The outcome of this folly is unpredictable.  But whatever happens, be it total financial collapse, revolution, a second civil war, or war with a major super power, the average American will be taken totally by surprise because they are either purposely or unintentionally oblivious to reality, or high on drugs or alcohol, on their way to personal or national self-destruction.

We wish we could be more positive about America’s future, but it isn’t just drug or alcohol use that is plummeting America into a steep decline.  We have outlined many of the other reasons in over 500 articles that we have written in the last 12 years that can be found HERE.  Unfortunately, the vast majority of the American people are as oblivious to the drug and alcohol problem as they are to all the other problems America faces.  All these other problems seriously threaten our economy, our financial security, America’s culture of freedom, our Constitution, our sovereignty and our very liberty.

But then hey, whose LISTENING?

© 2018 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

© 2018 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Foundational Knowledge

Our Constitution delegates only a handful of powers to the federal government.  But 100 years ago, we started electing Progressives (Fabian socialists) to State and federal office.  With the enthusiastic approval of the American People, the Progressives set up the socialist regulatory welfare governments (state and federal) we now have.  It’s unconstitutional; but Americans didn’t care because they were being taken care of by the governments, and their children were getting “free” public school educations.

So for the past 100 years, the federal and state governments and the American People have ignored our Constitution.

Now that our socialist system is collapsing, along comes the “Convention of States” Project (COS), blames all our problems on the federal government, and claims we can fix the federal government’s violations of our Constitution by amending the Constitution.[1]

And they say amendments which will “rein in the abuse of power by the federal government” when it “violate[s] its constitutional limitations”,[2] can be obtained only at a convention called by Congress pursuant to Article V of our Constitution.

Article V provides that if two thirds of the States apply for it, Congress shall call a convention for proposing amendments to the Constitution.[3] ³ However, Delegates would have the right, as recognized in the 2^nd paragraph of our Declaration of Independence, to throw off the Constitution we have and write a new Constitution which creates a new government.  This has happened before!

Our first Constitution was the Articles of Confederation.  It had defects, so on February 21, 1787, the Continental Congress called a convention to be held in Philadelphia “for the sole and express purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation”.  But instead of proposing amendments, the Delegates wrote a new Constitution, with an easier mode of ratification, [4] which created a new government.  In Federalist   No. 40 (15^th para), James Madison invoked the Delegates’ right to abolish our form of government, as recognized in the Declaration of Independence, to justify ignoring their instructions and drafting a new Constitution which created a new government.

So!  Ever since the federal convention of 1787, it has been known that any convention called to address our Constitution under Article V provides the opportunity to impose a new Constitution. [5] That’s why the enemies of our Constitution periodically push for an Article V convention.[6]

In response to the current push, constitutionalists are warning Americans that if Congress calls an Article V convention, a new constitution with a new mode of ratification is likely to be imposed – probably a new constitution which moves us into the North American Union.

COS’s “simulated” Article V convention

So during September 2016, COS held an “invitation only” “simulated convention” in Williamsburg, Virginia  attended by State Legislators handpicked by COS,[7] to show us that Delegates to a real Article V convention called by Congress will do nothing more than propose amendments.

And lo!  At the “simulated convention”, all the handpicked invitees did was propose six amendments to our Constitution – they didn’t “run away” and propose a new Constitution with a new mode of ratification!

COS would like us to believe that their “simulated convention” proves that a real Article V convention called by Congress also won’t run away when, in fact, it proves nothing except that handpicked COS invitees fall in line with the COS agenda.

Now let’s look at the proposed amendments:  COS posted them HERE; an archived copy is HERE.

COS’s six amendments

Like Newspeak in George Orwell’s “1984”, the amendments would do the opposite of what COS claims.

“Fiscal Restraints Proposal 1”:

“SECTION 1. The public debt shall not be increased except upon a recorded vote of two-thirds of each house of Congress, and only for a period not to exceed one year.

SECTION 2. No state or any subdivision thereof shall be compelled or coerced by Congress or the President to appropriate money.

So!  Congress can’t increase the debt unless they decide to increase the debt.  Wow. This is “fiscal restraints”?

If you read through the Constitution and highlight the powers delegated to the federal government, you will get a list of the objects on which Congress is authorized to spend money.

The reason we have a huge debt is because for 100 years, Congress has been spending on objects which aren’t on the list of delegated powers.  The States go along with it because they get federal funds for implementing unconstitutional federal programs in their States.  31.9% of the States’ annual revenues is from federal funds.  All this federal money is borrowed and added to the public debt!

To say that State Legislators display hypocrisy when they decry “out of control federal spending” when they have their hand out for all the federal money they can get, is an understatement. The amendment authorizes such spending to continue for as long as Congress continues to approve increases in the debt!  The amendment legalizes – makes constitutional – all such spending and debt increases!

Section 2 gives us nothing.  Our existing Constitution doesn’t permit the federal government to require States or local governments to spend money.

“Federal Legislative & Executive Jurisdiction Proposal 1”:

“SECTION 1. The power of Congress to regulate commerce among the several states shall be limited to the regulation of the sale, shipment, transportation, or other movement of goods, articles or persons. Congress may not regulate activity solely because it affects commerce among the several states.  [boldface added]

SECTION 2. The power of Congress to make all laws that are necessary and proper to regulate commerce among the several states, or with foreign nations, shall not be construed to include the power to regulate or prohibit any activity that is confined within a single state regardless of its effects outside the state, whether it employs instrumentalities therefrom, or whether its regulation or prohibition is part of a comprehensive regulatory scheme; but Congress shall have power to define and provide for punishment of offenses constituting acts of war or violent insurrection against the United States. [boldface added]

SECTION 3. The Legislatures of the States shall have standing to file any claim alleging violation of this article.  Nothing in this article shall be construed to limit standing that may otherwise exist for a person.

Section 1: The original intent of the interstate commerce clause (Art. I, §3) is to prohibit the States from imposing tolls & tariffs on merchandize as it is transported through the States for purposes of buying & selling; and to permit the federal government to impose duties on imports & exports, both inland & abroad.[8]

With Roosevelt’s “New Deal”, the federal government began to pervert the original intent so as to exert power over whatever they wanted to regulate.

The amendment legalizes the perversions!  It delegates to the federal government powers it has already usurped to regulate the sale, shipment, transportation, or other movement of goods and articles.

Furthermore: the amendment delegates to the federal government a sweeping new power over the movement or transportation of persons across state lines!  It would, e.g., authorize the federal government to prohibit use of privately owned vehicles to cross state lines, and to require prior written permission to cross state lines.  I saw in communist East Europe & the Soviet Union a system where governments control movement of persons.  Will “Papers, please” be heard at checkpoints in America?  This malignant amendment would be constitutional authority to impose such a system here.[9]

Section 2: The federal government has no existing constitutional authority to regulate intra state commerce, so the first clause of this section adds nothing our Constitution doesn’t already prohibit.

But the second clause delegates to the federal government another significant new power over persons: it comes verbatim from Randy Barnett’s so-called “bill of federalism”:[10]

 “…Congress shall have power to define and provide for punishment of offenses constituting acts of war or violent insurrection against the United States.”

Why does Barnett, who attended the “simulated convention” as “Committee Advisor”, want the federal government to have this new power?  What’s an “act of war against the United States” – doing what the Bundys and their supporters did?  The amendment delegates to Congress the power to define “acts of war against the United States” – and to re-define it from time to time – to encompass whatever they want!

We need to understand the implications of delegating such power to Congress.  As with “treason” under the Tudors in England, anyone can be accused of “acts of war against the United States”.  Does Randy Barnett, law professor, understand the implications?  James Madison understood them and thus said that “treason” must be defined in the Constitution; [11] obviously, no one of Madison’s caliber was at the “simulated convention”.

Section 3:  Our Framers didn’t advise the States to file lawsuits against the federal government when it violates the Constitution!  Our Framers told the States to nullify such violations.[12]

 “Federal Term Limits & Judicial Jurisdiction Proposal 1”:

“No person shall be elected to more than six full terms in the House of Representatives. No person shall be elected to more than two full terms in the Senate. These limits shall include the time served prior to the enactment of this Article.”

This amendment is a feel-good palliative which caters to Americans’ pervasive desire for a quick “fix” which permits them to avoid dealing with the real causes of their problems.  See Term Limits: A Palliative not a Cure.

“Federal Legislative & Executive Jurisdiction Proposal 2”:

“SECTION 1. The Legislatures of the States shall have authority to abrogate any provision of federal law issued by the Congress, President, or Administrative Agencies of the United States, whether in the form of a statute, decree, order, regulation, rule, opinion, decision, or other form. [boldface added]

SECTION 2. Such abrogation shall be effective when the Legislatures of three-fifths of the States approve a resolution declaring the same provision or provisions of federal law to be abrogated. This abrogation authority may also be applied to provisions of federal law existing at the time this amendment is ratified.

Section 1: Article I, §1, US Constitution, provides that all legislative powers granted by the Constitution shall be vested in Congress.  Only Congress may make laws [and laws are restricted to the powers granted in the Constitution].

Accordingly, executive orders and federal agency rules and orders are not “law”.

The amendment would supersede Art. I, §1.  It would elevate to the status of “federal law” every order or regulation burped out by bureaucrats in the executive branch; every executive order signed by every President; and every order barked out by jack-booted thugs working for federal agencies.  And unless three fifths of States agree that you don’t have to obey – you must obey or bear the consequences of violating what would be – thanks to this amendment – “federal law”.

Section 2: James Madison, Father of our Constitution, showed how individual States or several States could carry out resistance to the federal government’s unconstitutional encroachments.  But the amendment would require 30 States to agree before any one State or person could defend itself!

“Fiscal Restraints Proposal 2”:

“SECTION 1. Congress shall not impose taxes or other exactions upon incomes, gifts, or estates.

SECTION 2. Congress shall not impose or increase any tax, duty, impost or excise without the approval of three-fifths of the House of Representatives and three-fifths of the Senate, and shall separately present such to the President. [boldface added]

SECTION 3. This Article shall be effective five years from the date of its ratification, at which time the Sixteenth Article of amendment is repealed.”

This amendment doesn’t impose “fiscal restraints” – it authorizes Congress to impose new and different taxes on us! 

The words in boldface authorize Congress to impose “any tax” if three fifths of both Houses agree.  “Any tax” includes a national sales tax and a national value added tax (VAT).  Statists love the VAT because it raises a “gusher of revenue for spendthrift governments”.  This is what will replace the income, gift, and estate tax.

“Federal Legislative & Executive Jurisdiction Proposal 3”:

“Whenever one quarter of the members of the United States House of Representatives or the United States Senate transmits to the President their written declaration of opposition to any proposed or existing federal administrative regulation, in whole or in part, it shall require a majority vote of the House of Representatives and Senate to adopt or affirm that regulation. Upon the transmittal of opposition, if Congress shall fail to vote within 180 days, such regulation shall be vacated. No proposed regulation challenged under the terms of this Article shall go into effect without the approval of Congress. Congressional approval or rejection of a rule or regulation is not subject to Presidential veto under Article 1, Section 7 of the U.S. Constitution.”

As shown in The “Regulation Freedom” Amendment and Daniel Webster, rulemaking by federal agencies is unconstitutional as in violation of Art. I, §1 of our Constitution.

The proposed amendment would supersede Art. I, §1 and legalize such rulemaking!  And the existing Code of Federal Regulations and the rulemaking process itself – which now violate the Constitution – would be made constitutional!

The solution to the burden created by unconstitutional federal agencies is to do away with the agencies!  Downsize the federal government to its enumerated powers!

Conclusion

The “simulated convention” was a dog and pony show put on to produce amendments to con us into believing that a real Article V convention called by Congress won’t “run away”.

But it’s impossible to fix federal usurpations of non-delegated powers with amendments, because amendments can’t take away powers the Constitution didn’t delegate in the first place.  Thus, the amendments the hand-picked attendees approved legalize powers already usurped or delegate sweeping new powers to the federal government over States and individual persons!

Statecraft is serious business which requires systematic study to master. The “simulated convention” shows we live in a time of constitutional illiteracy where people of good intent can be misled by persons of “insidious views”.   Heed the words of Daniel Webster in his 4th of July Oration, 1802:

“The politician that undertakes to improve a Constitution with as little thought as a farmer sets about mending his plow, is no master of his trade. If that Constitution be a systematic one, if it be a free one, its parts are so necessarily connected that an alteration in one will work an alteration in all; and this cobbler, however pure and honest his intentions, will, in the end, find that what came to his hands a fair and lovely fabric goes from them a miserable piece of patchwork.”

Endnotes:

[1] If your spouse commits adultery, will your marriage be saved if you amend the vows to permit adultery?  When People violate the Ten Commandments, will morality be restored if we amend the Ten Commandments to permit sin?

[2] Michael Farris’ words in “Answering the John Birch Society Questions about Article V” or HERE.

[3] None of the Delegates to the convention of 1787 said the purpose of amendments is to rein in the fed. gov’t when it usurps power. They said the purpose is to fix defects in the Constitution.  See The George Mason Fabrication at subheading 4.

[4] Article XIII of the Articles of Confederation  (AOC) required Amendments to the AOC to be ratified by the Continental Congress and all of the then 13 States.  But Article VII of the new Constitution (the one we now have) provided that it would be ratified by 9 States.

[5] The enemies of our Constitution knew from day one that they could get rid of our Constitution at an Art. V convention!  Our present Constitution was ratified by the 9^th State on June 21, 1788.  In Federalist No. 85 (mid-August 1788), Hamilton addressed the arguments of the anti-federalists who were agitating for another convention in order to get rid of our new Constitution.

On Oct. 27, 1788, anti-federalist Patrick Henry introduced into the Virginia Assembly a Resolution asking Congress to call an Art. V convention.  In Madison’s letter to Randolph of Nov 2, 1788 (pages 294-297), he speaks of Henry’s “enmity” “ag^st [against] the whole system” [the new Constitution]; and “the destruction of the whole system I take to be still the secret wish of his heart, and the real object of his pursuit.”

[6] New Constitutions are already prepared or being drafted:  e.g., the Constitution for the Newstates of America is ratified by a national referendum (Art. XII, §1).  Globalists [e.g., the Council on Foreign Relations] who want to move us into the North American Union (NAU) need a new Constitution to transform us from a sovereign nation to a member state in the NAU.

[7] COS’s page is archived HERE. See “who attended the simulation” in right column. [Archived list of attendees is HERE or HERE.]

[8] Proof of the original intent of the interstate commerce clause & how it was abused is HERE.

[9] Yet, Legislators from 44 of the States at the “simulated convention” approved this!

[10] See Barnett’s Amendment 2 – Limits of Commerce Power”.  It’s archived HERE.

[11]“Treason” is defined at Art. III, §3.  In Federalist No. 43 (at 3.) Madison warns that the definition must be locked into the Constitution.  Otherwise, malignant people fabricate definitions as needed in order to condemn their enemies.

Compare Art. I, §8, cl. 10 which delegates to Congress the power “To define and punish Piracies and Felonies committed on the high Seas, and Offenses against the Law of Nations”.  In Federalist No. 42 (1^st & 4^th paras), Madison points out that this class of powers is among those which “regulate the intercourse with foreign nations” and so must be handled by the general [fed.] gov’t.  And since everyone’s definition of the terms is different, the fed gov’t should define them.  This class of powers wouldn’t affect private Citizens.  For more on the limited criminal jurisdiction of the fed gov’t over private Citizens, see What Criminal Laws are Congress Authorized To Make?

[12] See Nullification made Easy.  And remember: State officials are required by the Oath at Art. VI to “support” the federal Constitution – not to obey the federal government!

© 2018 Publius Huldah – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Publius Huldah: publiushuldah@gmail.com

It’s not about who is real in your face, it’s about who stays loyal behind your back. 

I have learned to hate all traitors, and there is no disease that I spit on more than treachery. Aeschylus

Bannon’s Fall from Grace

Matt Drudge’s headlines on Wednesday morning, 3 January 18, linked to an article from The Guardian, one that was headlined, Trump Tower meeting with Russians Treasonous, Bannon says in explosive book.  Matt Drudge is not a hardcore Trump supporter, so I have to question his promotion of the leftwing Guardian article.

Alleged inflammatory quotes from Bannon about President Trump and his family are in Michael Wolff’s tawdry tabloid, Fire and Fury.  Who is Wolff? Well, he’s certainly no conservative. In a review of Wolff’s book Burn Rate, Brill’s Content criticized Wolff for “apparent factual errors” and said that 13 people, including subjects he mentioned, complained that Wolff had “invented or changed quotes.”  Check out, The truth about Burn Rate.

I didn’t believe the story about Bannon when I first read it, but I expected Steve to go on Dobbs, Carlson and Hannity’s shows last Wednesday evening and deny it.  He did not.  Now, Rebekah Mercer and her father, who funded Breitbart, have pulled their funding, and the new billionaire benefactor behind Bannon is allegedly Chinese businessman, Miles Kwok, aka Guo Wen Gui.

Leftwing website Axios claims Wolff has dozens of hours of recorded conversations with Trump officials even though many of them thought they were off the record. Perhaps that is why Bannon is not denying the words he’s been quoted as saying, even if they’ve been embellished by Wolff.  However, Sean Spicer said in an interview that Wolff claims he just took notes.

Wolff’s History of Fabrication

“A provocateur and media polemicist, Wolff has a penchant for stirring up an argument and pushing the facts as far as they’ll go, and sometimes further than they can tolerate, according to his critics,” Washington Post media reporter Paul Farhi said in one report.  “He has been accused of not just recreating scenes in his books and columns, but of creating them wholesale.”

Roger Stone has said, “Based on many years’ experience with him, anything Michael Wolff writes has to be taken with a grain of salt.”

President Trump called out Michael Wolff for the lies in his book, and well he should have.  Wolff admits not everything in his book is true and that he said whatever he had to say to get his story.  He printed and embellished “off the record” statements, and therein lies the deceit.  His claims are irresponsibly absurd.

Claiming our President is dumb, childlike, that he’s a moron, he doesn’t like to read, he’s mentally unbalanced, etc. is pure libel.  Trump did three and four rallies per day during the campaign, and has given some of the finest foreign and domestic speeches we have heard from a president in over 50 years, not to mention his first year accomplishments. Tell me how many people could accomplish in their lives what President Trump has accomplished!  Our President is brilliant and in charge, and the left hates it, and they denigrate him for it.  Obviously, publishing company Henry Holt and Co. is printing Wolff’s pile of dung because they know their leftist friends will love the lies.

Quotes attributed to longtime Trump friend Thomas Barrack Jr. and former White House adviser Katie Walsh were denied or disputed.  Tom Barrack adds, “It’s clear to anyone who knows me that those aren’t my words and are inconsistent with anything I’ve ever said.” He says Wolff never ran that quote by him to ask if it was accurate.

Wolff reported that Melania Trump cried when her husband won the election because she didn’t want him to win.  However, it’s a well-known fact that Melania actually encouraged her husband to run for President, and was thrilled when he won.

Roger Stone said that Bannon was right on one thing, that Don Jr. should have had an attorney with him when he met with the Russian woman who claimed she had info on Hillary, but there was nothing illegal or treasonous about it as Bannon was quoted as saying.

Bannon Fired for Leaks

Rush Limbaugh said that he believes Steve Bannon was responsible for the majority of the first-year leaks coming out of the Trump administration.

“Steve pretends to be at war with the media, which he calls the opposition party, yet he spent his time at the White House leaking false information to the media to make himself seem far more important than he was,” the president added.

Any attacks on our President’s children are verboten whether you like what the children do or not, and that’s where Steve Bannon’s alleged statements against Don Junior and Jared and Ivanka have created animus from Mr. Trump.  Our President trusts his family, and well he should over any outsiders.

Purposeful Distraction

The leftist nest of vipers loves this distraction because it keeps us from concentrating on the 2018 primaries, our President’s goals to build the wall, stopping the cultural changes to our country via illegal immigration and refugees, i.e, DACA, the need for revitalized infrastructure and so much more…

Primaries are the most important elections we have, and they start throughout the country in early March for the 2018 elections.  We need to support the conservative candidates in this important election.

Way too much work needs to be done to waste time with this goofy Wolff book nonsense. The Democrats lost, the people have spoken. The reason Democrats were defeated across the board in 2016 is their propensity towards lies and their lack of substance beyond anything but mindless violence, identity politics, worship of jihad, abortion on demand, and the planned decimation of U.S. sovereignty, and the Wolff book is just more of the same.

Since the 2016 election rejection, the Democrats have doubled down on each and every one of these things and blocked the will of the American people. They will continue to slap the U.S. middle class in the face and they will continue to lose. Our efforts need to be focused on rebuilding our government and helping our President pass the legislation he campaigned on.

The populist hero to conservatives has now fallen out of favor with most conservatives, and we’re all sad about it, and we don’t even know if any of this garbage is true, but Bannon needed to immediately deny Wolff’s statements and in not doing so, he is destroying his own reputation.

Steve has made inflammatory claims and the President’s lawyers have told him to cease and desist.  It is a real distraction because finally, after a long stonewall, we are going to find the truth about the infamous dossier.  Was it used as an excuse for domestic spying on the Trump campaign?  It sure looks like it.

Was it the reason the FBI began the investigation in the first place?  Looks like it.  Don’t forget that dossier was paid for by Hillary Clinton, and it contains scurrilous and fake material that the President has described as a pile of garbage. Now we’ll get the documents that will reveal how the FBI and Justice Department used that dossier.  This is political dynamite, and far more important than Bannon’s provocations.

Before the election, the Clinton team paid millions of dollars to Fusion GPS.  They were looking for dirt on Trump.  Fusion comes up with a pack of lies called the dossier and created by British spy, Christopher Steele.  They release it to the media.  And it gets worse.  The FBI got that dossier and what did they make of it…pack of lies, and did they use it to spy on the Trump campaign? Yes! Is this how Russia, Russia, Russia got started?  We’re going to find out.

This week the establishment media is all over Bannon’s comments, and it is a distraction.  The real story is about the cabal of the Obama supporters buried in the FBI and the Justice Department who interfered with a presidential election.  Hats off to the handful of Republicans who have pushed to get to the truth.  It’s not about Trump and Russia, it’s about a Deep State conspiracy.

The entire Wolff book is nothing but made up allegations to distract us from our goals and the President’s campaign promises.  Discard it and move on.

Betrayal or Fake News

We do not know whether this is a total betrayal by Bannon or whether it’s fake news…or even if it’s a combination of both.  Perhaps the President’s Fake News award should go first to Michael Wolff for this volume of fictional excrement.

Nevertheless, we need to set this aside and go for the throat on renewed efforts to root out the corrupt Clintons, the lies of the DOJ and FBI, and fight for our President to complete his promises to the American people.

Trump’s first year achievements are legendary, despite the hatred and enemies of freedom.  Donald J. Trump is the very leader we need to straighten out the mess we are left with by decades of globalist leaders.  Pray for our President and his family, and pray for our country.  Donald J. Trump is Making America Great Again and we need to support him!

P.S. Folks, the journalists at NewsWithViews spend hours in research to bring you the truth of what is going on in our beloved country.  Subscribe to NewsWithViews’ daily email alerts by sending in your email address, and you’ll receive some of the finest researched articles in your in-box every morning.  Please too, help us stay alive by supporting NWVs with your monthly donations.

© 2018 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

The American people voted President Donald Trump into the White House with a simple hope: work for our citizens, drain the swamp of career corrupt politicians, stop illegal immigration and regain jobs for American citizens instead of employing China’s people for their benefit.

If you look at the entire picture of voting Americans, Trump won by a landslide of counties.  He lost in heavily welfare-prone democratic strongholds like Chicago, New York City, Los Angeles and Detroit.  But Americans voted for a huge change!

The reasons he won:  the American people grew sick and tired of the media feeding them “fake news”, non-action on illegal immigration, terrorist attacks from Moslem immigrants, senselessness of diversity and chain-migration swamping the country with welfare recipient, $20 trillion debt, deteriorating race relations, forever Iraq and Afghanistan Wars and the unsustainable Obama health care.

Americans hated being forced to absorb endless “refugees” from Africa and the Middle East while U.S. Veterans suffered homelessness, joblessness and drug addiction.  One in six American children face hunger issues while food banks suffer empty shelves.  The once great city of Chicago became a killing zone where African-Americans—out of work, out of wedlock and out of hope—shot each other up at 3,000 gun fights in 2016.

Trump promised to build a wall along the Mexican border to stop $50 billion in drugs and 500,000 annually in illegal aliens. He promised to stop Moslem immigration from terrorist countries.  He promised to replace Obamacare before it suffered bankruptcy.  He promised to bring back jobs from bad trade agreements.

Since Trump began, the mainstream media does everything in its power to degrade, denigrate and insult President Donald Trump.

Morning Joe Scarborough and his sidekick Mika Brzezinski, along with Jake Tapper, Anderson Cooper, Don Lemon and Jonathan Karl commit every kind of journalist bias to embarrass Trump, degrade him and even question his mental balance.

How about the mental acuity of former George W. Bush for lying to the American people about weapons of mass destruction that killed 4,100 of our finest soldiers as well as put another 12,000 of them in various states of wheelchairs and prosthetic legs and arms?    What about his ability to start wars that continue to waste lives in Iraq and Afghanistan to the tune of $5 to $7 trillion?   Anyone ever question the sanity of those choices?

How about importing terrorists via chain-migration and diversity visas that kill our citizens?   Why does our U.S. Congress think it’s okay to use us for collateral damage at the San Bernardino Christmas Party, Orlando Nightclub massacre, Boston Marathon Moslem bombers, St. Cloud knife attacks, Ohio State car killers and New York City Moslem chain migrant running over people on bike paths?    Who maintains our U.S. Congress enjoys better mental balance in the face of such violence that they caused?

We face an opioid drug epidemic killing Americans by the thousands and continue watching $50 billion in drugs arriving across our southern borders from Mexico annually.  But Congress complains about an $18 billion Wall?  What kind of mental imbalance does that illustrate for Senator Charles Schumer of New York or Representative Nancy Pelosi or Senator Mitch McConnell?

Instead of the vitriolic treatment of our president, how about moving Congress to solve America’s problems?   How about solutions and actions to change this country toward betterment of its citizens? How about vacating the Middle East instead of continued death and destruction of our own soldiers?  What about bringing redundant jobs into the inner cities to match the illiteracy rates of the people in the projects?  How about some dignity and paychecks for millions of minority citizens?

What’s going on in the media and government today: toxic, venomous and useless.

Personally, I don’t want any more Moslems imported into this country to kill my friends and family.  I don’t want to see fellow citizens without jobs when everything at Home Depot and Kohl’s and Target Stores arrives from China, India and Bangladesh.  I’m sick of paying out trillions of dollars for wars in Iraq and Afghanistan when that money could be put to work employing our citizens in infrastructure rebuilding.  That same money of $5 to $7 trillion could pay all our health care costs!

What are your two U.S. senators doing?  Mine in Colorado: Corey Gardner (R) and Michael Bennet (D) continue to do NOTHING to stop the drugs and illegals from violating our borders.  They’ve done nothing to push for E-Verify that would stop millions of Mexicans from crashing our borders for jobs by illegal employers.   They’ve done nothing to stop the Iraq and Afghanistan wars.  They’ve done nothing to bring jobs back to America.

When I visited their offices in 2013 to bring all immigration down to less than 100,000 annually instead of 1.7 million, they heard my 30-minute presentation, then thanked me, and did nothing!  Oh, correction: Bennet, along with his “Gang of Eight” for Comprehensive Immigration Reform, doubled legal immigration to 2.1 million annually to flood our country even faster with his bill S744.  Did he use any common sense or intelligence to create that amnesty or add THAT many more immigrants?

The actions of Congress and the Federal Justice System show me that a whole bunch of people in Washington DC lack mental balance.  What’s more pathetic: we pay them exorbitant salaries to get absolutely nothing accomplished.

© 2018 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

President Trump ran on building a wall to stop terrorists and illegal aliens from crossing over our border. America has suffered the loss of our fellow Americans by the thousands over the past 32 years as well as raping we the people to the tune of hundreds of BILLIONS of BORROWED dollars giving ILLEGAL aliens, regardless of country of origin, free health care while you can barely make your premiums.

Free education due to a putrid ruling that stomped on state’s rights and said F-you to taxpayers: Plyler v. Doe, 457 U.S. 202 (1982) – illegal minors must be allowed in our schools. Here in Texas we are raped to the tune of close to $4 BILLION dollars a year to educate children who have NO right to be on U.S. soil.

Free welfare and hundreds of millions of BORROWED dollars to incarcerate illegal aliens since Ronnie Reagan opened the flood gates with his immigration reform amnesty that would end all illegal immigration! Just the opposite happened. At that time there were approximately 3.5 million illegals in this country.

For more than a decade, intellectually lazy or biased reporters and ‘journalists’ have fed the American people the 11 million illegals number. What crap. It’s more like 30-40 million illegals in this country due to ‘chain migration’ which Trump says he’s going to fight to end. The 11 million illegals number is about right for just the State of California.

The blood of every American murdered, killed by drunk illegals on the road, children and seniors raped by illegals drips from the hands of ALL members of Congress who have not made this a top issue from one election to the next as well as governors and state legislators. While Democrats puke up their usual propaganda about illegals being so wonderful and important, an average of 12 AMERICANS are murdered or killed (usually drunk Mexicans driving) every day in this country by an illegal alien.

All Democrat politicians want is more voters for their communist based ideology, period. Decades ago the Democratic Party became a sub-set of the Communist Party International and if you’ve done your homework you know this to be a fact.

RINO’s in the Outlaw Congress could care less about you and your loved ones or Kate’s Law would have sailed through Congress. Demand for Border Wall Splits Republican Lawmakers

Another wolf in sheep’s clothing: VP Pence Invites Sen. Flake To Lobby Trump For Amnesty

Instead, a jury of empty heads who would electrocute themselves if two sparks between their ears connected, acquitted Kate Steinle’s illegal alien career criminal murderer. They convicted him of illegal gun possession and guess what his sentence was? Time served. That’s right. Her parents must have been shell-shocked at the verdict. You couldn’t pay me enough money to ever set foot in SF again.

An illegal alien protected by the rotten SOB’s who run San Francisco murders an innocent young woman and all he gets for taking her life is time served. Thankfully, that waste of human skin is still in the joint as the feds will now get possession of him.  Zarate’s attorney, another Mexican, said charges by the federal government are ‘discriminatory’. Really?

How many more funerals will it take? How many more raped babies, toddlers, teens and seniors will it take to get that wall built? How many more illegals will be allowed to stay in this country instead of rounding them up and getting them deported before Congress acts?

Like so many others, I’ve written a million words on this treachery by members of Congress and governors like California Governor Moonbeam Jerry Brown who filled his nose with cocaine on a regular basis during the ‘free love’ degenerate days.

States like Washington crap in the face of every border patrol agent who puts his/her life at risk everyday trying to keep the scum of the earth as well as terrorists from sneaking across our borders. Protect illegals! I hope the people of Washington State vote out every incumbent politician who sides with illegal aliens. They are putting you and your loved ones at risk.

Washington sues Motel 6 for giving guest information to ICE
ICE Chief: Criminal Charges for ‘Sanctuary’ Politicians
California Governor Pardons Felons Set for Deportation– Felons are individuals convicted of crimes like robbery, rape and murder. Gov. Moonbeam wants them to stay free in California. Trip to Disneyland? You’re risking your life and your precious children.

Six Insane California Laws That Go Into Effect Monday

5-Year-Old Raped By Illegal Alien California Sanctuary Governor Ignores
Illegal immigrant guilty of killing family of 5 with hammer – That one is from Vietnam. Democrats have DESTROYED my home state of California. I wish I could get my family out of there because it’s turning into nothing more than a banana republic run by racist Mexicans in the legislature and higher elected offices throughout the state.
Illegal Alien Faces 3rd Deportation after Arrest for Sexual Assault – He’ll be back to rape you or your daughter. That piece of garbage was caught in Tennessee.

City of Denver Staffers Who Cooperate With ICE Could Be Fired, Jailed, Fined
Trump Was Right: 1 in 4 Illegals Is Mentally Ill

No DACA until there’s a wall AND hell freezes over

We fought a MAJOR battle in 2006 but we won. Now we need to win the war. Sadly, Trump is about to betray us on his biggest campaign promise:

Trump’s Prioritizing DACA Illegal Aliens Breaks with ‘No Amnesty’ Commitment – At least 800,000 of them. While you struggle to make ends meet and hope the POC (that would be piece of crap) tax reform new law puts a few extra dollars in your paycheck, it will go out the window supporting illegals and many more millions who will make it across the border:

Almost Half of DACA Aliens Can Barely Speak English, 25% ‘Functionally Illiterate’

“Other studies reveal even more problems caused by Obama’s DACA program. The Congressional Budget Office reported that 1 in 5 DACA-eligible illegal aliens would be on food stamps in under a decade. Harvard’s Roberto Gonzales told CIS that 73 percent of DACA recipients are living in low-income housing and reap welfare benefits plus more from taxpayers. Breitbart reported that only 4 percent of DACA illegals complete college, “[M]aking the DACA population far less likely than the native American population to finish college with a degree.”

“For illegal aliens, the American Dream is a free ride — or at least, it has been. President Trump has called an end to DACA and will pull the plug in late MAGA, er, March.” Really?

Donald Trump: DACA Amnesty Activists Will Be ‘Falling in Love’ with Republicans  SHAME on you, President Trump.

Illegal ‘Dreamer’ accused of murdering teen

FAIR Examines the DACA Myth – short listen. Just scroll down until you see that caption. Get the facts instead of lies.

Illegal minors show up to protest at congressional offices. WATCH: Hundreds Of Illegal Immigrants Rage In The Senate – ICE should be on permanent duty to arrest and get them deported. Instead, they walk around and protest their illegal status with impunity in OUR capitol.

Support for DACA Amnesty Falls

We the people, at least those Americans who understand what illegals flooding this country has done to our republic have fought some big battles but now it’s time to win the war.  This is going to be our LAST chance to stop the flood by deporting all illegals that can be rounded up regardless of age and the U.S. government knows exactly where to find them.

Just like Eisenhower did so long ago only he didn’t worry about political correctness or possible riots. You say you’re tough, Mr. President. Prove it and stand up for the law.

Warriors for OUR laws and OUR country, you are desperately needed right now. TODAY. Trump thinks he can trade the wall by giving ‘Dreamers’ and DACA illegals (Madison Ave slick marketing labels) amnesty. Just what the scum Democrats in Congress want in this election year. I say NO.

Look, this has gone on long enough. Republicans hold the majority in both houses. Because of their cowardice and not wanting to offend ‘minority’ voters, the blood of Americans continues to be spilled and crime continues to go up by illegals.

Illegal Immigration And Crime -The stunning numbers the Left cannot refute
Bombshell Report Reveals Up To 30% Of Federal Inmates Are Illegal Immigrants

101 Illegal Immigrants Arrested in ICE Operation – “Federal officers in New Jersey arrested 101 illegal immigrants–most with criminal histories–during a targeted, five-day operation that ended Friday. Those arrested include people with convictions for sexual assault of a minor, child abuse, distribution of drugs, possession of child porn, a variety of sexual offenses, and other violence”. A Turk, Mexican, a Puruvian, one from the Philippines, Dominican Republic, Egyptian, El Salvadorian, Guyanese and Korean – all here to inflict harm on Americans and America.

This is an outrage: Catch-and-release of illegals restarted in Texas, Border Patrol agents say – “The Trump administration reinstated a de facto catch-and-release policy for illegal immigrants nabbed crossing the border in Texas, with Border Patrol agents being told Wednesday not to even bother turning them over for speedy deportation because there was no bed space, a top agent said.” Notice the photo. Very pregnant. Thinks she can drop a kid that automatically becomes a U.S. citizen. One of the biggest lies: There’s no such thing as an ‘anchor baby’.

This is part of the strongest anti-illegals bill ever introduced back in 1993. Introduced by former U.S. Senator Dirty Harry Reid:

TITLE X – CITIZENSHIP – SEC. 1001. BASIS OF CITIZENSHIP CLARIFIED.

“In the exercise of its powers under section 5 of the Fourteenth Article of Amendment to the Constitution of the United States, the Congress has determined and hereby declares that any person born after the date of enactment of this title to a mother who is neither a citizen of the United States nor admitted to the United States as a lawful permanent resident, and which person is a national or citizen of another country of which either of his or her natural parents is a national or citizen, or is entitled upon application to become a national or citizen of such country, shall be considered as born subject to the jurisdiction of that foreign country and not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States within the meaning of section 1 of such Article and shall therefore not be a citizen of the United States or of any State solely by reason of physical presence within the United States at the moment of birth.”

Congressional primaries start in less than two months. TAKE THE TIME to send a fax to your GOP U.S. House member or Senator. Remember, only 1/3rd of the Senate is unlawfully up for reelection in November so most won’t give a damn what you want because they’re ‘safe’ for now but do it anyway. Forget email. Congress critters receive hundreds of thousands of emails every year and what you get is nothing but boiler-plate BS.

Do the same for President Trump only it will have to be either a post card or snail mail which takes several weeks as all mail to OUR White House has to be bombarded at a special facility since the anthrax attacks in 2001. Here’s what you write:

NO amnesty for ANY illegal and that includes so-called ‘Dreamer’s and DACA illegals. They can blame their parents for smuggling them across the border.

Their parents are responsible for finding them relatives or friends to go live with once they’re deported back to where they came from.

All forms of amnesty to our immigration laws have done nothing but INVITE more illegals into our country and we have had it. I don’t care if the government shuts down over this issue. It’s too important.

Fund the damn wall and use the National Guard in California, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas for labor. They’re already on the payroll. Forget billions for outside contractors. National Guard are trained and can get the job done at a fraction of the price, but fund that wall.

I will not vote for you in the upcoming primary and will work hard to see your challenger beat you if you side with ANY age illegal alien.

President Trump: NO amnesty for DACA or any other illegals. As a deplorable who worked to get you elected, don’t sell us out on this regardless of how much belly-aching and threats by Democrats. If you do on this one issue, you have lost my support.

Yes, Democrats are threatening to shut down the government over this. Fine. Shut it down except for mandatory personnel.

Federal workers, I’m sorry, but this is the biggest battle in the war to save our country from the human tsunami flooding across our borders and the ones here sucking off all of us. You’ll still get your paychecks if just a little late. I am a former federal employee (GS-11) and whistleblower so I fully understand, but I didn’t make this mess.

Flood the comment line to the WH and in addition to your letter (which they can’t ignore if 10,000 are piled on their desks) and repeat the points above to your congressional rat. Even if it’s a Democrat, make your voice heard.

White House comment line: (202)-456-1111 – and keep calling. Do it on your lunch hour every day or during a coffee break or during the commute as long as you’re not the driver in California where using a cell phone is now a crime with huge fines. The same applies to your U.S. House rep. You can find their information at: www.house.gov. Same for the rotten Senate: www.senate.gov

As I wrote above, no one thought we would kill the massive effort back in 2006 and 2007 by tens of thousands of illegals marching in cities across this country. We did and now it’s time to put a stop to our open border and coddling illegals just because they might be under the age of 18.

It’s also imperative for national security reasons.

Every one of my columns below is packed with facts; these are but a few. How many more columns by me and a hundred others before we win the war instead of just skirmishes?

Get on the email alert list for ALIPAC  They are one group of dedicated individuals who have been fighting on the front lines and have a huge and active audience. Stay informed with real time alerts so YOU can act.

HERE is the solution not ONE member of Congress has pursued: A Bill: Stop all Public Welfare in Any Form for Illegal Aliens, 8-24-14

Only Way to Stop Bush’s Promotion of Illegals Invading America 1-17-04
When Illegals Go Berserk, Will Your State be Prepared? 3-27-06
“We Have Got to Eliminate The Gringo” 3-30-06
They Died For “Cheap” Labor 4-3-06
Hide What’s in Your Heart Today 4-13-06
My Visit to the Minutemen HQ in Arizona 5-1-06

Illegals Protest in Sacramento; Photos and Propaganda, 5-4-06
Illlegals invasion & the Seventeenth Amendment 6-5-06
Illegal aliens: declaring war on the enablers, 4-30-10
Illegals aren’t “going to take it anymore”?, Part 1, 10-20-13

Immigration “Reform” Hoax Will Kill Millions of American Jobs, 5-11-13
Urgent action needed: Stop illegals invasion tsunami underway, 6-17-14
If Obama’s amnesty goes through, within 5 years, America is finished, 6-30-13
A Bill: Stop all Public Welfare in Any Form for Illegal Aliens, 8-24-14
Kathryn Steinle’s Blood Drips From Your Hands, America, Part 1, 7-6-15
Texas: No Birth Certificates for Illegal Aliens, 8-31-15
California’s Big Threat to Protect Illegal Aliens, 1-30-17

By Joan Swirsky

When my husband Steve was almost 13, his grandfather died––just a few months before the old man he loved and respected had tutored him for his Bar Mitzvah. To this day, Steve remembers the burial ceremony vividly.

When the rabbi had finished the prayers at the outdoor burial site and his grandfather’s son and daughters and grandchildren were wiping the tears from their eyes, Steve told me that “my grandmother let out a blood-curdling scream and jumped into the grave––literally––right on top of the wooden coffin! And I remember three or four men had to reach in and jump in after her to lift her out.”

This is certainly not a typical reaction to loss, but it’s not unheard of. Especially if the loss is unanticipated and therefore traumatic.

It’s harder to wrap your mind around hearing that a generally healthy man drops dead on a tennis court than if another man suffers a lingering death. The first is traumatic; the second may even be a relief.

And the relevance?

LIBERAL GRAVE JUMPERS

Not long after the November 2016 presidential election, I was at a luncheon surrounded by a large group of powerful, sophisticated, and formidably wealthy women, actually full-bore capitalists––dripping in diamonds and wearing pricey designer outfits––who all voted for the Socialist Hillary for president and twice for the Marxist poseur “president” Barack Obama.

At casual glance, you would think this gathering was a lavishly catered fundraiser for a good cause, with gorgeous flowers on display and wine flowing. But in truth it more resembled a wake.

“It’s not fair,” one woman lamented, echoing the age-old mantra of the left, and completely oblivious to the fact that most Hillary voters would consider it “not fair” to be wearing a seven-carat diamond ring and driving to a fancy luncheon in a Bentley when this privileged woman could––progressives believe actually should––be “sharing her wealth” with the deserving masses!

“Everything we worked for is lost,” another diva announced––“what will happen to choice?”––again referring to the Holy Grail of the left, i.e. ending the lives of living fetuses who simply need a few more months of in-utero development to become vibrant human beings, babies who would be adored by millions of would-be adoptive parents throughout the world.

Significantly, none of the leftist women I encountered at the luncheon has defected to Cuba or Russia or China to prove how ideologically pure they are or how genuine their belief is in socialism or communism. Au contraire…all of them keep living the high life while they keep telling the rest of us not to wear fur coats, not to drive gas-guzzling cars, not to send our kids to private schools, on and on, while, to a person, they do exactly the opposite of what they pretend to stand for!

This luncheon was held a couple of weeks before the National Day of Mourning on January 21, 2017––also known as the Women’s March on Washington––in which thousands of women gathered to express their shock and fury at Hillary’s loss of the presidency.

It was at both the luncheon and while watching the March on TV that I got my first glimpses of what would become a full year of out-of-control, grave-jumping hysteria.

THIS TOO SHALL PASS

Most Americans had seen these leftist protests during the presidential campaign and misguidedly thought that the frenzied demonstrations, bizarre behavior, and adolescent displays of unhinged hatred toward the new president would peter out, that the insanity would pass. Naively, they failed to realize that this was equal to believing quack doctors who tell gullible patients that their Alzheimer’s disease or diabetes will pass.

Indeed, to liberals, leftists, progressives––whatever they’re calling themselves today––Hillary’s loss was worse than death; it was the utter destruction of everything they stood for, believed in, adhered to, taught their children, voted for, donated money to, based their entire identities upon!

To this day, never-say-die leftist billionaires are paying for the protests and for leftist candidates to run for the Congress and the Senate, for leftist newscasters to stick to their anti-Trump scripts, and for leftist women to accuse the Commander in Chief of the kind of sexual harassment that we now know, with rare exceptions, seems to be the exclusive domain of predatory perverts and abuse-of-power leftists in the media, industry, Hollywood, sports, on and on.

THE IDENTITY THING

Let’s say you love the home you live in, that you chose everything about the décor––the blue and green color scheme, big-pillow couches, hanging plants, lamps instead of overhead spotlights, traditional paintings, a few candles, small picture frames, et al.

But you come home one day and your entire home is in neon orange and yellow, with stark angular furniture, harsh lighting, impenetrable modern art, no sign of a plant or photo, and a distinctly barren atmosphere. And you can’t do a damned thing about it.

You feel nauseated, then despairing, angry, furious, boiling, insane with rage!

But that is not all.

You suddenly realize that everything you fervently believed in:

• The benefits of high taxation,
• The necessity of increased regulation,
• The belief in open borders,
• The validity of global warming,
• The fairness of socialized medicine,
• The wisdom of socialized education,
• The brilliance of leading from behind and striking a billion-dollar nuke deal with Iran…

All of them gone!

But that is not all.

You also realize that:

Every newspaper you read, every pollster you believed, every TV personality you trusted––all your sources of information were wrong! Day after day, week after week, month after month on end they predicted that Hillary would win. And then kaput! Your entire identity, utterly gone.

Like the essentially unadaptable species the left represents, you couldn’t cope––any more than the snowflake children you raised can cope with even minor adversity. Any more than the professional meltdown infants of the media left––CNN’s joyless Joy Reid and ABC’s joyless Joy Behar come immediately to mind––can cope.

So hair-on-fire hysterical were the leftist losers of the 2016 presidential campaign that–– essentially children that they are––they engaged in a full two-year temper tantrum––the year Mr. Trump was a candidate and his first year in the presidency.

“RACISM” GRAVE JUMPERS

The minute candidate Trump said his solution to keeping illegal aliens, terrorists, and drug dealers from entering our country through our southern border was to “build a wall” and “have Mexico pay for it,” the compassionate liberals (whose forebears created the Ku Klux Klan, the Jim Crow laws, et al) cried “racist.”

The decibel level only increased after U.S. citizen Rizwan Farook and his Pakistani wife Tashfeen Malik murdered 14 people in San Bernardino on December 2, 2015, and candidate Trump called for a “total and complete shutdown of Muslims entering the United States.” He later refined the plan to include extreme vetting.

Of course, critics ignored the fact that for over five decades, Mr. Trump had hired hundreds if not thousands of non-Caucasian employees, many on an executive level, and that racism was the last adjective people who know him would ever use to describe him.

The public clearly got that message and elected him President of the United States!

Note: Relevant to mention here that according to the Associated Press, the unemployment rate for African-Americans today is at its lowest level in records dating to 1972.

MEDIA GRAVE JUMPERS

In a September article, “Media Whores,” I cited journalist Ashley Lutz’s report for Business Insider, which said that in 1983 there were 50 media companies, but today only six organizations are responsible for 90 percent of all the “news” we read, watch and listen to! Five of the CEOs of these multibillion-dollar businesses are leftist globalists, and the sixth, the only conservative, is Rupert Murdoch (Fox, Wall St. Journal, NY Post, et al) who recently gave control of his empire to his leftist sons Lachlan and James, hence the distinctly leftward tilt of Fox and the WSJ.

For decades, these business titans have made massive investments in the global economy, thanks largely to the leftist con men and women—the Clintons and Obama & Co.; the communists, tin-pot dictators and America-haters of the United Nations; the leftist billionaires who thrive on and denounce capitalism at the same time—who convinced them that America was on the decline and that the open-borders, one-world-government crowd was in imminent ascendance.

Then Donald Trump happened and all that one-world baloney vanished overnight.

Since then, the globalists have done two things: they have continued to invest heavily in our economy, hence the rocket-like ascendance of the Stock Market, while at the same time telling their media shills to keep up the drumbeat of negativity about President Trump. Why? Because the ratings for their devolving shows spiked with his election, as did the money that lined their pockets!

The always astute Daniel Greenfield elaborates on this phenomenon:

“The media spent eight years declining into irrelevance under Obama. Even before Trump, Obama had bypassed the media for social media. The big stories were fed to the press by Obama Inc. cronies like Ben Rhodes or hidden-hand political smear shops like Fusion GPS.

“Trump revived the media…[his] end year remarks to the NY York Times acerbically summed up his relationship with the media. `I’m going to win another four years… because newspapers, television, all forms of media will tank if I’m not there.’ The answering outburst of rage and contempt from the media burned all the hotter because the statement was not only intentionally provocative; it was also true.

“Trump’s greatest trick was forcing [the media] to get in the ring with him. That’s always been his trick for defeating his opponents.

“The media’s Trump rage ended Hillary’s career, put a Republican in the White House, pulled us out of the Paris Climate Accords, brought in the Muslim travel ban, recognized Jerusalem and did all the other things the media wails about every second of the day. And the media helped make them happen.”

Personally, I wonder how all these “media whores” will feel when they realize that they’ve been played not only by President Trump, but by their bosses as well!

CONSPIRACY-THEORIST GRAVE JUMPERS

For a year since the November 2016 presidential election––and no doubt plotted and planned for months before the election when the Democrats’ internal polling told them that Sir Edmund Hillary’s namesake could lose––the meme that the “Steele dossier” proved that the Trump campaign colluded with the Russians to win the election has been the 24-7 non-stop theme of every leftist broadcast in America.

The mission, of course, was to prove collusion, conspiracy, even sedition, and then to impeach President Trump and ultimately to return to the Communist paradise the faux “president” Barack Obama tried mightily to inflict on the land of the free and the home of the brave.

But according to author and journalist Paul Sperry, “now that Hillary Clinton has been revealed as [the Steele dossier’s] paymaster and a Hillary-friendly FBI is under investigation for possibly launching the Trump-Russia `collusion’ probe under false pretenses, they are suddenly in full retreat from it. Their credibility is in tatters along with the discredited document.”

“Democrats’ new mission,” Sperry adds, “is to bury the dossier, and the media are providing them the shovel.”  Democrats “got everyone lathered up over a false conspiracy theory, and now they’re realizing they overreached and are running for the exits, revising history, recasting narratives, covering their keisters. They led the nation on a wild goose chase, and now they fear the reckoning.”

Indeed. As Russian-American blogger Gary Gindler wonders: “Are Soros, Obama, and Clinton so naïve that they sincerely believed that Trump would accept their rules of engagement and just idly sit by? Did they seriously expect that an investigation into something that doesn’t exist would trigger no answer from Trump? None of these neo-Marxists with allegedly high IQs bothered to consider a strategy to forestall Trump just in case he turned out not to be guilty of anything.”

Gindler suggests what that the president’s “counterstrike strategy” might be: “The events of the past month give every reason to believe that Trump is aiming at the full-scale bankruptcy of his political opponents. This bankruptcy refers not only to financial, but also political, legal, and moral bankruptcy of the Democratic [Party] and its allies in the disinformation media.”

HARASSMENT-HORDE GRAVE JUMPERS

It started in 2016, when the co-host of the Today Show, Billy Bush, aired a tape of an interview he had done with business mogul Trump in 2005––a tape in which both men chortled when discussing women in typical locker-room talk. Guy talk. Sex talk. OMG!

Pounce! “Sexist,” “misogynist,” “woman hater,” shrieked the same women who stood faithfully by not only Bill Clinton through eight years of philandering and de facto wife abuse, et al., but also behind all the predatory males in Hollywood and the TV and literary and sports worlds without ever murmuring a word of protest.

In October, the sexual-harassment brouhaha erupted when movie mogul Harvey Weinstein was accused of vulgar behavior toward women, going back decades. Those of us who know how liberals think knew that (1) this was a desperate ploy, given that all the things mentioned above hadn’t worked to depose or impeach President Trump, (2) that they had to choose an executive, a powerful mogul like Weinstein, to then make their accusations against the POTUS stick––sauce for the goose and all that, and (3) everyone and anyone was dispensable to actualize their goals.

Last November, even leftist Newsweek published an updated list of the men accused of sexual harassment––overwhelmingly Democrat liberals! Surprise surprise!

MENTAL-FITNESS GRAVE JUMPERS

As long as leftist billionaires pay their way, the leftists among us will keep up their anti-Trump drumbeat. Now we have the hilarious theory that the president is mentally unfit for office.

A few days ago, Rep. Jamie Raskin (D-MD) told CNN that Congress has a “constitutional duty” to…declare President Donald Trump unfit to serve in the Oval Office due to his psychological state. A lawyer, Cong. Raskin didn’t mention his credentials in diagnosing medical conditions that threaten our national security.

However, he told the interviewer that last month he and [more than a dozen] other lawmakers met with Yale University psychiatry professor Dr. Bandy X. Lee, who, in violation of professional ethics, said that the president exhibited signs he would “unravel,” according to Politico.

Apparently, Dr. Lee has a problem with the president’s tweeting. But according to writer Renee Hayes,  ”Lee’s got a stake in the mental demise of President Trump with a book she edited called, `The Dangerous case of Donald Trump.’ The book…was apparently read by many of the lawmakers who attended last month’s meeting.”

In a powerful indictment of Pres. Trump’s predecessor, writer Jack Hellner says that “the people who actually need their heads examined are Obama and all the journalists and Democrats who supported him. Obama was paranoid, delusional, and a power-hungry autocrat who didn’t care about equal justice, his oath to enforce laws, the Constitution, economic opportunity for all, or the safety of the people. I will gladly take a president who leads from ahead, who follows laws that Congress has passed, and who is striving to give the power and purse back to the people as fast as he can. His mental capacity to produce results appears to be spectacular.”

WOLFF-BOOK GRAVE JUMPERS

Leftists quite effectively time events to distract from President Trump’s quite spectacular accomplishments and then use the leftist media to keep their hate-Trump obsession going.

The latest spectacle has been the publication of an anti-Trump book by fabricator Michael Wolff, which features bizarre and scurrilous accusations toward the Commander in Chief and his family by Steve Bannon, a former advisor to the president and executive chairman of Breitbart News.

Unfortunately for a clearly bitter and angry Bannon, suffering it appears from a jilted-lover syndrome (a result of being summarily dismissed by the White House), the book is already suffering from the all-important credibility factor. And the former advisor has now offered President Trump an extravagant apology ––“My support is also unwavering for the president and his agenda…”––which suggests that Mr. Wolff should have reserved his psychiatric diagnosis for Mr. Bannon.

As NY radio host Mark Simone tweeted: “Only in America can a lazy tabloid writer who turns out a book every 5 years, call a billionaire, who builds 100 story skyscrapers in his sleep, runs dozens of companies, has 10,000 employees, an unfocused child.”

At this point it appears that except for leftist “elites” on both coasts and a media whose credibility now hovers close to zero, no one is buying this fiction. As writer Kurt Schlicter, so aptly puts it, “The elite keeps losing to the guy they tell us is dumb. The elite keeps losing to the guy they tell us is a clown. He just refuses to lose. He just refuses to submit. He just refuses to give a damn about what they say or what they think. And that infuriates them. He won’t take a knee, but he will offer them a finger.”

[BIO: JOAN SWIRSKY, the recipient of numerous Long Island Press Awards, wrote health, science and feature articles for The New York Times Long Island section for over 20 years, as well as for many regional and national publications. A former obstetrical nurse, Lamaze teacher, and psychotherapist, Joan is the book-and-lyric writer of four musicals, one of which, “Oh Baby!” – about three couples facing parenthood – was produced in New York City in 1983.

For eight years, starting in 1985, Joan was a science writer for The Women’s Record on Long Island, during which time she wrote over 175 articles on the issue of breast cancer on Long Island – its clinical, psychological, political, environmental, and social implications. She has been publicly acknowledged as being responsible for two redesigns of the New York State Study on breast cancer and as being the first journalist in America to put the breast cancer-environment relationship “on the map” of public consciousness.

Joan is a clinical nurse specialist (R.N., M.S., C.S., C.E.) and NY-State-certified psychotherapist. She was awarded a Nurse of Distinction Award by the New York State Legislature in 1991, received the Master’s Faculty Leadership Award from Adelphi University, and is a member of Sigma Theta Tau Nursing Honor Society.]

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: www.joanswirsky.com

In the long war between good and evil which began in the Garden of Eden, there have been many ups and downs, advances and retreats. We have seen in our day a significant advance of evil in our land. But the battle is not over. For example, eleven days ago on December 20th, President Trump signed a significant Executive Order that didn’t receive much attention in the press (no surprise there). The order declared,

“a national emergency with respect to the unusual and extraordinary threat to the national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States posed by serious human rights abuse and corruption around the world.

Video of the sermon

The order blocks the property and interests in property of persons listed in the Annex to the order. It also blocks the property and interests in property of any foreign person determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State and the Attorney General:

1. to be responsible for or complicit in, or to have directly or indirectly engaged in, serious human rights abuse;
2. to be a current or former government official, or a person acting for or on behalf of such an official, who is responsible for or complicit in, or has directly or indirectly engaged in:
   (a) corruption, including the misappropriation of state assets, the expropriation of private assets for personal gain, corruption related to government contracts or the extraction of natural resources, or bribery;” Whitehouse.gov

Let’s see, could that include Hillary Clinton in the Uranium One deal, selling 20% of America’s Uranium to Russia for an estimated 100 million dollars? Or, how about Senator Harry Reid with the deal concocted with the Chinese to steal the Bundy’s land in Nevada for a solar farm? The list of those whose assets may be frozen is long and I think rather encouraging. It is the next phase in draining the swamp.

The battle for righteousness has a long history and continually requires a rising generation who will take up the mantle and continue that battle. In our day we are in dire need of warriors in this battle; those who are not intimidated by the enemy of our souls, those who will not be thrown off course by the persecution that inevitably comes against the warrior, those who will fight the good fight to the very end.

To raise that army, we need powerful role models which we can follow, those whose lives were tested in the fires of adversity, those who did not shirk on the battle field, those whose faith grew stronger as they fought the good fight.

This morning we begin anew in the Year of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ 2018 (Maranatha, even so come Lord Jesus). Our study is a man who meets all those qualifications – the Old Testament hero Joshua. This is a man who fought the good fight in his day and has a great deal to teach us today about the fight which lies before us for truth, righteousness and justice.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2018 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

As America begins a new year with an administration that is actually standing for the American people, what do we expect for the next 12 months?  This question is asked each year, but this is the first time I can remember the hope and optimism of this magnitude was in 1980 when Ronald Reagan became our 40^th President. I remember those days. Carter had destroyed the economy, military and America’s respect on the world scene. Reagan came in kicking butt and taking names. He got things done. He was anti-big government and pro-people. Donald J Trump entered office in the same manner.  Reagan had run the State of California very well, left it with a $6 billion surplus.

We, the American people, were ready for a President with a back bone.  Carter did not have the guts to stand up for America.  The Iranian hostage crisis was, I believe, the downfall of Carter.  He let third world countries walk all over America and rarely retaliated.  His hatred towards Israel and refusal to accept assistance from Israel in freeing the Americans held hostage by the ‘religion of peace’ was a major red flag for me.  I had been a Democrat up to that point.  Carter cured me of liberalism!  His economic policies were just as bad as FDR’s were.  They only made the whole problem worse.  Inflation was soaring as was interest rates.  The economy came to a grinding halt.  Reagan gave us hope.  He had a Democrat Congress and Senate, yet he managed to get tax reform done that spike the economy for a two-decade run.  Ever notice that the tax cuts are always removing the taxes demanded by the Democrats over the last couple decades.  Even Calvin Coolidge cut taxes in the 1920’s that along with common sense economics kicked off the roaring 20’s.[1]

Reagan cut taxes AND regulations[2] in his first term and the Democrats did the same thing they are doing today, crying Armageddon! For some reason the economists then and now can’t grasp the concept of low taxes and regulation actually moves the economy in the right direction. Economists disagreed over the achievements of Reaganomics. Tax cuts plus increased military spending would cost the federal government trillions of dollars. Reagan advocated paying for these expenses by slashing government programs. In the end, the Congress approved his tax and defense plans, but refused to make any deep cuts to the welfare state.[3]  Each time taxes are cut for businesses and the people, government gets more money.  It has happened every time, always will.  Democrats actually believe, for some reason, that your paycheck is theirs and they are being nice to let you keep any of it.  Concerning the recent tax reform package just passed by Congress the Democrats are claiming almost a national security attack!  Senator Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), who nearly won the Democratic presidential nomination last year, described the tax bill this way: “What we are seeing today, in an unprecedented way, is the looting of the federal Treasury.”[4]  Senator Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) echoed her fellow Democrats. “The bill that the Republicans jammed through the senate tonight isn’t tax reform. It’s a heist. Let’s call this out for what it is: Government for sale.”[5]  Why is it theft for the middle class to keep more of their money?  We do realize that there are expenses in keeping us safe and running the government, but we are also spending billions on foreign aid to countries that hate us.

We saw with the election of Donald Trump that most if not all of our trade deals benefitted the other party more than us and usually the US citizen got the short end of the stick. Dumping the Paris Agreement saved America billions of dollars.  All of these world organizations, UN, UNESCO, NATO demand that America fund all their idiocy.  Most of the budget for the Paris Accord would fall into the lap of the American taxpayer. Examples of what we DON”T have to spend: Yemen has promised a whopping 1 percent cut in greenhouse gas emissions as part of the global Paris climate agreement.

North Korea, meanwhile, has said its pollution will double by 2030 compared with 2000 levels — but only if the rest of the world writes a sizable check. Otherwise, its emissions will rise even further.

Peru says it can cut emissions by 30 percent by 2030 compared with its “business as usual” projections, though that would be a net pollution increase of 22 percent and is contingent on billions of dollars in funding.

India, Iran, South Sudan, Niger, the Central African Republic, Cuba, Egypt, Paraguay and a host of other countries have similar demands: Pay up, or else they will have to keep polluting.

When President Trump pulled out of the Paris climate accord last week, his critics — including former President Barack Obama — said he was turning his back on the future and joining only Syria and Nicaragua in refusing to take part.[6]

We have seen the positive effects on the economy ever since the day Trump was elected. The Stock Market has had as of October of 2017 47 record highs! [7] Today many sectors of the market are at all time highs: Other major market indexes were on course to deliver solid gains. The Dow Jones industrial average is on pace for a gain of 25.2 percent. The 30-company average set 70 all-time highs as it sped from just under 20,000 points to past the 24,000 mark.

The Nasdaq composite is headed for a 28.9 percent gain. The tech-heavy index blew past the 6,000-point mark for the first time in April.

Small-company stocks, which trounced the rest of the market in 2016, got a boost this year as investors bet that the companies would be big beneficiaries of a corporate tax cut bill. The Russell 2000 index of smaller-company stocks is on course for a 13.8 percent gain.

The market’s gains have been broad, with seven of the 11 sectors in the S&P 500 closing in on double-digit gains, led by technology, which is up nearly 39 percent. Only energy stocks and phone companies are lagging.[8]

Just to scratch the surface as to what we have seen Trump accomplish in his first year: President Trump decreased the US Debt in his first 100 days by $100 Billion.  (President Obama increased the US debt in his first 100 days by more than $560 Billion.)

The US Manufacturing Index soared to a 33 year high in this period which were the best numbers since 1983 under President Reagan.

President Trump added 298,000 jobs in his first month alone (after President Obama said jobs were not coming back!).

Housing sales are red-hot.  In 2011, houses for sale were on the market an average 84 days. This year, it’s just 45 days.

Illegal immigration is down 67% since President Trump’s Inauguration.

NATO announced Allied spending is up $10 Billion because of President Trump.

After being nominated by President Trump, Constitutionalist Judge Neil Gorsuch was confirmed and sworn in as  Supreme Court Justice in early April.[9]

Yes, we are looking for a bang this year.  Maybe even more than the Reagan bang.  We have someone in the White House who knows something about how the free market systems work, Obama and Clinton both think government is the one that creates jobs.  We have someone in the White House that has the American peoples back.  We have someone in the White House that is god-fearing, not perfect, but god-fearing.  We finally, after eight years, have an American in the White House.

© 2018 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. US President  Calvin Coolidge
2. http://www.ushistory.org/us/59b.asp
3. http://www.ushistory.org/us/59b.asp
4. http://www.ushistory.org/us/59b.asp
5. http://www.ushistory.org/us/59b.asp
6. Paris climate agreement shares nations wealth
7. US stock futures inch higher as investors count down to earnings season 2017
8. https://amp.detroitnews.com/amp/108981792
9. Complete list of President Trump’s accomplishments in his first 100 days

Before getting into the details of this shocking piece, let me begin with a personal proclamation: I actually pity those who have never known a person with Down syndrome—whatever their age. Those who have not, have missed out on a wonderful experience indeed. And that is accompanied with lots of love.

Yet because those with Down Syndrome do look different and have the mind of a an eight or 9 year old, many are rejected, with the hardhearted avoiding them altogether. But even with a limited mental ability, they are very dependable. Many work at jobs in grocery stores, restaurants and even helping as clean up crews in college cafeterias.

Almost ten years ago, I found myself standing in an obscure place.  A series of adventures had led me to Osawatomie, Kansas.  I had traveled through the tiny farming community, up through a park and landed at a museum which was really the cabin John Brown lived in with his (half) sister and her family.  It was the sight of the famous burning and attacks.

I stood in what would have been the main room of the small cabin, looking at relics on the wall and around me, when I heard the voice of the Lord.  There were no other visitors just yet, and there really wasn’t much to look at.  It was the cabin John Brown lived in when he got the message that Missourians were trying to rig the elections and make Kansas a slave state.  He packed up his guns and his sons and moved to where he felt he could make the most difference in a nation he was convicted should abolish slavery.  Nothing else mattered to John Brown than to remove the scourge of slavery from the land.

Like most holy moments, we don’t know that’s what they’re going to be until they’re there.  A silent reverence filled the room as I stood in front of the mantle.  When the Lord spoke, I quickly turned around and scanned the room, so clear was His voice:  “Where are my John Browns today?”  In that moment I felt the heart of the Lord for John Brown, and it felt like an officer’s fierce respect and trust in his lead soldier.

I had to reevaluate my opinion of John Brown at the time.  My opinion had been mixed, and it led me to a study of John Brown, and a pursuit of the heart of God.  Whatever John Brown was or wasn’t, he had the love and admiration of my God.  This began an ongoing conversation with the Lord, one that changed my theology in part.  I questioned the Lord about the eleven Missourians pretty much murdered in cold blood by John Brown and his men.  He was silent.  Some time later I was reading and as I read King Solomon’s words, “There’s a time to kill, and a time to heal” the Lord spoke, “Now do you understand John Brown?”

I have not made this up.  This flew counter to my theology at the time.  I had to lay myself before the Lord and admit His ways and thoughts superseded my own.  I embarked on a journey to learn about this John Brown.  My favorite book was David S. Reynolds’ John Brown Abolitionist.  I handwrote a quote from it and penned it on the wall in my study from page 99:  “In a time of immoral laws, patriotism looks like treason.” 

Rumor has it that an Alliance to stop the treasonous works of the nefarious Deep State [aka: the New World Order (NWO), the Cabal, the Illuminati, the shadow government, the list goes on and on…] has all out launched an attack to bring them down.  The attack is named “The Storm” and I bring your attention to October 5, when the White House had top military commanders on site and Donald Trump declared, “You guys know what this represents?  Maybe it’s the calm before the storm.” 

Rumors prevail about a marine helicopter landing at Langley CIA headquarters mid-November, as well.  It would seem the CIA is refusing to follow White House orders to stop operatives initiated by Obama, and may indeed be acting rogue.  Of course none of this is reported mainstream, and confidential sources remain anonymous, so we’re left to guess.

President Trump declared January “National Slavery and Human Trafficking Prevention Month.”  Mark my words, this was an act of war against the Deep State, whose key players engage in the horrific practice of abducting (and borrowing) children for their wicked acts.  There are targets on people’s backs and we finally have an alliance of patriots ready to bring these people down.

Other rumors speak of thousands of sealed indictments; GPS monitoring anklets on people like Huma, Hillary, McCain, etc.; whispers that Soros has been detained (from Atlanta — remember the Atlanta airport shut down?) and is being interrogated at Camp David; military tribunals at Gitmo Bay for lead players, etc.  Whether these rumors contain any truth or not, it seems there is an orchestrated team and plan for combating what those who are awake understand is the greatest enemy of our time:  the shadow government.

Now more than ever is the time to rally the troops, muster your courage, shake out of slumber, and wipe the sleep out of your eyes.  Ladies and gentlemen, it appears we have a delta force on the ground, seals in the water, green berets in the trenches, and rangers at the controls.  It appears we have a valid resistance.  It’s time to wake up the sleeping and resurrect the half-dead.  It’s time to rally the true patriots around the resistance.

I am always just a little surprised when I get emails from people who actually read my articles and other NewsWithViews articles and still maintain their (blind) loyalty and (undue) praise for the current system.  I can’t help but wonder where they’ve been for the last two decades?  One man spent pages singing Clinton praises.  I can’t do anything with that.  As the saying goes, there are none so blind as those who will not see.

Pizzagate/Pedogate has not gone away; it just went underground for a bit.  There are still relentless real journalists hammering its diabolical truths and paying for it personally, sometimes with their lives.  It is one of the most heinous organized crimes of American history, and the public at large is ignorant and willfully ignorant of it.  Former Navy Seal Craig Sawyer “reveals that over 3,000 pedophiles belonging to an elite pedophile/sex-trafficking ring have been arrested since Trump took office, amid a total blackout by the mainstream media.”  You can read about that by clicking the link above.

Trump and those unnamed of the Alliance have a plan and are working it to bring down the stranglehold of the NWO on America.  It involves going after the criminal activities of Soros, Clintons, Podestas, Obama, Rothschilds, etc. in shrewd manner.  They have attacked their criminal sex crimes through Hollywood and DC, are exposing their wicked child sex trafficking rings, and are making ever so wise alliances with foreign governments and players with a common goal.  If you’re watching the mainstream media, you will never comprehend the real war that is going on.  By and large the details remain under wraps while in the planning for 1) strategy and 2) protection, but we’re starting to see the unraveling in plain sight.  We should be encouraged.

Those American patriots who understand true liberty and real righteousness will understand why this is a critical hour, though the battle will likely take years.  Now is the time for the grassroots patriots to organize and implement strategic efforts at educating and awakening those half dead, spiritually asleep, or who have just checked out from all the decades of demise.  It’s expedient we support the efforts of the Alliance, and participate in ways that further its progress.

Trump has been painted as an idiot by the media, Hollywood, and most of the DC useful idiots.  He doesn’t show his hand while he’s making the deal, but just like the booming economy we’re experiencing, we feel the effects of his actions later.  The controlled puppet media has been silent on the horrendous pedophilia crimes of the elite, the arrests and rings that are being caught, and the deaths of the honest journalists who have been exposing.  That only means these things are a threat to the Establishment.  It also means significant ground is being recovered.

One day, the curtain may be pulled back to expose the real villains, people who have been lauded as heroes and leaders, and an ignorant population may gasp in horror at the diabolical crimes carried out before us as we stroked the egos of the villains.  But more than likely, it will be a small remnant of real patriots, much like the Founding Fathers, who will procure the liberty of all Americans and the safety of our nation from the tentacles of the wicked, while the ignorant sat on the sidelines and criticized their valiant deeds of courage.

When John Brown was hung because of Harper’s Ferry, the general public thought the “bad guy” had been brought down.  His resolve was deemed too radical, too undiplomatic.  But history proves he was one of a handful willing to lay down his life and reputation for what he knew to be right, and history has proved he was right in his convictions.  We can argue for eternity whether his methods were “right” or not, but it is a moot point for the principle it drives.

The media in John Brown’s day painted a picture of him of lunacy and instability.  Gratefully, if you know the God of the Bible, you can free yourself from the criticism of man in order to operate out of the conviction of the moral right.  It matters not how the skeptics record your life; it matters how your Creator does.

As Job said, “I have heard of you by the hearing of the ear, but now my eye sees you.”  There reaches a point where we pass from what we’ve been told into what we encounter, and it changes everything.  If you’re just now starting that process, don’t give up.  Press in until you are so uncomfortable you either crack under the pressure and return to your comfort, or your illusions are shattered and you embrace the truth.  The truth is so much better.

Readers of NewsWithViews know how many of us labor to bring the truth to our readers.  Please share the articles, and tell your friends to subscribe to NewsWithViews daily emails alerts. Its on the Top Right side of all articles.

© 2018 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Law enforcement officers in Southern California said on Thursday that they are continuing their search for an illegal immigrant from El Salvador who is wanted for his heinous sex crimes perpetrated on a 5-year-old girl.

Fullerton, California, police detectives accuse 30-year-old  Rigoberto Arevalo Cubias of engaging in sexual intercourse and sodomy with a minor under the age of 10-years-old following their investigation, which started in late December. Authorities believe Cubias might have a California driver’s license, either legally or fraudulently obtained.

California’s Gov. Jerry Brown and his fellow Democrats had passed a law making the entire state a sanctuary for illegal aliens even if they commit a crime.

On Dec. 21, 2016, Fullerton Police officers responded to a hospital regarding a suspected sexual assault of a 5 year old female that had occurred in Fullerton.

The investigation by detectives from the department’s Family Crimes Unit identified the suspect as Rigoberto Arevalo Cubias, born on Feb. 21,1986, a male Latino, approximately 5’7”, 185 lbs, with black hair and brown eyes.

When he’s captured the suspect will be charged with the crime of engaging in sexual intercourse/sodomy with a child under the age of 10 years old, in violation of California Penal Code Section 288.7 (described here).

PENAL CODE – PEN
PART 1. OF CRIMES AND PUNISHMENTS [25 – 680]
( Part 1 enacted 1872. )

TITLE 9. OF CRIMES AGAINST THE PERSON INVOLVING SEXUAL ASSAULT, AND CRIMES AGAINST PUBLIC DECENCY AND GOOD MORALS [261 – 368.5]
( Heading of Title 9 amended by Stats. 1982, Ch. 1111, Sec. 2. )

CHAPTER 5. Bigamy, Incest, and the Crime Against Nature [281 – 289.6]
( Chapter 5 enacted 1872. ) 288.7.

(a) Any person 18 years of age or older who engages in sexual intercourse or sodomy with a child who is 10 years of age or younger is guilty of a felony and shall be punished by imprisonment in the state prison for a term of 25 years to life.

(b) Any person 18 years of age or older who engages in oral copulation or sexual penetration, as defined in Section 289, with a child who is 10 years of age or younger is guilty of a felony and shall be punished by imprisonment in the state prison for a term of 15 years to life.

Cubias is being identified as an “undocumented immigrant from El Salvador” since the politically-correct politicians prohibit the use of the term “illegal immigrant” or “illegal alien.”

Besides the rape case, Cubias has a prior, outstanding $50,000 arrest warrant for a DUI from 2014 under the name “Jose Cubias”. The police report notes that this suspect has multiple aliases, including Jose Cubias, Jose Cubias Arevalo, Jose Riberto Cubias, and Jose Alfonso Cubias Arevalo, according to the Fullerton Police Department.

Detectives believe that Cubias is aware he is wanted by law enforcement and he continues to evade the police manhunt. Police also report that he abandoned his previously owned vehicle and cellular phone in what Detectives believe is an attempt to elude capture.

Prior to the Christmas break, the U.S. House of Representatives approved by voice vote the Sexual Assault Forensic Evidence Reporting (SAFER) Act of 2017 (S. 1766), to reauthorize, strengthen, and extend the Sexual Assault Forensic Reporting program to help fight the nationwide rape kit backlog. The backlog has not only blocked the swift prosecution of sexual predators, but it also prolongs the psychological suffering of sex crimes.

Unfortunately, the American news media preferred to report on the allegations of sexual assault, harassment and “hostile workplace incidents” against some of the nation’s wealthiest and most powerful men. Stories of women accusing President Donald Trump, Alabama senatorial candidate Roy Moore, NBC news anchor Matt Lauer, movie mogul Harvey Weinstein and other high-profile suspects took precedence over actions being taken to address sex crimes by law enforcement and the U.S. Congress.

The bipartisan, bicameral bill – authored by Rep. Ted Poe and Sen. John Cornyn both of whom are Republicans from Texas – reauthorizes the SAFER Act, which was originally signed into law by President Barack Obama in 2013.

The federal statute provides state and local governments with funding to conduct examinations of untested sexual assault evidence in their possession.  In addition,the legislation “ensures both adult and pediatric forensic nurses are eligible for training while highlighting the need for pediatric sexual assault nurse examiners when responding to children who are suffering from child abuse.”

House Judiciary Committee Chairman Bob Goodlatte, R-Virginia, applauded the passage of the SAFER Act.

Goodlatte stated in a news release: “Victims of rape shouldn’t have to wait years for their perpetrators to come to justice simply because the evidence contained in their rape kit is backlogged. We must do everything we can to expedite the processing of rape kit evidence so that we take these criminals off of our streets and prevent other women from being victimized.  The SAFER Act will help reduce the rape kit backlog while also ensuring forensic nurses receive the important training they need.

“I want to thank Representative Ted Poe for his hard work on this important legislation, and I am pleased it will now be heading to President [Donald Trump] for his signature.”

© 2018 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

America’s DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE was written as a proclamation to the world of the reasons why the colonial leaders called for a separation from England.  But while the declaration gave a detailed list of legal offenses that England had left unresolved, the Founders saw these as more than isolated wrongs.  Rather; they saw them as part of a predetermined plan to take away their religious liberties and reestablish the church of England to rule over their hearts and souls, thus spiritually enslaving the colonies.  In that light, one understands the power on Patrick Henry’s fiery words, “give me liberty or give me death.’

Faced with such prospects, the Declaration stated that the American colonists were set to defend “the laws of nature and of nature’s God”- words that define the principle upon which the Founders stood.  The laws of nature were understood to mean the will of God for man as revealed to man’s reason.  However, because man is fallen and his reason does not always comprehend this law, God gave His law in the Bible to make it absolutely clear.

THUS, IT WAS THE CHURCHES THAT became the primary source that stirred the fires of liberty.  Many Church leaders told the colonists that the British government was usurping their God-given rights, and the King and Parliament were violating the laws of God.  The Founding Fathers were convinced that it was their sacred duty to begin a revolution to uphold the law of God against the unjust and oppressive laws of tyrannical men. The fight for political freedom was seen as a sacred cause because civil liberty was an inalienable right, according to God’s natural law.

The New England ministers, in particular were decisive in rallying the popular moral support for war against England.  They pressed their congregations to overthrow King George because they believed that rebellion to tyrants was obedience to God.  From many pulpits, ministers recruited troops and strengthened them battle with patriotic sermons.  While the church leaders were well aware of the Biblical admonition to submit to civil authorities (Romans 13), they clearly noted there are numerous passages that recognize the need to resist ungodly authority.  For example, when the apostles were commanded by the Sanhedrin to cease preaching that Jesus Christ had risen from the dead.  But Peter boldly retorted: “We ought to obey God rather than men.” (Acts 5:29).

Therefore, it is no coincidence that one of the watchwords of the American Revolution was “No King but King Jesus.”  For most of the patriots, their faith gave them the courage to stand on God’s word and risk their lives and properties to break the tyranny of an unjust human authority.  In their Christian world view, obedience to God took precedence over country, over government, and their primary allegiance was to the Lord Jesus Christ.

In 1775, the Lutheran pastor John Peter Gabriel Muhlenberg preached a sermon on Ecclesiastes 3:1, “To everything there is a season, a time for every purpose under heaven.”  Concluding the message, he declared, “In the language of the Holy Writ, there is a time for all things.  There is a time to preach and a time to fight.  And now is the time to fight.”  He then threw off his clerical robes to reveal the uniform of a Revolutionary Army officer.  That afternoon, he marched off with 300 men to join General George Washington’s troops and became Colonel of the 8^th Virginia Regiment.

Numerous ministries turned the colonial resistance into a righteous cause and served at every level in the conflict, from military chaplains to members of state legislatures to taking up arms and leading troops into battle.  Ultimately, after two main British armies were captured by the Continental Army at Saratoga in 1777 and Yorktown in 1781, the other words of Patrick Henry to his fellow Virginians proved true.  “Three million people, armed with the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us.”

The fighting spirit of Christians throughout history serves as a sterling reminder that in order to sustain liberty in our republic we must be willing to first learn about true liberty.  Then “We the People” are commissioned to restore liberty where it has been lost and then sustain it everywhere.  Many pastors have been purposely misleading their flocks into both utter spiritual and natural oblivion.  They have lulled many generations to sleep via the fly away doctrine which has people thinking they are being raptured out of here at any given time.  But the word plainly tells us to occupy until “HE” returns.  In other words, do not cower away in the dark corners of society and complain about how bad things are if you refuse to utilize your God given talents to occupy positions of influence, business ownership, proper parenting, good schools, etc.

Both Biblical and American history have numerous examples of mighty men of valor who left an indelible mark on their respective societies.  God prefers men even flawed men who have the strength of character to stand and fight against corruption and tyranny.  But those who sit and do nothing or allow those who wish to corrupt, take over and change their institutions are only destined to be either swept away or dominated.

I believe that America will be great again because of a large remnant of Americans refuse to allow those who desire to destroy our republic to have their way.  Do not be concerned about the giants of evil in the land.  If we fight, pray and have faith, like the patriots of old the victory is ours for the taking.  God bless you, God Bless America and may America bless God.  Please join me every Saturday on the Captain’s America radio show at 4:05 AM emanating nationwide to 60 radio stations from flagship station WGUL AM 860 Tampa Florida. If you are not in the Tampa area simply engage www.am860theanswer.com.

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

We are at war. Our mortal enemy doesn’t hide its goal and stated aim. Islam announces it wants to destroy Western civilization from within, sabotage its miserable house, and install a universal caliphate. Pamela Geller

The intelligence community does not have complete ‘eyes on’ the totality of the Iranian nuclear program, nor can it guarantee that we have identified all of Iran’s nuclear facilities and processes. LTG Michael T. Flynn

Obama’s Sell-Out Iran Deal

In the middle of the night, Barack Hussein Obama sent $150 billion US taxpayer dollars to Iran as sanction relief in part of its nuclear deal. There were no restrictions on how the monies could be spent.

Susan Rice, former U.S. National Security adviser, admitted the monies would likely be spent on terrorism.  We knew Obama was willing to sacrifice the safety of Israel for the deal, but he also sacrificed the safety of American citizens.

Back in 2014, cocaine was second only to Bayer’s 1898 development of heroin in American drug deaths.  The major player in the cocaine traffic into the U.S. was the Iranian-sponsored and funded terrorist group Hezbollah. For years it has been known that Hezbollah has infiltrated criminal gangs in South America and set up its own billion-dollar international criminal enterprise to finance its terror activities. None of this was a secret.

The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) along with 30 other intel agencies, including the U.S. military, who was investigating links between Iran and Shiite militias, launched investigations into crime syndicates.  All of the paths led to Hezbollah.

U.S. law enforcement came up with an aggressive plan to take down the Hezbollah international network and its key individuals. But it never happened, and we now know why. It was Obama who put the kibosh on the Hezbollah investigation in order to get his Iran nuclear deal, and Politico broke the story.

Obama Crushes Hezbollah Investigation

The DEA’s project Cassandra was born to take down the Hezbollah operation by busting its innermost circle, but senior officials in the Obama administration thwarted a DEA program to uncover and prosecute Hezbollah operatives engaged in global drug trafficking to finance terrorist activities.

Obama roadblocked DEA efforts and literally ripped apart the entire effort from the top down, according to Pentagon specialist, David Asher.  The WSJ reported that Obama Treasury official, Katherine Bauer, told the House Foreign Affairs Committee that under the Obama Administration, Hezbollah related “investigations were tamped down for fear of rocking the boat with Iran and jeopardizing the nuclear deal.”

A former CIA officer stated that during the early negotiations the Iranians said they needed Obama to lay off Hezbollah, to tamp down the pressure on them, and the Obama administration acquiesced to the request.

Three major suspects involved in the weapons and drug trafficking got away, and former Obama officials stated that they had not “derailed any actions against Hezbollah or it’s Iranian allies for political reasons.”  However, many government officials know otherwise and believe a congressional investigation is warranted.  This is truly a criminal act.

Rep. Ron DeSantis (R-FL) said he and other top politicians are looking into evidence that could implicate high-ranking former Obama staffers, including National Security Council official Ben Rhodes, who helmed much of the negotiation over the Iran deal.

Congressman Robert Pittenger expressed shock over the fact that while US soldiers were bravely fighting ISIS, with some paying the ultimate price, Obama reportedly protected Hezbollah terrorists.

Actor James Woods tweeted, “Obama targeted Christian Churches and Conservative Charities with the IRS, but ordered investigations into Hezbollah to be stopped. Let that sink in.”

Escaping the Iranian Revolution of 1979

In the middle 1970s, my son-in-law was urged by his parents to drive Americans around the oil fields of Persia in order to learn English.  He did just that, and then he immigrated to the United States prior to the fall of the Shah of Iran.

Mohammad Reza Pahlavi was the Shah of Iran from 16 September 1941 until his overthrow by the Iranian Revolution on 11 February 1979.  Joe and my daughter were married in the church, and his parents came to visit years later.  We had them to our home for dinner, and if you mentioned Khomeini, his mother would scream, “Khomeini morte.”  They hated the revolution, and wanted to remain westernized as they were under the Shah.

Joe spent a year at university learning English, then worked his way through college to a degree.  He is a Christian American citizen who is living the American dream, all because his parents urged him to immigrate to the greatest country on earth, America.

Since 1979, the Persian state has been under a theocratic dictatorship, one hellbent on worldwide Islamic jihad, but a new revolution is brewing, and our President is supporting the dissidents.  President Trump has the opportunity now to redeem the tragic mistake America made under President Obama in ignoring anti-regime protesters in Iran.

Gen. Flynn Knows the Enemy

Lieutenant General Michael T. Flynn knows that Iran is the core of terrorism training, and this is another reason that President Trump has said, “Iran’s nuclear deal is inconceivable and a disaster for Israel.”  In an article by Jim Lobe, he gives excerpts of General Flynn’s brilliant 16-page testimony on Iran.  It is well worth the time to read and explains why the Obama cabal had to stop Flynn.

U.S. government policy towards Iran has been strongly criticized by General Flynn.  He rightly claims “no past American president” has called for a regime change or supported Iranian dissidents.  Flynn has condemned the administrations of both Jimmy Carter and Barack Hussein Obama for respectively failing to support the last Shah of Iran and for negotiating a nuclear deal with Iran.

In the General’s best-selling book, The Field of Fight, he clearly delineates the Iranian culture of terror, and that Iran is the “leading supporter of jihad and one of the most repressive regimes on earth.”

Flynn explains that, “Persia should be one of the richest and most successful countries on earth because it is in a prime geopolitical location, has abundant natural resources, boasts a well-educated population, and has centuries of commercial success, yet it is in ruins.  The birth rate is low, the corruption of its ruling class is well-known, there are alarming rates of suicide, prostitution, depression, drug abuse, high unemployment, and a shortage of fresh water.”  Why?  The General tells us that the country’s wealth is being funneled into jihad and the private accounts of the nation’s rulers and elitists who continue to steal from the coffers of their people.

Most Iranians detest the regime and the rulers know it.  The Iranian leadership is vulnerable.  If they were actually popular they wouldn’t work so hard to silence their own people. Flynn explains that tyranny is the least stable system because the people can quickly turn against the tyrant.  “Khamenei knows that and lives in constant fear of a ‘velvet revolution,’ a popular uprising that will sweep him away, along with the failed Islamic system created by his predecessor.”  We’re seeing it today, and the protests are growing.

The General is right when he goes on to say that we can best attack the enemy alliance at its weakest point, the failure of the Revolution, and it should be political, not military, and our most potent weapon is what Khamenei fears most: the suffering Iranian masses.

Days of massive protests in over 31 cities, are continuing and spreading with demands for Khamenei to step down, and the protests are rapidly growing.  Protesters are screaming, “Death to the dictator.”

Iranian women are sick of the strict dress codes, are demanding proper educations and decent jobs, and even some of the mullahs and ayatollahs are in opposition to the regime.

With 33 years as an intelligence officer, Michael Flynn knows this enemy well.  He says, “Despite our perverse current refusal to criticize anything Islamic, those seeking freedom in Muslim countries invariably call out to us for support, knowing that American traditions and values and, eventually, American leadership is their chance to gain liberty.  This is why in the demonstrations of 2009, the protestors held signs reading, ‘Obama where are you?’ It is why the global Muslim Reform Movement asks for Americans to support their campaign against the imposition of head covering for Muslim women (the hijab—misnamed, as hijab refers to any and all covering of the Muslim woman’s body).”  They are throwing away their head coverings…

The General tells us that we can’t win this war by treating Radical Islamic terrorists as a handful of crazies and dealing with them as a policing issue, any more than we can win the global war solely with military forces.  The political and theological underpinnings of their immoral actions have to be demolished.

Iran Boils with Protests

Amil Imani is a fellow News with Views journalist and Persian born American citizen. He says “Another Revolution is brewing in Iran, and the Iranian people need our help.”  His emails and articles are pleading for help for his homeland and her people.

Day 6 #IranProtests…Another night of protests in different cities of #Iran. Despite the threats of Tehran Rev. Court to punish protesters with the death penalty, the brave Iranian people keep on marching on the streets!

The best match for the ruthless Mullahs and their hired Islamic Stormtroopers are the Iranian warriors themselves. The people of Iran themselves are the best solution for the present Iranian conundrum. The valiant Iranians need a bit of help from Donald J. Trump. And the last thing they need is appeasing negotiators to give the Mullahs a new lease on life, or invasion by the Marines, or a shower of bombs from the skies.

A full-fledged revolution is currently underway across Iran.  Iranians fear no more.  They refuse to be fooled and intimidated any longer.  They refuse to obey orders from the beasts of Allah currently ruling Iran.  With President Trump’s moral support, they have been transformed overnight from seemingly subdued and helpless sheep into mighty lions and lionesses.

Luke 12:48 says, “For unto whomsoever much is given, of him shall be much required.” Perhaps it is for this reason that the people of the United States of America, once again, are called upon to make huge sacrifices to defeat another tyranny. It is important that this great nation stays the course and enlists its power in support of freedom-loving Iranians to topple the ruling Islamofascists who are bent on wreaking death and destruction on the world.  Amil Imani

Conclusion

Reza Pahlavi is the son of the late Shah of Iran.  Amil Imani believes he has become the very asset that the opposition has needed for many years.  He has no ulterior motive other than doing what he can to help his countrymen in Iran and his willingness to become the necessary catalyst to dislodge the current brutal regime.  Pahlavi wants the Iranian people to rise up against the regime and establish a parliamentary democracy based on democratic values, freedoms, and human rights.

It is up to America and to our President to do exactly what General Michael T. Flynn has stated time and again must be done.  We must help the dissidents to overthrow this theocratic dictatorship and free the citizens of Persia.  Freedom is the call to all human beings…freedom to be what the Lord called them to be.  Pray for the citizens of Iran and for their fight for liberty.  Please call the White House and ask our President to support these freedom fighters.

Let Congress and the White House know how you feel. Do it! Please!

Representatives (202)-224-3121
White House at (202)-456-1111

Readers of NewsWithViews know how many of us labor to bring the truth to our readers.  Please share the articles, and tell your friends to subscribe to NewsWithViews daily emails alerts. Its on the Top Right side of all articles.  We exist solely because of the support of our readers.  Please support us monthly to keep NWVs alive and well and daily bringing you the truth of American politics.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

I spent nearly 35 years as a high school football coach and one thing I learned was that a coach is judged by the performance of the team.  When a team is under performing it is the coach that gets the boot.  No amount of blame shifting or excuse making will change things.  Every team is a reflection of its coach.

If churches were football teams there would be a lot of heads on the chopping block. The pastors have done a great job of changing the scoreboard.  Rather than measuring their success by the impact they are having OUTSIDE the church they have washed their hands of the “world” and instead invested their time in petting the sheep inside the pen.

Everything looks great on the inside while the world around them rots.  They have used all of their “salt” inside the building and permitted the ravening wolves to destroy the families on the outside.

Most of them have no idea what is going on in the real world and, even worse, they have no idea that they don’t know.  The salt is stuck in the salt shaker.

I don’t know if you know it or not but a year after the election of Donald Trump Planned Parenthood is still being funded by the Republican Congress.  There is only one reason that it continues and it is because there has been no demand from the PULPIT to stop it.

Most pastors do not HATE abortion.  They are pro-choice with exceptions.  If there is one thing that you can be sure of it is that God hates the slaughter of unborn children.  But abortion is political, they tell me, and they don’t want to “politicize” their pulpits.  Silence is consent.  Their silence IS a political position.

Over a year ago candidate Trump said to Hillary Clinton that abortion may be “alright with you but it is not alright with me.”  He sent a signal to America’s pastors that he was ready and willing to end the slaughter of the innocents.  But he never got an “Amen” from the pulpits. The stayed silent.

Their silence is deafening and our congressional representatives finally figured out that abortion really wasn’t that big of a deal in the Christian community any more.  Why would they waste all of that political capital on an issue that didn’t really matter to the base?  It is the economy, Stupid.

America has become a moral cesspool while the sheep play ring around the rosy inside their stained glass fortresses.  They continued legalization of abortion in America is the single greatest moral outrage since the selling of American human beings to other Americans human beings.

The pastors better hope that Jesus is as wishy washy about life as they are.

A friend of mine reintroduced me to an old Bob Dylan song from 1979 entitled “When You Gonna Wake Up?”  You can listen to it here.

God don’t make no promises that He don’t keep
You got some big dreams, baby, but in order to dream you gotta still be asleep.

When you are going to wake up, when you going to wake up
When you are going to wake up and strengthen the things that remain?

Counterfeit philosophies have polluted all of your thoughts
Karl Marx has got ya by the throat and Henry Kissinger’s got you tied up in knots.

You got innocent men in jail, your insane asylums are filled
You got unrighteous doctors dealing drugs that’ll never cure your ills.

You got men who can’t hold their peace and women who can’t control their tongues
The rich seduce the poor and the old are seduced by the young.

Adulterers in churches and pornography in the schools
You got gangsters in power and lawbreakers making rules.

Spiritual advisors and gurus to guide your every move
Instant inner peace and every step you take has got to be approved.

Do you ever wonder just what God requires?
You think He’s just an errand boy to satisfy your wandering desires.

You can’t take it with you and you know that it’s too worthless to be sold
They tell you, “Time is money,” as if your life was worth its weight in gold.

When you are going to wake up, when you going to wake up
When you are going to wake up and strengthen the things that remain?

Enough is enough.  Where is Franklin Graham on this issue?  Why are Joel Osteen, Rick Warren, and a mega load of mega pastors silent on this issue?  Why haven’t the leaders of the Southern Baptists, Assemblies of God, or a dozen other stuffed shirt denominational leaders engaged their congregations with the phony RINOS?  Why are we not beating down the doors of our congressmen?   Why would we expect our political leaders to care more about life than our pastors do?

I had a conversation with a congressman the other day and he punched me right in the mouth.  “Coach, my office never hears from Christians.  Everyone talks about how evil abortion is but it is the other side my office hears from the most.  I hate to tell you, but if abortion doesn’t matter to Christians then it won’t matter to my colleagues.  We never hear from Christians.”

God has given us the opportunity to end the scourge of abortion.  Why are our Christian leaders so cavalier about murder?  Won’t some leader please grab the ball and run with it.  The church has an opportunity to roll back four decades of decadence.  We can end abortion NOW!!

When are you gonna wake up and do your stinkin duty?

© 2017 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

Without laws to create civil societies—no city, no state, no nation, no people and no civilization can long endure the vagaries of lawlessness.

In the early hours of 2018, California Governor Jerry Brown defied Federal Laws by making our most populated and most overrun state a “Sanctuary State” for all illegal aliens to live, work and utilize all welfare services paid for by American taxpayers. California’s 2.5 to 3.5 million illegal aliens enjoy immunity from laws that prohibit illegal migration, murder, rape and non-payment income taxes.  Brown invited them to hide from the law in California.

Last year, Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel, by mayoral decree, created a “Sanctuary City” for all illegal aliens to work, play, live and operate with immunity from deportation.  Chicago’s 511,000 illegal aliens enjoy immunity from state and federal laws.  Additionally, Chicago tops the list as the deadliest city in America for annual murder rates.  Of great consequence, its social services, schools, food stamps, housing, hospitals and police forces suffer from rampant criminal activities ranging from drug running and shoplifting—to murders, burglaries and rapes.

In Chicago, domestic abuse and brutality run #1 for police officer calls.  Nearly 800 gun deaths in 2017. Over 3,000 shootouts within Chicago in 2016.  So much crime, police cannot begin to stop it.

Quick note: merchants across America lose $136 million daily, $50 billion annually, in shoplifting from legal and illegal immigrants and the growing class of poor people and gang members in the United States.

New York Mayor DE Blasio invites illegal aliens into his self-proclaimed “Sanctuary City.”   Nearly 1 million illegals utilize New York’s schools, hospitals for their babies, food stamps and housing while being paid minimum wages in cash to create a totally rampant underground economy.  American taxpayers shell out in excess of $296 billion annually across 15 federal agencies to pay for 15 to 20 million illegal aliens residing in America. (Source: www.NumbersUSA.org)

In Los Angeles, California, illegal aliens overwhelm city services, so much so, Americans flee by the tens of thousands away from a quickly developing ‘third world’ scenario.

You may see the same ‘crime morphing’ of America’s once thriving cities in Atlanta, Miami, Houston, Dallas, Denver, Cleveland, Detroit, Cincinnati and dozens more.

At the same time, an illegal alien Mexican, deported five times, a man named Zarate, killed Kate Steinle with a handgun, admitted it, and then, the jury found him not guilty.

Four African-Americans in Chicago tortured a disabled white boy for five hours, shot video of their treachery, showed it on Facebook—but all of them got off Scott free.  One faced community service, but laughed on the way out of court.

Across America, illegal aliens drive with no driver’s license, no insurance, run from accidents, never pay fines, rape American citizens, drive drunk, shoplift and steal cars. They form MS 13 drug gang networks that addict our kids.

During his term in office, Barack Hussein Obama broke federal laws by issuing an illegal executive order allowing 800,000 illegal alien children a free pass to remain in our country without deportations.  The cost of his lawlessness: $26 billion dollars to you the American taxpayer, and the strong possibility that those kids will import as many as 10 million of their relatives via chain migration.

During his term in office, Obama issued catch and release of illegal aliens to U.S. Border Patrol agents.  That created an opportunity for Mexico to export 65,000 of their unwanted children over our borders illegally—and you pay for it as they take up housing, food stamps and schooling in America.

Today, over 240 “Sanctuary Cities” invite and support lawlessness within America.  Mayors and city councils commit felonies without prosecution.

Why?  Because American citizens fail to take time to participate in their own Constitutional Republic.  U.S. citizens sit back, watch TV and do absolutely nothing to vote for responsible senators, congressmen/women, mayors, city council members and governors.

Instead, they vote via their non-participation for a lawless society that will not survive accelerating lawlessness.

What you can expect for your children as a result of America morphing into a lawless society:  in excess of 100,000,000 (million) more legal immigrants within the next 32 years.  They arrive from 196 different countries with few skills and little ability to contribute to America. They arrive with 196 different world views, religions (not so compatible), cultures and languages.  Do you think we will survive that level of multiculturalism, linguistic chaos and religious diversity?

Ask yourself:  “What do I want to leave for my children?”   “What am I going to do to stop the eventuality of losing my country to endless and mass immigration from the third world?”

It’s up to you!  I’ve seen the writing on the wall, and it’s ain’t pretty!

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The worship of idols, which consists in putting our trust in some inanimate object which we have made ourselves, is as old as human foolishness. The Bible is packed with exhortations not to do it.

Isaiah devoted a whole chapter to it (Isaiah 44), denouncing it as not only a waste of time and a mark of sheer folly but also, of course, a sin. In verses 14-20 he tells us of a man who brings home a piece of wood, uses half of it for firewood and cooking, “and the residue thereof he maketh a god, even his graven image: he falleth down unto it, and worshippeth it, and prayeth unto it, and saith, Deliver me; for thou art my god” (v. 17). Could anything be more asinine?

Idolatry is still with us, still going strong. We have a multitude of idols; we put our trust in things we shouldn’t trust, be it a politician or a party, the all-devouring state, science, or a lot of New Age poobah.

But we also like idols we can see and touch; and the difference between Isaiah’s time and ours is that our idols are a lot fancier. We like high-tech idols: so much more impressive than a chunk of wood with a face carved into it.

Ironically, in an age of social media and more hand-held communications devices than anyone can keep track of, loneliness seems to be one of our major social problems. So many ways to communicate, and we don’t know what to say and we don’t have anyone to talk to.

High tech to the rescue!

Coming onto the market now is a gizmo called “Replica,” which promises “a simple solution to overcoming loneliness,” and “unwavering companionship”. Best of all, by jiminy, it’s Artificial Intelligence—“a chatbot that is intent on learning all about you.”

If you really can get by with the unwavering companionship offered by this, surely a piece of wood with a smiley face could do as well. Oh! But Replica can “talk” to you! It’s got Artificial Intelligence, man! Which only means it’s been programmed, by another human being, somewhere, to display stereotyped “questions” to the user and stereotyped “responses” to the user’s questions. Sort of like a bored checkout clerk to whom you pour out your troubles, who nods her head from time to time and says “Oh, I know, how awful for you”—but isn’t really listening.

Oh, well. It must be very hard to grasp the concept that Artificial Intelligence is not intelligence at all, but only a lifeless, mindless imitation of intelligence.

No, no, no! It’s a chatbot, and it’s intent on learning all about you!

A machine cannot have intentions of any kind. It can only do what it has been programmed to do. To believe it has an actual desire of any kind, a desire to learn all about you, is, to phrase it charitably, daft. It’s like crediting your butane lighter with an intent to light your cigar. “I, the butane lighter, have fulfilled my mission to light Charlie Chowderhead’s cigar—and it makes me feel so good!” Would you talk to your butane lighter if it could “respond” with messages like “Uh-huh,” or “I can hear you, dude”?

As human beings made in the image of God, we have needs for love, friendship, and understanding. Other human beings are naturally equipped to supply those needs. Even animals, in their fashion, can do it—but only because they, like you, are alive. Living things feel. Chatbots don’t.

Relying on a gadget to assuage your loneliness can have only one of two outcomes. Either you’re still lonely, in addition to being out the money you paid for the damned thing; or else you have succumbed to a delusion—and are well on your way to full-fledged idol worship.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com . Stop in for a visit. A single click will take you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

“Mankind must put an end to war before war puts an end to mankind.” –President John F. Kennedy

Yesterday, while I was drudging through the Christmas season of waiting for it all to be over with so I can get back to work, and while on hold, I turned on the conservative radio only to hear the “same old, same old” when it comes to warmongering to prepare the American people for another war.

I heard a former adviser to former Vice President Dick Cheney grilling the American people on what they need to do concerning the monster that has been cast into the minds of the American people by the media in North Korea named Kim Jong-Un.

His talking points were far too familiar.  Kim Jong’s “weapons of mass destruction” were mentioned and how they will be used against us if we do not respond immediately to the threat from the dictator across the water.

Ever since I can remember, there has been war after war, administration after administration, decade after decade, and generation after generation.  Enough of war, I say.

Don’t get me wrong.  I will be the first to stand with the righteous if there is a justifiable war (2 Chronicles 19:2-3), though I hate violence.

The adviser’s talking points seemed well rehearsed.  He seemed skilled in coercing the people into another war (Ecclesiastes 1:9).

Furthermore, his talking points sounded like someone pushed the replay button for the war against Iraq (Ecclesiastes 1:9).

Then again, he knows that his former boss’ Halliburton made $ 39.5 billion on the Iraq War and he also knows how to speak the language of creating a new war with the same old war tactics.

General Douglas MacArthur said of the United States government back in 1957:

“Our government has kept us in a perpetual state of fear – kept us in a continuous stampede of patriotic fervor – with the cry of grave national emergency. Always there has been some terrible evil at home or some monstrous foreign power that was going to gobble us up if we did not blindly rally behind it. …”

You would think that this is what America was told by the president on Sept. 11, 2001. It was.

This may help many understand as to why Bush, Cheney and Rumsfeld are also considered war criminals in other countries.

Getting back to North Korea, according to CBS News:

North Korea’s envoy in charge of U.S. affairs at the United Nations demanded Washington provide evidence to back up its claim that Pyongyang was behind the WannaCry ransomware attack, an allegation he said was a “baseless provocation” being used to generate tensions.

Pak Song Il told The Associated Press in a telephone interview from New York late Monday that Pyongyang sees the allegation as an effort to create an “extremely confrontational atmosphere.” “If they are so sure, show us the evidence,” he said.

I agree.  Let this be a live conversation between the two countries in conflict in an open televised forum. This will leave it to the people as to what is actually taking place.

How many times has the American government been exposed for self-inflicting attacks and in generating wars, creating political opposition, winning public opinion with approval to attack the opposition that they created?

Let’s go to Vietnam, for an example:

The Gulf of Tonkin incident (Vietnamese: Sự kiện Vịnh Bắc Bộ), also known as the USS Maddox incident, was an international confrontation that led to the United States engaging more directly in the Vietnam War. It involved either one or two separate confrontations involving North Vietnam and the United States in the waters of the Gulf of Tonkin. The original American report blamed North Vietnam for both incidents, but eventually became very controversial with widespread claims that either one or both incidents were false, and possibly deliberately so.

On August 2, 1964, the destroyer USS Maddox, while performing signals intelligence patrol as part of DESOTO operations, was pursued by three North Vietnamese Navy torpedo boats of the 135th Torpedo Squadron. Maddox fired three warning shots and the North Vietnamese boats then attacked with torpedoes and machine gun fire. Maddox expended over 280 3-inch and 5-inch shells in a sea battle. One U.S. aircraft was damaged, three North Vietnamese torpedo boats were damaged, and four North Vietnamese sailors were killed, with six more wounded. There were no U.S. casualties. Maddox “was unscathed except for a single bullet hole from a Vietnamese machine gun round”.

It was originally claimed by the National Security Agency that a Second Gulf of Tonkin incident occurred on August 4, 1964, as another sea battle, but instead evidence was found of “Tonkin ghosts” (false radar images) and not actual North Vietnamese torpedo boats. In the 2003 documentary The Fog of War, the former United States Secretary of Defense Robert S. McNamara admitted that the August 2 USS Maddox attack happened with no Defense Department response, but the August 4 Gulf of Tonkin attack never happened. In 1995, McNamara met with former Vietnam People’s Army General Võ Nguyên Giáp to ask what happened on August 4, 1964 in the second Gulf of Tonkin Incident. “Absolutely nothing”, Giáp replied. Giáp claimed that the attack had been imaginary.

Ninety-four percent of the American people do not believe the CIA-Controlled media, who has a long history of lying, defaming, contriving, fabricating and creating war, and putting innocent people into a false light.

In the video below, take a look beginning at the 1:14 mark where a CNN operative is creating a false narrative inside a green room, acting out that the war in Saudi Arabia is inevitable.

[YouTube Video]

Consider that Congress, who as of November 8, 2017 only has the support of 13% of the American people.  These are the same people who work hand in glove with the CIA-controlled media against our Republic.

How is it that these two corrupt institutions, who have a history of lying to you, are now telling you the truth when it comes to the crimes of other countries and their leaders?

Remember, liars have a history of lying and in every war the first casualty is always the truth (John 8:44).

The American government and its role in this country have become as foreign to Americans, in many cases, as foreign countries are to us.

Yet, the push for war is relentless.  American military brass in this country have now declared war with Korea as inevitable.

Americans, I want to tell you that our Forefathers left us an example when it comes to war. If a war was worth fighting, they were the first ones to lead the way.

“First in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of his countrymen.”

These famous words about George Washington come from a eulogy written by Henry Lee.

In the present, the corrupt media, along with corrupt politicians are working together for those who profit from war to convince you to send your granddaddies, daddies, uncles, cousins, brothers, and neighbors to do their fighting for them.

“Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.” –American diplomat and Former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger

Little did the people take the time to know that:

“Our boys were sent off to die with beautiful ideals painted in front of them. No one told them that dollars and cents were the real reason they were marching off to kill and to die.”  Two-time Medal of Honor recipient Major General Smedley Butler

You have been warned America (Ezekiel 33).

On January 17, 1961, President Eisenhower warned the American people about the Military Industrial Complex.

[YouTube Video]

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

“In a 2017 poll conducted by NBC News / Wall Street Journal, a record 57% of Americans responded that they want MORE government in their lives, and that the government should be doing more to solve people’s problems.  That’s the highest percentage since they started asking this question in 1995.  In fact, 57% is nearly double what people responded in the mid-90s.  Furthermore, the number of Americans who feel the opposite, i.e. responded that the government is doing too many things that should be left to private businesses and individuals, fell to a near record-low 39%.  Bottom line: people want more government.”

WARNING!  If the number of Americans that want more government in their lives continues to grow, a free America as a Constitutional Republic will evolve rapidly into just another socialist third-world country, hopelessly in debt and vulnerable to being conquered by a stronger nation!

Every day, like vultures circling a fallen prey, they descend upon the centers of political power with their hands outstretched and without a hint of compunction or embarrassment, they beg, lobby, or riot for what they consider to be their “fair” portion of the sweat, blood and tears of those who are successful, self-reliant, responsible and independent.    Black, white, tan, red or yellow, these mostly urban beggars and whiners epitomize the Occupy Wall Street crowd that say they aren’t getting their fair share of America’s wealth and demand that those that produce and earn their way, must cough up more in taxes to pay those who won’t work and want something for nothing, using the power of government to get it, in a grand scheme of wealth re-distribution.  This “scheme” is socialism by any other name.  If the urban beggars and whiners don’t get their way, they resort to violence, property damage and mayhem.  This display of “Gimee! Gimee! Gimee!” is disgusting and not worthy of a people who once called them selves free, sovereign and independent.

Over the last 50 years, America has spawned at least hall of the population (if not more) as a mindless collective of Bernie Sanders whiners and takers, egged on by corrupt politicians scrounging for votes to remain in power.  The legislatures, local, state and federal, exploit human weakness and greed and can’t wait to rob the public coffers to pay the bloodsuckers for what they have not earned.  Government then uses the education system, the court system and law enforcement to brainwash the next generation into government-compliant robots.  Then they pass never-ending social legislation to make the people and their offspring weaker and more dependent.

Unfortunately, these whiners and takers can vote and thus will always vote for the corrupt politician (and there are so many of them, “R’s” and “D’s”) that will keep their entitlement “pig trough” full.  When the whiners and takers demand more, the corrupt politicians, eager to placate and pander to the rioters and complainers, scream that the rich aren’t paying their fair share.

“Fair Share?”  Let’s talk about fair share!  10% of the top income earners in America pay 70% of the income taxes.  That’s not just fair it is way more than fair, to the point of outright theft.   The productive middle-class pay the other 30%.  47% of the population pay no income taxes at all and that 47% receives money FROM the government for just being poor or lazy, paid by those that pay 70% and 30% of the taxes.  This unconstitutional re-distribution of wealth is class warfare run amok!  In a free society, it is inexcusable.  If this author had the fortune of being in the top 10% of income earners, you can bet we would do everything in our power to shield our income from the rapacious government and the bloodsuckers.  By what right, or by what common sense law, or by what constitutional principle, does the poor obtain a benefit from the rich by the mere fact of being poor?  You won’t find that in the U. S. Constitution.

As politicians dodge along the campaign trail towards election or re-election, lies come out of their mouths like water over Niagara Falls.  They purposely divide the country between ethnic and white, naive’ and intelligent, socialist and patriot, un-wise and wise and the rich and the poor.  Politicians will do or say anything to get elected, or re-elected.  They will tell any lie, use any meaningless example, dupe any group, or exploit any opportunity or emergency, to fulfill their goal of two, four, or six more years.

But all of the politician’s lying and propaganda wouldn’t work if government hadn’t been so successful in dividing us, such that we are so split up now we fight with each other instead of taking our anger and actions out on those who manipulate us, pull our strings and given the chance, would enslave us.  We have spawned more than two to three generations that no longer value freedom, self-reliance and independence.  They only value what they can get for free.   They no longer value the therapeutic and monetary rewards of hard work.   They have willingly sacrificed their freedom for welfare payments, guaranteed jobs, free housing, free college tuition, free health care, a so-called “living wage” and the false umbrella of security, as defined and provided by government.

At least half of these last few generations of Americans find no value in personal pride or doing the best job they can because they haven’t been taught that doing a good job reflects well upon them and gives them credibility and honor.  Instead, they are obsessed with alcohol and drugs, electronic and other toys, communication devices and mindless, guttural TV shows, or movies with no redeeming value or substance.  They are also obsessed by the lie of “unfairness”, spoon-fed to them by a government that exploits the looters, moochers and freeloaders for their votes.  What is even worse, these folks that hate a free and prosperous America and would take her down if they could, are spawning more generations of dependent Americans with the same Gimee! mindset.

But bear in mind, none of this has happened by accident, because throughout history government has learned that the best and easiest way to govern is to keep the masses happy, dumb, brainwashed, distracted ….. and divided.  What faces America today could not have happened if the people were honorable, honest, trustworthy, self-reliant and vigilant against government’s shadowy, covert and massive expansion of its seventeen (17) constitutionally enumerated powers.

It is quite possible from the foregoing that you think that we are heartless and without compassion.  Nothing could be further from the truth.  On the contrary, we believe there is a limited role for government to play funding national disasters and in helping those that can’t help themselves by providing incentives and enhancing the role that private charities play in providing this assistance.   When a person gives to a private charity as a voluntary charitable act that is an act of free choice.  There are millions of Americans who give regularly to charities every year.  There are millions more that give to their churches that also provide assistance for the poor.  In fact, America is the most generous nation on earth.

However, when government says you MUST pay higher taxes so that government can transfer those taxes to the poor and the un-deserving, that is an involuntary, forced act of charity through law and the gun and takes away your right of free choice.  But what so many forget is, without free choice there can be no freedom.  Free choice is the first casualty of a tyrannical government.

Here is what Benjamin Franklin said about the poor:

“I am for doing good to the poor, but … I think the best way of doing good to the poor, is not making them easy in poverty, but leading or driving them out of it.  I observed … that the more public provisions were made for the poor, the less they provided for themselves, and of course became poorer.  And, on the contrary, the less was done for them, the more they did for themselves, and became richer.” 

When the government gets in the act of providing for the poor, especially when their motive is to buy votes, the poor grow in number and the cost to continue their support grows as well.   The cost for government to support the poor in America since President Johnson’s Great Society, (click on “Great Society” link for more information about the poor from the Heritage Foundation) has been in the trillions of dollars and yet we have neither “….. led or have driven the poor out of poverty”, in the words of Benjamin Franklin.  We have only succeeded in growing poverty and growing exponentially, the cost to support it.  As a result, we are weaker as a people, weaker financially in un-payable debt and weaker as a nation.

Of course, being poor is no picnic and not all poor people are looters, moochers, or freeloaders.  But in America, where anyone who will get an education, work hard to the best of their physical and mental ability, stay on the right side of the law and be personally responsible for their actions, can rise above being poor.  The history books are full of individuals that have risen out of poverty to become household names.  But the poor will never rise out of poverty if they continue to surround themselves with other people who care so little about themselves.  The poor will never beat the odds if they settle for a life of dependency on government and pick roll models that are the dredges of society.

The reality is, the poor in America live far better off than the poor anywhere on the planet, with subsidized housing, food credit cards, plasma TVs, free health care, free education, free school breakfasts and lunches and free cell phones, all paid for on the backs of the American taxpayer and administered by a grossly in-efficient and hopelessly corrupt government.  The reason that they live so well is, they are just the pawns of government who pay them off to buy their votes.  This is why the Democrats have been so successful at maintaining political power in America for the last 80 years.  They pander to the poor, the un-deserving and ethnic minorities with your tax money for their votes.

Through ever-expanding entitlement programs, government has been instrumental in spawning generation after generation of people whose only reason for living is being dependent on the great mother, government.  Having done so, the government has brought us to the brink of national bankruptcy and has created a large segment of the population that is weak, wholly dependent upon government and votes for those politicians that promise and deliver their continuing subsistence, in a classic example of a self-fulfilling prophecy.

We predict that the law of diminishing returns will eventually bring this scheme for buying votes through government handouts crashing down (as it has in Greece and much of the rest of Europe) and those now dependent on government for their lives and livelihoods will either have to become self-reliant and independent, or find the skirts of another “mother” to hang on, or suffer, or die needlessly.

Ladies and gentlemen, the history books tell us that it took just 3% of the colonials to give birth to freedom some 241 years ago, by making the greatest sacrifice that anyone can give, the sacrifice of life.  Can 3% of Americans restore freedom again this time peacefully, or are there 3% of Americans who even care about freedom anymore?

The presidential election in November of 2016 has given us a clue as to which way the wind might be blowing but the wind can shift in an instant.  If the wind is blowing in the right direction, perhaps we can “spawn” a different generation of greater, self-reliant Americans who believe in freedom so much that they will give whatever sacrifice is necessary to preserve, protect and defend that freedom for their children and grandchildren.  However, given that 57% of Americans want more government in their lives, our confidence that this will ever happen is diminishing rapidly.

What say YOU?

© 2017 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

“Make America Great Again” has turned into a vibrant, contagious slogan.  It is a slogan that has given hope and restored the voice of those in America who had become despondent and discouraged with what many have called the D.C. Swamp.

In their quest for greatness, our founding fathers laid a consistent and discoverable pattern that would establish and ensure the greatness of America.

John Adams, Father of American Independence and second President, asserted, “It is the duty of all men in society, publicly, and at stated seasons, to worship the SUPREME BEING, the ‘great’ Creator and Preserver of the universe.”

As Americans we MUST understand we are only great when we are morally good, that is to say “godly”. The word “good” is derived from the word “God.”  To be good is to be godly.  A good citizenry is one who appreciates and rehearses the attributes and the characteristics of God.  Make no mistake, when America ceases to be morally good she will cease to be great, and #MAGA becomes an irrelevant slogan.

Noah Webster, Father of American Education, understood, “The religion which has introduced civil liberty is the religion of Christ and His apostles, which enjoins humility, piety, and benevolence; which acknowledges in every person a brother, or a sister, and a citizen with equal rights. This is genuine Christianity, and to this we owe our free Constitutions of Government.”

“Finally,” said Daniel Webster, “let us not forget the religious character of our origin. Our fathers were brought hither by their high veneration for the Christian religion. They journeyed by its light, and labored in its hope. They sought to incorporate its principles with the elements of their society, and to diffuse its influence through all their institutions, civil, political, or literary.”

“Great” is not being in the Top 10 international ranking for crime, drug use, murder, rape, or violent crimes.

“Great” is not government condoned or sponsored abortion, international wars for profit, or the breakdown of the sacred biblical family unit of a father and a mother.

I conclude with the assertion of Thomas Jefferson in his second inaugural address as President of these United States, “I shall need, too, the favor of that Being in whose hands we are, who led our forefathers, as Israel of old, from their native land, and planted them in a country flowing with all the necessaries and comforts of life; who has covered our infancy with his providence, and our riper years with his wisdom and power; and to whose goodness I ask you to join with me in supplications, that he will so enlighten the minds of your servants, guide their councils, and prosper their measures, that whatsoever they do, shall result in your good, and shall secure to you the peace, friendship, and approbation of all nations.”

If you still need a resolution for 2018, #MAGA!

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

HAPPY NEW YEAR!

We’re at the Phoenix of a new era and a dawn of enlightenment

According to the Drudge Report, the year-end approval ratings are in, Donald Trump has received a 46% favorable rating, the same rating Barrack Obama had his first year.  Can you imagine, with 91% negative media coverage, Trump ties Obama who had 90% favorable media coverage?  Even the New York Times, Bloomberg, ABC, CNN and others have been forced to issue corrections and apologies for deceptive anti-Trump stories.  People are now beginning to see through the façade of negative propaganda, false accusations, deceptive innuendos and continuous lies.

This unannounced civil war is as vital to the existence of the United States as the War of Independence.

In this article, I will expose the raging conflict taking place in the halls of government and the streets and back allies of America. It’s a coup and a counter coup.  The coup involves the Deep State’s illicit plots to remove the elected President of these United States.  The counter coup is the President restoring the Constitutional Republic, while warring behind the scenes to eradicate the international criminal cabal and its Deep State, traitorous, swamp creatures.

With all the Deep State’s contrived attacks and the Russian collusion delusion failing in light of the facts, only two options remain.  If they’re unable to establish a case under the 25^th Amendment, which demands substantial evidence of mental incompetency and the Vice President’s collaboration, then assassination is the only remaining alternative.

The US Marines is the only military branch that has vowed to protect the President in his restoration of America. In 2014, Obama purged the military of all its good leaders.

Retired U.S. Army Maj. Gen. Paul Vallely revealed in 2015 that “The [Obama] White House stalled the investigations into Fast and Furious and Benghazi.  He’s intentionally gutting our military and reducing us as a superpower, and anyone in the ranks who disagrees or speaks out is being purged.” Obama’s Military Coup Purges 197 Officers In Five Years | Stock …

“The Marine raid on the CIA was deployed in a show of force at two airbases about 180 miles away from the CIA’s Langley headquarters.  This convinced the CIA to permit Marine Intelligence to enter the compound and seize computers.  As a result, the purge of the Justice Department, the courts and the FBI has now begun,” Pentagon sources say.  Reports: US Marine Expeditionary Unit (MEU) Lands at Langley!

“The entire approach to take down the globalist cabal is strictly military.  It started by cutting off their listening posts (CIA) and taking down low-level front-line troops.  That includes taking down MS-13 gangsters, low-level procurers, pimps for the pedophiles, and similar criminals.  These people were then pressured to reveal their bosses,” sources say.

Disclaimer: I’ve known the source of the following information for a couple of years and his work, while compelling, has always proven to be accurate.  From all the information that I’ve accumulated over my 33 years of research, I believe the following information is factual.  With that said, I’ve not been able to confirm the subsequent two paragraphs, so I’ll let you make your own conclusion.

“Pentagon sources are saying that ‘The Rothschild asset George Soros is detained and under interrogation.  He was extracted from Atlanta to Naval Base Camp David.  Peter Munk, Peter Sutherland, the Bushes, the Podestas, the Clintons and most of the U.S.-based top perpetrators of the fake ‘war on terror’ were transported to the U.S. Navy camp in Gitmo (Guantanamo Bay, Cuba), for military tribunals, as the Department of Defense spends $500M to upgrade the prison and send more military police and Marines,’ Pentagon sources say.

“’CIA sources also confirm that former U.S. President Bill Clinton, hoping for a plea bargain, is spilling the beans on people like former CIA head John Brennan, top U.S. Mossad agent Rahm Emmanuel, former Vice President Dick Cheney, and many others.’”

Once the canaries sing, and they will, the doors of the Deep State’s covert actions will be flung open for the world to gasp with shock and disdain at the horrors of the adult and child-sex-trafficking, organ harvesting, satanic human sacrifice rituals, drug dealing/transporting and cesspool of international criminal corruption, that for the past two decades was basically channeled from all over the world through the “Clinton Foundation.”

This I know for a fact, the Deep State consists of ruthless psychopathic murders that have ruled the world with an iron fist for over a century, and just like they haven’t relented one day from attempts to remove Donald Trump, they’re not going down without a long hard fight.

”Speaker of the House Paul Ryan is just one more of the growing list of politicians resigning in the ongoing purge of the House and Senate, and as many as 30 congressmen will not be returning in the new year,” the Pentagon sources say.

Trump Names January ‘Slavery and Human Trafficking Prevention … “Human trafficking centers around the world are being raided and shut down.  In Saudi Arabia, 3,000 child sex slaves have been freed, according to Russian FSB sources.  In the U.S., there was a power outage on December 27th at the ‘pedo heaven Disneyland,’ as the place was raided by Special Forces fighting human slavers,” the Pentagon sources say.

During the Mike Zimmerman interview with Former Navy SEAL, Craig Sawyer, April 27, 2017, Sawyer revealed that “Over 3000 pedophiles belonging to an elite pedophile/sex-trafficking ring have been arrested since Trump took office, amid a total blackout by the mainstream media.  These international pedophile and human sex-trafficking rings are often managed by satanic blood ritual cults entangled in grotesquely abusive practices of pedophilia, ritualistic torture and murder of children and young adults. These bizarre rituals permeate the highest levels of Washington DC, most governments around the world, and the Hollywood movie industry.

“These groups have been operating with impunity since the global elites have been running the government.  But arrests are now taking place at the elite echelons of power. This is why the government officials of the Deep State are frantic to depose President Trump, who has initiated these arrests.” Pedophilia & Sex-Trafficking Arrests, Trump Tightens Noose, Media …  and Dozens of women and children rescued in human-trafficking sweep … and A Side of Trump The Media Ignores Combatting Human Trafficking

BREAKING: Sessions orders a review of Project Cassandra … “In a statement to Fox News, the Justice Department disclosed after an investigative report was published this week claiming the Obama administration gave a free pass to Hezbollah’s drug-trafficking and money-laundering operations to help ensure the Iran nuclear deal would stay on track, Attorney General Jess Sessions is launching a review of a law enforcement initiative called Project Cassandra.

“When Project Cassandra leaders, who were working out of the DEA facility in Chantilly, Virginia, sought approval for some significant investigations, prosecutions, arrests and financial sanctions, Obama Justice and Treasury Department officials delayed, hindered or rejected their requests,” according to Politico.

“Protecting our citizens from terrorist organizations and combating the devastating drug crisis gripping our nation are two of the Justice Department’s top priorities.  Operations designed to investigate and prosecute terrorist organizations that are also fueling that drug crisis must be paramount in this administration,” Sessions said

This reeks from all the components of High Crimes and Misdemeanors; it will also prove the true character of AG Jeff Sessions.

Although some of us are aware of the multitude of Obama/Clinton criminal activities, flagrant distain for America, disregard for the rule of law and the disrespect for the American people, many are not.  Because the Justice Department was a criminal accomplice in this collusion, with the presstitute media as their lackeys, none of this would have seen the light of day had Hillary Clinton stole the election. But Hillary was defeated, thank God, and the cries from the people to lift the oppression were answered by Donald Trump and his credo to: “Make America Great Again.”

Congress is under pressure to pass legislation to audit the Federal Reserve Board. The Deep State has covertly run this country since President Woodrow Wilson sold us out in a conspiracy with International Corporate Bankers.  With Wilson’s assistance, they secretly snuck in the Federal Reserve Act in 1913, a private central banking cartel to control the distribution of US currency—“Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes the laws.”  As the saying goes, the Federal Reserve is no more Federal than FedEx.  This secret has been hidden in plain sight for over a century.

Now, 105 years later Americans are still being charged for every dollar printed by the US Treasury and borrowed from the Feds.  Payments for the debts accrued by congress and the president are paid annually to this private Federal Reserve central bank in the form of an illegal, unconstitutional income tax.  Although the income tax law was never ratified by Congress, it’s being executed as if it was.  The law mandates a tax on every dollar we earn from our daily labor.

Do we pay tax on labor?  Of course not, and yet, our paychecks are taxed by our government when we perform labor for others. Wages are not “income.” Wages are compensation for the services we provide to others when we work.  With the current deceptive “income” tax laws, we have to pay the government in order to work; if we don’t pay them, they’ll put us in prison.

Every penny of the income tax goes into the pockets of the banksters.  Whatever is appropriated by government becomes compounded debt to be repaid by future income tax extracted from our wages.

All gangsters have strong-arm thugs to collect their money, the collection agency for the Feds is the IRS, another illegal, unconstitutional agency.  The same way the mafia charges businesses to operate in its territory, with threats of a busted kneecap or worse, the penalty for you not paying your income tax to the gangster bankers is the Federal Prison.  Accordingly, Trump reduced the tax burden across the board, which includes incentives for corporations to return to the US. Beijing Counters Tax Cuts: U.S. Companies Incentivized to Stay…   

This is the swamp that Donald Trump is draining, he needs our support and our help, even if it’s no more than passing on articles like this to help wake up family and friends.

To be continued.

Al Duncan is the author of The Master Plan, an exciting thriller giving a fictional account of the factual takeover of the New World Order globalist elite, it’s available at www.newswithviews.com.  Al also wrote a weekly column for the Lake County Record Bee, distributed by Associated Press, he also hosted a radio talk show, News Behind The News, also in Lake Co. The readers and listeners were basically secular liberals and unaware of the New World Order and its plans for a global takeover, so he hoped his writings and weekly shows would wake them up. However, after a year, he realized his efforts were in vain.  Al then turned to NewsWithViews, a state-of-the-art news agency that attracts an informed reader looking to escape the Fake News, corporate media and expand his or her understanding of the truths behind the daily events, and how these truths can best help them meet the inevitable challenges ahead.

Al is the fourth generation of Real Estate Brokers and is now in partnership with Commercial Lending Capital, with over $500 million in available funds for national and international real estate projects.

© 2017 Al Duncan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Al Duncan: alduncan@pacific.net

The New Year 2018 offers you more challenges, superb ideas and incredible ‘moments’ in your fascinating journey through life.  Some things you may plan and others will be imposed upon you.  In the end, each teaches a lesson or brings a gift depending on your attitude.

This story occurred in my youth.  While walking down a country road in LeRoy, Michigan, I crossed paths with a wise man.

Forks in the road, stop signs, cul de sacs and dead ends on the highway of life!

While taking a hike down a country road near dusk in my teens, an old farmer, plodding along with his walking stick, abruptly stopped me.  His wrinkled-weathered skin did not diminish the energy in his clear blue eyes.  Silver locks flowed from his wide-brimmed hat while his peppered beard gave him a majestic air of wisdom.

(Take a backpack trip on famous trail or along your own country road. The energy of stars transforms your spirit. You look to the heavens and see peace.  Keep your body, mind and spirit in balance in order to live and enjoy a marvelous life. Frosty Wooldridge and Don Lindahl on the Colorado Trail, fall 2017.)

“Where you goin’ sonny?” he asked.

“Just taking a walk to catch a few fire-flies when the night settles in on us,” I said.  “They seem to show their magic just as the sun goes down, but before the stars come out.  I like the way they turn the long grass into street lamps, but none of the city noise to go with it.”

“Should be a lot of them out this evening as soon as the red-winged black birds fall silent,” he said.  “So, if you don’t mind my asking, where are you going with your life?”

“My mom wants me to go to college,” I said.  “She said it will give me a leg-up on living as well as make me a better educated man.”

“Good for you,” he said.  “But what do you want to do with your life?”

“After I graduate from college,” I said, “I want to travel the world before settling down to a job.  I want to figure out some things about this life.”

“Do you mind a few suggestions?” he asked.

“My dad told me to listen to my elders to learn their knowledge,” I said.  “Shoot!”

“The path to your destiny has “forks in road” that require the imperfect ability to discern the difference between opportunity and pitfalls,” he said.  “You will make mistakes in judgment.  You will fail often. But remember to make those failures into stepping-stones toward your ultimate success. Never get down on yourself. None of it comes easy, but it gets easier as you travel the path with a good attitude, application by work and your ingenuity.”

“My dad said something like that,” I said.

“Smart dad,” he said.  “In addition to “forks” there will be “cul de sac’s” or “dead end’s” where you rest and re-evaluate the route you have taken.

“Everyone comes to these markers at some point. You will become wiser.  Experience teaches the best lessons.  So, if you find yourself going down the wrong road, or the people and places along the road aren’t working for you, turn around and go back. When you return to your original location, strike out in a new direction with the wisdom you learned while you traveled along the wrong road.”

“That works for me,” I said.

“As a young man, you are heading toward your “destiny,” he said. “To me the term “destiny” implies a pre-ordained purpose by some higher power. This implies a personal belief in that higher power.  That may or may not work for you.  It also implies that one’s “destiny” answers the question, ‘Why am I here?’  You will find out on your journey.”

“Another thing,” he said.  “Your mom is right…choose your friends carefully. You will adopt some of their characteristics into your personality.  When you hang with the smarter, more responsible folks in your school, you become more like them and succeed like them.

“Additionally, memories of your experiences are what come to you in those future quiet times. Make sure you accept yourself at all times.  Even if you are not sure, assume a sense of confidence in your own talents whatever they might be or come to be.

“Some memories will be filled with regret and some will be joyous.  You will gain friends and lose friends.  Some friends will lie to you and others betray your trust. Forgive all of them.  You will have many interesting moments in your life. You get to choose the number of each by the way you live. And, one final thought from my days of meditations on hay bales and sitting beside a quiet pond with dragon flies, turtles, snakes and muskrats: everything you become, you chose. And, everything you chose, you wanted.”

As the fireflies lit the long grass, the old man tipped his hat before continuing on into the gathering darkness.

“Thank you, sir,” I said, as I walked through the magic of fireflies and stars twinkling in the night sky.

Website:  www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com

FB page:  Frosty Wooldridge

FB adventure page: How to Live a Life of Adventure: The Art of Exploring the World

FB poets page:  Bicycling Poets

FB unique moments page:  Bicycle Touring Unique Moments

Latest book:  Living Your Spectacular Life by Frosty Wooldridge, a book on the methods for living a dynamic, happy and healthy life. Amazon and/or 1 888 280 7715

This excerpt from my forthcoming book:  The Book of Wisdom and Joy by Frosty Wooldridge, publishes June, 2018

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com